Document:

exv4w2

Exhibit
4.2

 

SENIOR SECURED NOTES INDENTURE

Dated as of March 25, 2011

Among

ADS TACTICAL, INC.

The Guarantors named herein

and

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

as Trustee

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

as Collateral Trustee

11.00% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2018

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	ARTICLE 1

	Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 1.01. Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	Section 1.02. Other Definitions
	 	 	39	 
	Section 1.03. Rules of Construction
	 	 	41	 
	Section 1.04. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	42	 
	Section 1.05. Acts of Holders
	 	 	42	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 2

	The Notes

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.01. Form and Dating; Terms
	 	 	45	 
	Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication
	 	 	46	 
	Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent
	 	 	46	 
	Section 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
	 	 	47	 
	Section 2.05. Holder Lists
	 	 	47	 
	Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange
	 	 	47	 
	Section 2.07. Replacement Notes
	 	 	49	 
	Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes
	 	 	49	 
	Section 2.09. Treasury Notes
	 	 	49	 
	Section 2.10. Temporary Notes
	 	 	50	 
	Section 2.11. Cancellation
	 	 	50	 
	Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest
	 	 	50	 
	Section 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
	 	 	51	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 3

	Redemption

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee
	 	 	51	 
	Section 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased
	 	 	52	 
	Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption
	 	 	52	 
	Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption
	 	 	53	 
	Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	 	 	54	 
	Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	 	 	54	 
	Section 3.07. Optional Redemption
	 	 	54	 
	Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption
	 	 	56	 
	Section 3.09. Offers to Repurchase by Application of Collateral Excess Proceeds

	 	 	56	 
	Section 3.10. Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
	 	 	58	 

i 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	ARTICLE 4

	Covenants

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.01. Payments of Notes
	 	 	61	 
	Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	61	 
	Section 4.03. Reporting
	 	 	61	 
	Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate
	 	 	65	 
	Section 4.05. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	 	 	65	 
	Section 4.06. Limitation on Restricted Payments
	 	 	65	 
	Section 4.07. Limitation on Restrictions on Distribution From Restricted Subsidiaries
	 	 	73	 
	Section 4.08. Limitation on Indebtedness
	 	 	75	 
	Section 4.09. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
	 	 	80	 
	Section 4.10. Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	84	 
	Section 4.11. Limitation on Liens
	 	 	87	 
	Section 4.12. Offer To Repurchase upon Change of Control
	 	 	87	 
	Section 4.13. Additional Guarantees
	 	 	89	 
	Section 4.14. Effectiveness of Covenants
	 	 	90	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 5

	Successors

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
	 	 	91	 
	Section 5.02. Successor Entity Substituted
	 	 	95	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 6

	Defaults and Remedies

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.01. Events of Default
	 	 	95	 
	Section 6.02. Acceleration
	 	 	98	 
	Section 6.03. Other Remedies
	 	 	99	 
	Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	100	 
	Section 6.05. Control by Majority
	 	 	100	 
	Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits
	 	 	100	 
	Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	 	 	101	 
	Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
	 	 	101	 
	Section 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	 	 	101	 
	Section 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	 	 	101	 
	Section 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	 	 	102	 
	Section 6.12. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	102	 
	Section 6.13. Priorities
	 	 	102	 
	Section 6.14. Undertaking for Costs
	 	 	103	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 7

	Trustee

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee
	 	 	103	 
	Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee
	 	 	104	 

ii 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	Section 7.03. Individual Rights
	 	 	106	 
	Section 7.04. Disclaimer
	 	 	106	 
	Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults
	 	 	106	 
	Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	 	 	107	 
	Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity
	 	 	107	 
	Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee or the Notes Agent
	 	 	108	 
	Section 7.09. Successor by Merger, Etc
	 	 	110	 
	Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
	 	 	110	 
	Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer
	 	 	110	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 8

	Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.01. Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	110	 
	Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	 	 	111	 
	Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	112	 
	Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	112	 
	Section 8.05. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions
	 	 	114	 
	Section 8.06. Repayment to the Issuer
	 	 	115	 
	Section 8.07. Reinstatement
	 	 	115	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 9

	Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders
	 	 	115	 
	Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders
	 	 	117	 
	Section 9.03. [Intentionally Omitted]
	 	 	119	 
	Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents
	 	 	119	 
	Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	 	 	120	 
	Section 9.06. Trustee and Notes Agent To Sign Amendments, etc
	 	 	120	 
	Section 9.07. Payments for Consent
	 	 	120	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 10

	Security Interest

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 10.01. Grant of Security Interest
	 	 	120	 
	Section 10.02. Release of Security Interest
	 	 	122	 
	Section 10.03. Pledge of Additional Collateral, Etc
	 	 	123	 
	Section 10.04. Notes Agent
	 	 	123	 
	Section 10.05. Replacement of Notes Agent
	 	 	124	 
	Section 10.06. Ranking
	 	 	124	 
	Section 10.07. Notes Obligations Not Subordinated
	 	 	124	 

iii 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	ARTICLE 11

	Note Guarantees

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.01. The Note Guarantees
	 	 	124	 
	Section 11.02. Note Guarantee Unconditional
	 	 	125	 
	Section 11.03. Discharge; Reinstatement
	 	 	126	 
	Section 11.04. Waiver by the Guarantors
	 	 	126	 
	Section 11.05. Subrogation and Contribution
	 	 	126	 
	Section 11.06. Stay of Acceleration
	 	 	126	 
	Section 11.07. Limitation on Amount of Note Guarantee
	 	 	126	 
	Section 11.08. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee
	 	 	127	 
	Section 11.09. Release of Note Guarantee
	 	 	127	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 12

	Satisfaction and Discharge

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 12.01. Satisfaction and Discharge
	 	 	128	 
	Section 12.02. Application of Trust Money
	 	 	129	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 13

	Miscellaneous

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 13.01. [Intentionally Omitted]
	 	 	130	 
	Section 13.02. Notices
	 	 	130	 
	Section 13.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders
	 	 	132	 
	Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	 	 	132	 
	Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	 	132	 
	Section 13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents
	 	 	133	 
	Section 13.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners
and Stockholders
	 	 	133	 
	Section 13.08. Governing Law
	 	 	133	 
	Section 13.09. Waiver of Jury Trial
	 	 	133	 
	Section 13.10. Force Majeure
	 	 	133	 
	Section 13.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	 	 	134	 
	Section 13.12. Successors
	 	 	134	 
	Section 13.13. Severability
	 	 	134	 
	Section 13.14. Counterpart Originals
	 	 	134	 
	Section 13.15. Table of Contents, Headings, etc
	 	 	134	 
	Section 13.16. U.S.A. PATRIOT Act
	 	 	134	 
	Section 13.17. Payments Due on Non-Business Days
	 	 	134	 
	Section 13.18. Consent to Jurisdiction
	 	 	135	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Appendix A Provisions Relating to Initial Notes and Additional Notes
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Exhibit A Form of Note
	 	 	 	 
	Exhibit B Form of Institutional Accredited Investor Transferee Letter of
Representation
	 	 	 	 
	Exhibit C Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
	 	 	 	 

iv 

 

     INDENTURE, dated as of March 25, 2011, among ADS Tactical, Inc. (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors
(as defined herein), Wilmington Trust FSB, a federal savings bank, as trustee (“Trustee”), and
Wilmington Trust FSB, a federal savings bank, as Collateral Trustee (“Notes Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of and issue of $275,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of 11.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Initial Notes”); and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Notes Agent agree as follows for the benefit
of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE 1

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

     Section 1.01. Definitions.

     “ABL Agent” means the representative(s) from time to time administrating the Collateral on
behalf of the lenders under the ABL Facility.

     “ABL Facility” means the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the
Issue Date, as amended, by and among the Issuer and Atlantic Diving Supply, Inc., as borrowers,
Mar-Vel, as guarantor, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements
executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions,
renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures, guarantees, credit
facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors
that replace, refund, exchange or refinance any part of the loans, notes, guarantees, other credit
facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing
facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity
thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.08).

     “ABL Liens” means all Liens in favor of the ABL Agent on the Collateral securing the ABL
Obligations.

 

 

     “ABL Obligations” means all Indebtedness and other Obligations under the ABL Facility.

     “ABL Priority Collateral” means the term defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.

     “ABL Secured Party” means the lenders party to the ABL Facility and the ABL Agent.

     “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, Indebtedness (a) of any
Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
or (b) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether
or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such
Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, and Indebtedness secured by a Lien
encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to
have been Incurred, with respect to clause (a) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (b) of the preceding sentence, on the
date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

     “Additional Assets” means:

     (1) any property, plant, equipment or other asset to be used by the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary in a Similar Business;

     (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the
acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

     (3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a
Restricted Subsidiary.

     “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Original Notes) issued from time to
time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.08 (other than Notes issued or
authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange of such Notes).

     “Administrative Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent
under the ABL Facility.

     “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly,
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.
For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
“controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) when used with respect to any
Person means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and

2

 

policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.

     “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

     “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any date of redemption, the greater of:

     (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

     (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such date of redemption of (i) the
redemption price of such Note on April 1, 2015 (each such redemption price being set forth in
Section 3.07) plus (ii) all remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through April 1,
2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount
rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points, over (b) the
then-outstanding principal of such Note.

     “Asset Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered
into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of
related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of
shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares), property or
other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger,
consolidation or similar transaction.

     Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

     (1) a disposition of assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

     (2) the sale of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;

     (3) a disposition of inventory or other damaged, obsolete or worn-out assets in the ordinary
course of business;

     (4) a disposition of obsolete or worn-out equipment or equipment that is no longer useful in
the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (5) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner
permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

3

 

     (6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to a Restricted
Subsidiary;

     (7) the making of any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 4.06 and the making of any
Permitted Investment;

     (8) dispositions of assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with an
aggregate fair market value in any calendar year of less than $5.0 million, with unused amounts in
any calendar year being carried over to the immediately succeeding year;

     (9) the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

     (10) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection
thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of
factoring or similar arrangements;

     (11) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted under
Section 4.08;

     (12) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and
licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business which do not
materially interfere with the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (13) foreclosure or any similar action with respect to assets;

     (14) any concurrent exchange or swap of assets in exchange for goods and/or services
(including in connection with any outsourcing arrangements) of comparable or greater value and
useful to the business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in
good faith by an Officer of the Issuer;

     (15) any sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted
Subsidiary;

     (16) any payment in respect of, or unwinding of, any Hedging Obligations;

     (17) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent
required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties
set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

     (18) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which
in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer

4

 

are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
taken as a whole; and

     (19) any sale or other distribution by the Issuer of the shares and/or assets of Mar-Vel
and/or the Law Enforcement Business, respectively, in any transaction or transactions that are
permitted by the covenant described under Section 4.06.

     “Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or
Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of
years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of
such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied
by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.

     “Bank Product Obligations” means all Obligations with respect to facilities or services
related to (a) cash management, including treasury, depository, overdraft, electronic funds
transfer, cash pooling and other cash management arrangements, (b) commercial credit card and
merchant card services, credit or debit cards, stored value cards and purchase cards and (c)
E-payables and comparable services.

     “Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq.), as
amended from time to time.

     “beneficial ownership” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, and “beneficial owner” has a corresponding meaning.

     “Board of Directors” means:

     (1) with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors of the corporation or (other than
for purposes of determining Change of Control) the executive committee of the Board of Directors;

     (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors or other like governing body, as
applicable, of the general partner of the partnership; and

     (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar
function.

     “Borrowing Base” means, as of any date an amount equal to (a) 90% of the book value of
government accounts receivable of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (b) 85% of the
book value of commercial accounts receivable of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (c)
65% of the book value of inventory of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case (i)
as set forth in the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of

5

 

the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal consolidated financial
statements are available immediately preceding the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and (ii) on a
pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition or disposition after such balance sheet date and
on or prior to such date of determination.

     “Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking
institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

     “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase,
warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated)
equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock and limited liability or partnership interests
(whether general or limited), but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

     “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and
accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and
the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such
obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with
GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other
amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

     “Cash Equivalents” means:

     (1) United States dollars;

     (2) (a) Canadian dollars, pounds sterling or Euros; or

     (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local
currencies as may be held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

     (3) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
Government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States, provided that the full faith and
credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof, having maturities of not more than one
year from the date of acquisition;

     (4) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any
political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one
year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” or
better from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

6

 

     (5) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits
or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition
thereof issued by any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of
acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group,
Inc., or “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and having combined
capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million;

     (6) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities
of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) entered into with any bank meeting the
qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

     (7) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent
thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s
Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency,
if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case
maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof;

     (8) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at least P-2 or
A-2 from either Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc.,
respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. nor Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Group, Inc. shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating
Agency);

     (9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of
the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment
Grade Rating from either Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc.
(or, if at any time neither Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. nor Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group,
Inc. shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) with
maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

     (10) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political
subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, in each case having an Investment Grade Rating from
either Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. (or, if at any time
neither Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. nor Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. shall be rating
such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) with maturities of 24 months or
less from the date of acquisition;

     (11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in
money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Standard & Poor’s Ratings
Group, Inc. or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or,
if at any time neither Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. nor Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc.
shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency); and

7

 

     (12) investment funds investing at least 90.0% of their assets in Investments, securities and
other obligations of the types described in clauses (1) through (11) above.

     In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or
Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also
include (a) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (8) and clauses
(10) and (11) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such
obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign
rating agencies and (b) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are
Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in
investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (11) and in this
paragraph.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in
currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are
converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any
event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

     “Change of Control” means:

     (1) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section
13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person
or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any
successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing
of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than one or
more Permitted Holders or a direct or indirect parent entity, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as
defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of a majority in
the aggregate of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or
indirect parent entities, whether as a result of the issuance of securities of the Issuer or any of
its direct or indirect parent entities, any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of
the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities, any direct or indirect transfer of
securities by any Permitted Holder or otherwise; or

     (2) the Issuer sells or transfers (in one or a series of related transactions) all or
substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to
any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than
transactions with a Permitted Holder; or

     (3) during any period of two consecutive years (during which period the Issuer has been a
party to this Indenture), individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board
of Directors of the Issuer (together with

8

 

any new members thereof whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for
election by holders of Capital Stock of the Issuer was approved by one or more Permitted Holders or
by a vote of a majority of the members of such Board of Directors then still in office who were
either members thereof at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election
was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board of
Directors then in office.

     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     “Collateral” means the Notes Priority Collateral and the ABL Priority Collateral.

     “Commodity Agreement” means any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar
agreement or arrangement entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary designed to
protect the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in the price of
commodities actually used in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries.

     “Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interest or other
participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of
such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without
limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

     “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, with respect to any
Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period
of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination
for which internal financial statements are available to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such
four fiscal quarters; provided, however, that:

     (1) if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:

     (a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains
outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to
calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes an Incurrence of Indebtedness,
Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated
after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had
been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the
amount of Indebtedness under the ABL Facility outstanding on the date of such calculation
shall be deemed to be (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four
fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (ii) if
such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters,

9

 

the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of
creation of such facility to the date of such calculation) and the discharge of any other
Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with
the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day
of such period; or

     (b) has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any
Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date
of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the
Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes a repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement,
defeasance or discharge of Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred
under the ABL Facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the
related commitment terminated and not replaced), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated
Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma
basis to such repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or discharge of
such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such
discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

     (2) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has made any
Asset Sale or disposed of or discontinued (as defined under GAAP) any company, division, operating
unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving
rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes such a transaction:

     (a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to
the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets that are the
subject of such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount
equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such
period; and

     (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal
to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or
otherwise discharged with respect to the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries
in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly
attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Issuer
and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness
after such sale);

10

 

     (3) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger
or otherwise) has made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an
acquisition of assets, including any merger or acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a
transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all
of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of
business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated
after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such
Investment or merger or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

     (4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted
Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning
of such period) has Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness, made any disposition
or discontinued any operations or made any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have
required an adjustment pursuant to clauses (1), (2) or (3) above if made by the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for
such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had
occurred on the first day of such period.

     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation
under this definition, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by the chief
financial officer of the Issuer (including pro forma expense and cost reductions whether or not
permitted by Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of
interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be
calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for
the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness
if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness
that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Issuer, the
interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Issuer.

     “Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period and as of any date of calculation (the
“Calculation Date”), the sum of (all determined on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its
Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP for the most recently completed period)

     (a) Consolidated Net Income,

     plus

     (b) without duplication and in each case solely to the extent deducted in determining such
Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of

11

 

     (i) Consolidated Interest Expense;

     (ii) income tax expense;

     (iii) depreciation and amortization expense;

     (iv) any restructuring charges;

     (v) expenses and adjustments related to purchase accounting;

     (vi) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings and synergies projected by the chief
financial officer of the Issuer to be realized as a result of specified actions expected
to be taken during the twelve-month period following the Calculation Date (calculated on a
pro forma basis as if such cost savings and synergies had been realized at the beginning
of the applicable four-quarter period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized
during such period from such actions; provided that

     (A) the chief financial officer of the Issuer shall have certified that (x)
such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable, factually
supportable and reasonably attributable to and reasonably anticipated to result
from such actions and (y) such actions have been taken and the benefits resulting
therefrom are anticipated by the Issuer to be realized within 12 months after the
closing date of such acquisition;

     (B) no cost savings or synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (vi)
to the extent duplicative of any pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the
definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio”; and

     (C) the aggregate amount of cost savings and synergies added pursuant to
this clause (vi) shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for any period of
four consecutive fiscal quarters;

     (vii) any extraordinary or non-recurring losses; and

     (viii) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment
charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived
assets, investments in debt and equity securities (including any losses with respect to
the foregoing in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings);

     minus

     (c) the amount of all cash payments made in such period to the extent that such payments
relate to any reserve or similar non-cash charge incurred in a

12

 

previous period that was added back in determining Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to the
preceding subclause (b); and

     (d) any extraordinary or non-recurring gains to the extent included in Consolidated Net
Income;

     provided, that, Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of
a change in accounting principles during such period.

     “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the
Issuer and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent
not included in such interest expense:

     (1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations in respect of the relevant
lease giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were a capitalized lease in accordance with
GAAP and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations;

     (2) amortization of debt discount (including the amortization of original issue discount
resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par) and debt issuance cost; provided,
however, that any amortization of bond premium shall be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest
Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such amortization of bond premium has otherwise reduced
Consolidated Interest Expense;

     (3) non-cash interest expense, but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the
movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations (or other derivative instruments
pursuant to GAAP);

     (4) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit
and bankers’ acceptance financing;

     (5) interest actually paid by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary under any Guarantee
of Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person;

     (6) actual cash costs associated with Hedging Obligations (excluding any costs attributable to
movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations) related to Indebtedness; provided,
however, that if Hedging Obligations result in net benefits rather than costs, such benefits shall
be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such net benefits are
otherwise reflected in Consolidated Net Income;

     (7) the interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized
during such period;

     (8) all dividends payable to a party other than the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary which
are paid or payable in cash, Cash Equivalents or

13

 

Indebtedness or accrued during such period in respect of any series of Disqualified Stock of
such Person or in respect of Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Guarantors; and

     (9) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent
such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than
the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan
or trust.

     For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense shall be determined (i) after giving
effect to any net payments made or received by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries with respect to
Interest Rate Agreements and (ii) exclusive of amounts classified as other comprehensive income in
the balance sheet of the Issuer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any
transaction pursuant to which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or
otherwise transfer or grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets shall
be included in Consolidated Interest Expense.

     “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Issuer and its
consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;
provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income on an after-tax
basis:

     (1) any net after tax effects of gains or losses attributable to Asset Sales and other asset
dispositions or abandonments (including any disposal of abandoned or discontinued operations) or
the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course
of business as determined in good faith by an Officer of the Issuer;

     (2) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that
is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except that:

     (a) the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be
included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually
distributed by such Person during such period to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as
a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution
to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (4) below); and

     (b) the Issuer’s equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary) for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income
to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary;

14

 

     (3) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under
clause (C)(1) of Section 4.06(a), any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other
than a Guarantor) if such Subsidiary is subject to prior government approval or other restrictions
due to the operation of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order statute,
rule or government regulation (which has not been waived), directly or indirectly, on the payment
of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly,
to the Issuer, except that:

     (a) the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such
period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of
cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to
the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a
dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause
(a)); and

     (b) the Issuer’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such
period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

     (4) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or
Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

     (5) the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP;

     (6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

     (7) any non-cash compensation charge or expense associated with grants of stock appreciation
or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs to
officers, directors or employees;

     (8) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for
such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, disposition, Incurrence or
repayment of Indebtedness (including all fees, expenses and charges related to the offering of the
Notes or the obtaining or closing of the ABL Facility), issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing
transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other
modification of the Notes, the ABL Facility) and including, in each case, any such transaction
consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed and any
charges or costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case
whether or not successful;

     (9) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting from Hedging Obligations and
the application of ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging; and

15

 

     (10) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting from currency translation
and transaction gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness
(including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) and
any other monetary assets and liabilities.

     “continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or
Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

     “Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in
an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the aggregate amount of cash received by the Issuer
after the Issue Date from the sale of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or as a
contribution to its common equity capital (in each case, other than to or from a Subsidiary of the
Issuer); provided that such Indebtedness is designated as “Contribution Indebtedness” pursuant to
an Officer’s Certificate on the date of its Incurrence. Any sale of Equity Interests or capital
contribution that forms the basis for an Incurrence of Contribution Indebtedness may not be
designated as an Excluded Contribution and shall be excluded from the calculation set forth in
clause (C) under Section 4.06(a).

     “Corporate Trust Office” means the designated office of the Trustee at which the corporate
trust business of the Trustee shall at any particular time be administered, which office at the
date of original execution of this Indenture is located at address for the Trustee set forth in
Section 13.02.

     “Currency Agreement” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap
agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is
a party or a beneficiary.

     “Custodian” means the Trustee, in its capacity as custodian for the Global Notes, and any
successor in that capacity.

     “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an
Event of Default.

     “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global
form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(b) as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any
and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the
applicable provision of this Indenture.

     “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration
received by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that
is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate setting
forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in
connection

16

 

with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on or with respect to such Designated
Non-cash Consideration.

     “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that
by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

     (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

     (2) is convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding
Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that upon such conversion or exchange it shall be an
Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock)); or

     (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

in each case on or prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the
Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of
Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or
is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be
Disqualified Stock; provided, further that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified
Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such
Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or Asset Sale (each defined in a
substantially identical manner to the corresponding definitions in this Indenture) shall not
constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into
which it is convertible or exchangeable or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable) provide that
the Issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which
it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to
compliance by the Issuer with Sections 4.09 and 4.12 and unless such repurchase or redemption
complies with Section 4.06.

     “Equity Interests” means:

     (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

     (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

17

 

     (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership
interests (whether general or limited);

     (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share
of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, and any rights
(other than debt securities convertible into capital stock) warrants or options exchangeable for or
convertible into such capital stock; and

     (v) all warrants, options or other rights to acquire any of the interests described in clauses
(i) through (iv) above (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable
for, any of the interests described in clauses (i) through (iv) above).

     “Equity Offering” means a public offering for cash by the Issuer or any of its direct or
indirect parent entities to the extent contributed to the Issuer as equity (other than Disqualified
Stock), as the case may be, of its Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect to its
Common Stock to the extent an amount equal to the cash proceeds of such offering is contributed to
the Issuer in the case of an offering by a parent entity, other than (x) public offerings with
respect to the Issuer’s or any of its direct or indirect parent entities’, as the case may be,
Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights, registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or (y) an issuance
to any Subsidiary.

     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

     “Excluded Contributions” means the Cash Equivalents or other assets (valued at their fair
market value in good faith by an Officer of the Issuer) received by the Issuer after the Issue Date
from:

     (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

     (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or
stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer,

in each case after the Issue Date and in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to
an Officer’s Certificate on or promptly after the date such capital contribution is made or the
date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be. Excluded Contributions may not be used as a
basis for Incurring Contribution Indebtedness and shall be excluded from the calculation set forth
in clause (C) of Section 4.06(a).

18

 

     “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any Subsidiary
of such Subsidiary.

     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in
effect from time to time, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the
Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession;
provided that leases shall be accounted for using the accounting principles in effect on the Issue
Date and any change in the accounting for leases after the Issue Date shall be disregarded. All
ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity
with GAAP. For the avoidance of doubt, all calculations, ratios and computations with respect to
leases contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP as in effect as of the
Issue Date.

     “Global Notes Legend” means the legend set forth under that caption in Appendix A hereto.

     “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or
indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or
indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

     (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such
Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by
agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to
maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

     (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness
of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in
part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection
or deposits in the ordinary course of business.

     The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

     “Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee on the Issue Date
and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee in accordance with this
Indenture; provided that upon release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Note
Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Guarantor.

     “Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of
such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue

19

 

Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the
obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.

     “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any
Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Agreement.

     “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

     “Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for;
provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise)
shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

     “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without
duplication):

     (1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for
borrowed money;

     (2) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced
by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

     (3) the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit,
bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect
thereto, except to the extent such letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar
instrument relates to a trade payable and any such reimbursement obligation is satisfied within 30
days of Incurrence);

     (4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid
purchase price of property, which purchase price is due after the date of placing such property in
service or taking delivery and title thereto, except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade
payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of
business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until the amount of such obligation becomes a liability
on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

     (5) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

     (6) the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with
respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect
to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any
accrued dividends);

20

 

     (7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any
asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided,
however, that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of
such assets at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other
Persons;

     (8) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such
Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor);

     (9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person
under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the
termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Obligation that would be
payable by such Person at such time); and

     (10) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, the amount of obligations
outstanding under the legal documents entered into as part of a securitization transaction or
series of securitization transactions that would be characterized as principal if such transaction
were structured as a secured lending transaction rather than as a purchase outstanding relating to
a securitization transaction or series of securitization transactions;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include
(i) contingent obligations, Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of
borrowed money; (ii) deferred or prepaid revenues; or (iii) purchase price holdbacks in respect of
a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of
the respective seller.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of
any Indebtedness in order to pre-fund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness shall not be
deemed to be “Indebtedness,” provided that such money is held to secure the payment of such
interest.

     “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

     “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or
consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, as
determined in the good faith judgment of an Officer of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task
for which it has been engaged.

     “Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto (and any Notes issued or
authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange thereof)

21

 

     “Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

     “Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement dated March 25, 2011, among the
Issuer, the Notes Agent, on behalf of itself and the Holders, the Trustee, and the ABL Agent, on
behalf of itself and the holders of the ABL Obligations, as the same may be amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified from time to time.

     “Interest Payment Date” means April 1 and October 1 each year to the Stated Maturity of the
Notes.

     “Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person any interest rate protection
agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge
agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a
beneficiary.

     “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other
Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than
advances or extensions of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business) or other
extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt
or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital
contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for
property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital
Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that
are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP;
provided that none of the following shall be deemed to be an Investment:

     (1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with
this Indenture;

     (2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business;
and

     (3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Issuer or a Subsidiary
for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of Common Stock of the Issuer.

     For purposes of Section 4.06,

     (1) “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in a
Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of
the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is
designated an

22

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a
Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in
an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Issuer’s aggregate
“Investment” in such Subsidiary as of the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion
(proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the
net assets (as determined in good faith by an Officer of the Issuer) of such Subsidiary at the time
that such Subsidiary is so redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary;

     (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair
market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by an Officer
of the Issuer; and

     (3) if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock
of any Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such
entity is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an
Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value (as
determined in good faith by an Officer of the Issuer) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not
sold or disposed of.

     “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group,
Inc., in each case, with a stable or better outlook.

     “Issue Date” means March 25, 2011.

     “Issuer” means ADS Tactical, Inc. and, if applicable, any successor obligor to its obligations
under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 5.

     “Law Enforcement Business” means the state and local law enforcement business of the Issuer
and its Subsidiaries including, without limitation, the business of providing tactical and
operational equipment and services, including value-added logistics and supply chain solutions, to
state and local government customers for use in law enforcement.

     “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge,
hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in
respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law,
including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof,
any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement
to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

23

 

     “Loan Documents” means, collectively, the ABL Facility, this Indenture, the Intercreditor
Agreement, the Security Documents and the other agreements contemplated thereby.

     “Mar-Vel” means Mar-Vel International, Inc. and assets related to the business conducted by
Mar-Vel International, Inc.

     “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or
other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the
direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash
Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales
commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof; taxes paid or payable as a
result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax
sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if
any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the assets disposed of required
(other than required by Section 4.09(b)(i)) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any
deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of
in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such
sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post- employment benefit liabilities
and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations
associated with such transaction.

     “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

     “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a Person:

     (1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or
credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, Guarantee, indemnity, agreement or
instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a
guarantor or otherwise);

     (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have
to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of
time or both) any holder of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare
a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable
prior to its Stated Maturity; and

     (3) pursuant to which there is no recourse against any of the assets of the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries, except that representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered
into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary

24

 

that are reasonably customary in securitization of receivables transactions shall not be
considered recourse.

     “Notes” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also
include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture and Notes to be
issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange of Notes.

     “Notes Accounts” means deposit accounts and securities accounts holding solely identifiable
proceeds of the Notes Priority Collateral.

     “Notes Agent” means Wilmington Trust FSB, acting in its capacity as “Notes Agent” or
“Collateral Trustee” under the Security Documents, or any successor thereto.

     “Note Guarantee” means any Guarantee of payment of the Notes pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto and, collectively, all such Note Guarantees. Each
Note Guarantee shall be in the form prescribed in this Indenture.

     “Notes Liens” means all Liens in favor of the Notes Agent on the Collateral securing the Notes
Obligations.

     “Notes Obligations” means the Obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, the Indenture and the
Security Documents and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees (including,
without limitation, the fees and expenses of the Trustee, the Notes Agent and any of their counsel,
agents and professional advisers).

     “Notes Priority Collateral” means the term defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.

     “Notes Secured Parties” means the Holders of the Notes, the Trustee or the Notes Agent.

     “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the
filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for
in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under
applicable state, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with
respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and
Guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any
Indebtedness.

25

 

     “Offer to Purchase” means a Collateral Proceeds Offer, an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of
Control Offer.

     “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated March 22, 2011, relating to the
sale of the Initial Notes.

     “Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer or the Chief
Financial Officer of the Issuer. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

     “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of a Person by an Officer of such
Person, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

     “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the
Trustee that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture. The counsel may be an employee of
or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

     “Original Notes” means the Initial Notes issued in exchange therefor.

     “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Additional Notes and any other Secured Indebtedness that
has a stated maturity date that is equal to or longer than the Notes and has Pari Passu Payment
Lien Priority relative to the Notes with respect to the Collateral and is not secured by any other
assets; provided that an authorized representative of the holders of such Indebtedness (other than
any Additional Notes) shall have executed a joinder to the Intercreditor Agreement in the form
provided therein.

     “Pari Passu Payment Lien Priority” means, relative to specified Indebtedness and other
obligations having equal Lien priority on the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as the case may be,
with respect to the Collateral.

     “Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business
Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalent
received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.09.

     “Permitted Holders” means any of (a) the Principals and each of their Related Parties and any
group of which the foregoing are members; provided that in the case of such group, and without
giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, the Principals and each of their
Related Parties collectively have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power
of the Capital Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by such
group and (b) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or
private offering of the Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity or
securities convertible into or exchangeable

26

 

or exercisable for such Capital Stock. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial
ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in
accordance with the requirements of this Indenture (or would result in a Change of Control Offer in
the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders in accordance with this Indenture) shall
thereafter, together with its Related Parties, constitute additional Permitted Holders.

     “Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in:

     (1) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

     (2) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is
engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

     (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

     (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or
consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or
is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,

     and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment
was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger,
consolidation or transfer;

     (3) cash and Cash Equivalents;

     (4) receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the
ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;
provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Issuer
or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

     (5) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of
such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the
ordinary course of business;

     (6) loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not in excess of $2.0 million
at any time outstanding;

     (7) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

     (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or
any such Restricted Subsidiary in

27

 

connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or
recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

     (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any
secured Investment in default;

     (8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale
that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.09 or any other disposition of assets
not constituting an Asset Sale;

     (9) Investments in existence on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the
Issue Date and described in the Offering Memorandum or an Investment consisting of an extension,
modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date and described in the Offering
Memorandum (other than reimbursements of Investments in the Issuer or any Subsidiary); provided
that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such
Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

     (10) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Agreements and related Hedging
Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.08;

     (11) Note Guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.08;

     (12) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified
retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of
compensation expense recognized by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with
such plans;

     (13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made
in accordance with Section 4.10(b) (except transactions described in Sections 4.10(b)(ii),
4.10(b)(vii) and 4.10(b)(xii));

     (14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant
to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

     (15) Investments consisting of or to finance purchases and acquisitions of inventory,
supplies, materials, services or equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of
intellectual property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

     (16) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity
merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a
transaction that is not prohibited by Section

28

 

5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation
of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of
such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and do not constitute a material portion of
the assets of the entity so acquired; and

     (17) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments
made pursuant to this clause (17) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to any
writedown of the value thereof or the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds
of such sale do not consist of cash or have not been subsequently sold or transferred for cash or
marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million or (b) 10.0% of Total Assets
as of the date any such Investment is made.

     “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

     (1) ABL Liens securing (a) Indebtedness and related Obligations Incurred and outstanding
pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(i) and/or (b) Hedging Obligations and/or (c) Bank Product Obligations;
provided that (A) any such Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral shall be junior in priority to
the Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral securing the Notes and (B) the holder of such Liens
either (x) is subject to an intercreditor agreement consistent with the Intercreditor Agreement on
the same basis as the secured parties under the ABL Facility or (y) is or agrees to become bound by
the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement on the same basis as the secured parties under the ABL
Facility;

     (2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment
insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders,
contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party,
or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United
States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or
deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in
each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

     (3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s and
repairmen’s Liens, Incurred in the ordinary course of business; in each case for sums not yet
overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions;

     (4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties
for nonpayment or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided
appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

     (5) Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’
acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the

29

 

request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness;

     (6) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of,
or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone
lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including,
without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the
use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the
ownership of its properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of
said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

     (7) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is
permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging
Obligation;

     (8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets granted to others in the ordinary
course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

     (9) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately
bonded, adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in
accordance with GAAP, and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for
the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such
proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

     (10) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred and outstanding under Section 4.08(b)(viii);
provided that:

     (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise
permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets
or property so acquired, constructed or improved; and

     (b) such Liens are created within 180 days of construction, acquisition or
improvement of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets
affixed or appurtenant thereto;

     (11) Liens within the general parameters customary in the banking industry relating to
banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other
accounts maintained with a depositary or custodial institution; provided that:

30

 

     (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not
subject to restrictions against access by the Issuer in excess of those set forth by
regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and

     (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
to provide collateral to the depository institution;

     (12) Liens arising from financing statement filings under the Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect in any applicable jurisdiction regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

     (13) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens permitted under clause (1) of this
definition);

     (14) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in
connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

     (15) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the
property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or
assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further, however,
that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary;

     (16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the
Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

     (17) Liens securing the Notes and Note Guarantees issued on the Issue Date and any obligations
owing to the Trustee or the Notes Agent under this Indenture, the Security Documents or the
Intercreditor Agreement;

     (18) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend,
extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to
clauses (10), (13), (14), (15), (17) and (18) of this definition, provided that any such Lien is
limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or
dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements
under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in
respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;

31

 

     (19) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating
lease;

     (20) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

     (21) Liens under industrial revenue, municipal or similar bonds;

     (22) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in respect of
any Investment permitted under this Indenture;

     (23) Liens arising solely from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or
consignments entered into in connection with any transaction otherwise permitted under this
Indenture;

     (24) Liens on Equity Interests in joint ventures securing obligations of such joint ventures;

     (25) Liens on proceeds of insurance policies securing insurance premiums financing
arrangements; provided, that such Liens are limited to the applicable unpaid insurance premiums;
and

     (26) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant
to Section 4.08(b)(xii); provided that (a) any Liens securing Obligations relating to any
Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(xii) extend only to
the categories of assets that secured the Indebtedness being refunded, replaced, redeemed,
extended, amended, modified or refinanced; and

     (27) Liens securing Pari Passu Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.08;
provided that, with respect to Liens securing such Pari Passu Indebtedness permitted under this
clause (27), at the time of the Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto and the
application of net proceeds thereof, the Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 4.25 to
1.0.

     “Permitted Tax Distribution” means, (i) so long as the Issuer is an S Corporation (or a
qualified subsidiary thereof or is a substantially similar pass-through entity for federal, state
or local income tax purposes), the making of one or more payments to the owners of its Capital
Stock, for the sole purpose of allowing such owners to pay federal, state and local income and
alternative minimum taxes (including estimated income taxes then payable) on the estimated amount
of the taxable income of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries that is allocated to such owners, as
determined in good faith by Issuer in consultation with its tax advisors and after taking into
account all available credits and deductions; provided that a proportionate distribution to all
such owners shall be permitted if required to maintain such S Corporation or similar pass-through
status, and (ii) if

32

 

the Issuer converts to a Subchapter C corporation, the making of one or more payments for the
sole purpose of allowing the Issuer and its Subsidiaries to pay federal, foreign, state and local
income and alternative minimum taxes (including estimated income taxes then payable) on the actual
or estimated amount of the taxable income of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (or any consolidated,
combined or unitary group of which the Issuer and its Subsidiaries are a part) (as determined in
good faith by the Issuer in consultation with its tax advisors and after taking into account all
available credits and deductions).

     “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any
agency or political subdivision hereof or any other entity.

     “Pledge Agreement” means the pledge agreement dated March 25, 2011, among the Notes Agent, the
Issuer and the Guarantors, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time,
including pursuant to a joinder agreement.

     “Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of
any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

     “Principal” means Luke Hillier, Daniel Clarkson and R. Scott LaRose.

     “Rating Agencies” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. and Moody’s Investors Service,
Inc. or if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both shall
not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating
agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer (as certified by a resolution of the
Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s
Investors Service, Inc. or both, as the case may be.

     “Record Date” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means each
March 15 or September 15 (whether or not a Business Day) preceding such Interest Payment Date.

     “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace,
exchange, renew, repay, amend, modify or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge
mechanism) (collectively, “refinance,” “refinances” and “refinanced” shall each have a correlative
meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture
(including Indebtedness of the Issuer that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and
Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or another
Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided,
however, that:

33

 

     (1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the Stated
Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the
Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the
Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing
Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes;

     (2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness
is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

     (3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued
with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of
(a) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate
accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced plus (b) without duplication,
any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments
governing such existing Indebtedness and fees, underwriting discounts and other costs and expenses
Incurred in connection therewith;

     (4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or
the Note Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes
or the Note Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the
documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and

     (5) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that
refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor.

     “Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in
a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in
exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be
Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the
securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

     “Related Party” means:

     (1) any immediate family member of any Principal; or

     (2) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the
beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a majority
(and controlling) voting and economic interest of which consist of any one or more Principals
and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1) of this definition.

34

 

     “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the
corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president,
assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who
customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be
such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such
person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct
responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

     “Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

     “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.

     “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

     “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

     “Secured Leverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Secured
Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined on a consolidated basis,
as of the last day of the fiscal quarter ending on, or most recently ended prior to, such date of
determination to, after giving effect to the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the
Secured Leverage Ratio (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period consisting of the immediately
preceding four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Issuer ending on, or most recently ended prior
to, such date of determination for which internal financial statements are available; provided that
Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated in the manner contemplated by, and subject to all the
adjustments provided in, the definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio.”

     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations
of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

     “Security Agreement” means the security agreement dated March 25, 2011, among the Notes Agent,
the Issuer and the Guarantors, as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, including pursuant to a joinder agreement.

     “Security Documents” means the security agreements (including the Security Agreement and the
Pledge Agreement), pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages and related agreements, as
amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated or replaced in whole or
in part from time to time, creating the security interests in the properties and assets of the
Issuer and the Guarantors, as contemplated by this Indenture.

35

 

     “Senior Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor unless the instrument
under which such Indebtedness is Incurred expressly provides that it is or subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or any related Note Guarantee.

     “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant
Subsidiary” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the
SEC.

     “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related,
incidental or ancillary thereto.

     “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the agreement
governing or certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment
of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption
provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such
principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

     “Subordinated Obligations” means, with respect to the Notes,

     (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to
the Notes; and

     (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment
to the Note Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

     “Subsidiary” of any Person means (a) any corporation, association or other business entity
(other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which
more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without
regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees thereof (or Persons performing similar functions) or (b) any partnership, joint venture
limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts,
distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests,
as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), at the time owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by (1) such Person, (2) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (3)
one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a
Subsidiary shall refer to a Subsidiary of the Issuer.

     “Transactions” means the issuance of the Notes and borrowings under the ABL Facility on the
Issue Date and the other transactions occurring in connection therewith or incidental thereto on or
about the Issue Date, including (a) the repayment of the Issuer’s existing term loan facility, (b)
the distribution of cash to holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer, (c) the payment of cash
bonuses to

36

 

certain members of senior management of the Issuer, (d) the payment of related transaction
fees and expenses and (e) any other transactions referred to under the caption “Use of proceeds” in
the Offering Memorandum.

     “Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent balance
sheet of the Issuer.

     “Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal
Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business
Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any
publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the
redemption date to April 1, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to
April 1, 2015 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which
a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation
(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States
Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption
date to April 1, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United
States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

     “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§
77aaa-777bbbb).

     “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and,
thereafter, means such successor.

     “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to
time.

     “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

     (1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination shall be designated an
Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in the manner provided below; and

     (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any
newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or
consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

37

 

     (1) neither such Subsidiary nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock or Indebtedness
of or has any Investment in, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of
the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an
Unrestricted Subsidiary;

     (2) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of
designation, and shall at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;

     (3) such designation and the Investment of the Issuer in such Subsidiary complies with Section
4.06;

     (4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted
Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of
the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

     (5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:

     (a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or

     (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person
to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

     (6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is
not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Issuer than those that might
have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer.

     Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee
by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to
such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the
foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing
requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed
to be Incurred as of such date.

     The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence
thereof and either:

38

 

     (1) the Issuer could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section
4.08(a) on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation; or

     (2) the pro forma Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Issuer would be equal to or greater than
the Issuer’s actual Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the applicable four-quarter period.

     “U.S. Government Securities” means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United
States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b)
obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of
the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full
faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not
callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary
receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with
respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on
any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such
depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to
make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount
received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Securities or the specific payment of
principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.

     “Variable Interest Entity” or “VIE” means any entity that the Issuer or Atlantic Diving
Supply, Inc. in its reasonable judgment, is required to consolidate for financial reporting
purposes in accordance with GAAP, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation
No. 46(R) (“FIN 46”), but the accounts of which the Issuer or Atlantic Diving Supply, Inc. would
not be required to so consolidate absent application of FIN 46.

     “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding
and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of
such Person.

     “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which
(other than directors’ qualifying shares) is owned by such Person or one or more other Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries of such Person.

     Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

	 	 	 
	Term	 	Defined in Section
	“Acceptable Commitment”
	 	4.09(b)
	“Affiliate Transaction”
	 	4.10(a)
	“Agent Members”
	 	2.1(c) of Appendix A

39

 

	 	 	 
	Term	 	Defined in Section
	“Application Period”
	 	4.09(b)
	“Applicable Procedures”
	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Asset Sale Offer”
	 	4.09(d)
	“Asset Sale Offer Amount”
	 	3.10(b)
	“Asset Sale Offer Period”
	 	3.10(b)
	“Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date”
	 	3.10(b)
	“Authentication Order”
	 	2.02(c)
	“Automatic Exchange”
	 	2.3(h) of Appendix A
	“Automatic Exchange Date”
	 	2.3(h) of Appendix A
	“Automatic Exchange Notice”
	 	2.3(h) of Appendix A
	“Automatic Exchange Note Date”
	 	2.3(h) of Appendix A
	“Calculation Date”
	 	1.01
	“Change of Control Offer”
	 	4.12(a)
	“Change of Control Payment”
	 	4.12(a)
	“Change of Control Payment Date”
	 	4.12(a)
	“Clearstream”
	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Collateral Excess Proceeds”
	 	4.09(c)
	“Collateral Proceeds Offer”
	 	4.09(c)
	“Collateral Proceeds Offer Amount”
	 	3.09(b)
	“Collateral Proceeds Offer Period”
	 	3.09(b)
	“Collateral Proceeds Offer Purchase Date”
	 	3.09(b)
	“Covenant Defeasance”
	 	8.03
	“cross acceleration provision”
	 	6.01(a)
	“Definitive Notes”
	 	2.1(d) of Appendix A
	“Definitive Notes Legend”
	 	2.3(e) of Appendix A
	“DTC”
	 	2.03(b)
	“Distribution Compliance Period”
	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Euroclear”
	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Event of Default”
	 	6.01(a)
	“Excess Proceeds”
	 	4.09(d)
	“Expiration Date”
	 	1.05(j)
	“Global Note”
	 	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	“Global Notes Legend”
	 	2.3(e) of Appendix A
	“Guaranteed Obligations”
	 	11.01(a)
	“IAI”
	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“IAI Global Note”
	 	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	“IAI Notes”
	 	2.1(a) of Appendix A
	“judgment default provision”
	 	6.01(a)
	“Legal Defeasance”
	 	8.02(a)
	“Note Register”
	 	2.03(a)
	“obligor”
	 	1.04
	“OID Notes Legend”
	 	2.3(e) of Appendix A
	“Paying Agent”
	 	2.03(a)
	“payment default”
	 	6.01(a)

40

 

	 	 	 
	Term	 	Defined in Section
	“Permitted Parties”
	 	4.03(c)
	“QIB”
	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Registrar”
	 	2.03(a)
	“Regulation S”
	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Regulation S Global Note”
	 	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	“Regulation S Notes”
	 	2.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Reinstatement Date”
	 	4.14(b)
	“Restricted Notes Legend”
	 	2.3(e) of Appendix A
	“Restricted Payment”
	 	4.06(a)
	“Rule 144”
	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Rule 144A”
	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Rule 144A Global Note”
	 	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	“Rule 144A Notes”
	 	2.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Rule 501”
	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Rule 904”
	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Second Commitment”
	 	4.09(b)
	“Successor Company”
	 	5.01(a)
	“Successor Guarantor”
	 	5.01(c)
	“Suspended Covenants”
	 	4.14(a)
	“Suspended Period”
	 	4.14(b)
	“Transfer Restricted Note”
	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Unrestricted Global Note”
	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A

     Section 1.03. Rules of Construction.

     Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (1) a term defined in Section 1.01 or 1.02 has the meaning assigned to it therein, and a term
used herein that is defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein,
shall have the meaning assigned to it therein;

     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with
GAAP;

     (3) “or” is not exclusive;

     (4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

     (5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

     (6) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Appendix,” “Article,”
“Section,” “clause,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” refers to an Appendix, Article, Section, clause,
Schedule or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

41

 

     (7) the words “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as
a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;

     (8) “including” means including without limitation;

     (9) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the
Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or
rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

     (10) unless otherwise provided, references to agreements and other instruments shall be deemed
to include all amendments and other modifications to such agreements or instruments, but only to
the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of this
Indenture;

     (11) in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category of permitted
transactions or listed exceptions, the Issuer may classify such transaction as it, in its sole
discretion, determines; and

     (12) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include
substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

     Section 1.04. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this
Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act as applicable to this Indenture, the
provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

     The following Trust Indenture Act term used in this Indenture has the following meaning:

     “obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively,
and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

     All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by
Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture
Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

     Section 1.05. Acts of Holders.

     (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced
by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an
agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall
become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to

42

 

the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer and the Guarantors.
Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding
by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to
Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors, if made in the
manner provided in this Section 1.05.

     (b) [Intentionally Omitted]

     (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

     (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of
every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu
thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee, the Issuer or the
Guarantors in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

     (e) The Issuer may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of
Holders entitled to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, or to vote on any action
authorized or permitted to be taken by Holders; provided that the Issuer may not set a record date
for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of
any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in clause (f) below. Unless otherwise
specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person
in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record
date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or vote or the
date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation or
vote. If any record date is set pursuant to this clause (e), the Holders on such record date, and
only such Holders, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (including revocation of any action), whether or
not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be
effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by
Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes, or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such
record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer, at its
own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the
applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder in the manner
set forth in Section 13.02.

     (f) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the
Holders entitled to join in the giving or making of (i) any notice of default under Section
6.01(a), (ii) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 6.02, (iii) any direction
referred to in Section 6.05 or (iv) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section
6.06(b). If any record date is set

43

 

pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders on such record date, and only such Holders, shall be
entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders
remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder
unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the
requisite principal amount of Notes or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date.
Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Issuer’s
expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable
Expiration Date to be given to the Issuer in writing and to each Holder in the manner set forth in
Section 13.02.

     (g) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder
with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount
of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such
appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action
taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to
this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such
different part.

     (h) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a
Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly
appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depositary
that is the Holder of a Global Note, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of
interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary
practices.

     (i) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who
are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by a Depositary entitled under the
procedures of such Depositary, if any, to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed
in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders; provided that if such a record
date is fixed, only the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies shall
be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be
effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date.

     (j) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party
hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to
time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall
be effective unless notice of the

44

 

proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder
of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 13.02, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If
an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section
1.05, the party hereto which set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the
120th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right
to change the Expiration Date as provided in this clause (j).

ARTICLE 2

The Notes

     Section 2.01. Form and Dating; Terms.

     (a) Provisions relating to the Initial Notes, Additional Notes and any other Notes
issued are set forth in Appendix A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a
part of this Indenture. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a
part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law,
rules or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is
subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form
acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes
shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

     (b) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered
under this Indenture is unlimited.

     The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly
made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Notes Agent, by
their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to
be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express
provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

     The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to a Collateral Proceeds Offer
or an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.09 or a Change of Control Offer as provided in
Section 4.12. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

     Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time
to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with
and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status,
redemption or otherwise (other than issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first Interest
Payment Date and the initial interest accrual date) as the Initial Notes; provided that the
Issuer’s

45

 

ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section
4.08. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this
Indenture.

     Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication.

     (a) At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual
or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at
the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

     (b) A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached
hereto by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee. The signature shall be
conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

     (c) On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the
Issuer signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial
Notes. In addition, at any time and from time to time, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes, in an aggregate principal
amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued hereunder.

     (d) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent to authenticate Notes. An
authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this
Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating
agent has the same rights as a Paying Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

     Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.

     (a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and at least one office or agency where
Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the
Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more
co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any
co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify
the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the
Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall
act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

     (b) The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as
Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer

46

 

initially appoints the Trustee to act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act
as a custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

     Section 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. The Issuer shall, no later than
11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each due date for the payment of principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on any of the Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount,
such sum to be held in trust for the Holders entitled to the same, and (unless such Paying Agent is
the Trustee) the Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. The
Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying
Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying
Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, and shall notify
the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such
default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the
Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the
Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, a Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a
Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as
Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders
all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to
the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

     Section 2.05. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all
Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not
the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each
Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such
form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the
Holders, and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

     Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.

     (a) The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon
the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A.

     (b) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication
Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request.

     (c) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global
Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange (other than
pursuant to Section 2.07), but the Holders shall

47

 

be required to pay any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection
therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange
or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 3.10, 4.09, 4.12 and 9.05).

     (d) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer
or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer,
evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global
Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

     (e) Neither the Issuer nor the Registrar shall be required (i) to issue, to register
the transfer of or to exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15
days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the
close of business on the day of selection, (ii) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note
so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being
redeemed in part or (iii) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note between a Record Date
and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

     (f) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the
Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of,
premium, if any, and (subject to the record date provisions of the Notes) interest on such Notes
and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by
notice to the contrary.

     (g) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency
of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more
replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal
amount.

     (h) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any
authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the
Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are
so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail,
the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled
to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.

     (i) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be
submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or
exchange may be submitted by mail or by facsimile or electronic transmission in PDF format.

48

 

     Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee
or if a Holder claims that its Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken and the Issuer and
the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and loss, destruction or theft
of such Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order,
shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are otherwise met. An indemnity
bond must be provided by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of (i) the Trustee to
protect the Trustee and (ii) the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any
authenticating agent, from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer
may charge the Holder for the expenses of the Issuer and the Trustee in replacing a Note. Every
replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the
benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.07, in case any mutilated, destroyed,
lost or wrongfully taken Note has become or will become due and payable within 90 days, the Issuer
in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Notes.

     Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes.

     (a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee
except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the
interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and
those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a
Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the
Note; provided that Notes held by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer shall not be deemed to
be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b).

     (b) If a Note is replaced or paid pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by
a protected purchaser, as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code in
effect in the State of New York.

     (c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it
ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue from and after the date of such
payment.

     (d) If a Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any
thereof) holds, on the maturity date, any redemption date or any date of purchase pursuant to an
Offer to Purchase, money sufficient to pay Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that
date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall
cease to accrue interest.

     Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite
principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or

49

 

consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as
though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be
protected in conclusively relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so
owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to
the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or
consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the
Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes
that are to be acquired by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer pursuant to an exchange offer,
tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by such entity until legal title to
such Notes passes to such entity.

     Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the
Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate
temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may
have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable
delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for
temporary Notes. Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be
entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes
under this Indenture.

     Section 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the
Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the
direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or Paying Agent, and no one else, shall cancel all Notes
surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall
dispose of cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record
retention requirements of the Exchange Act and of the Trustee). Certification of the cancellation
of all cancelled Notes shall, upon the written request of the Issuer, be delivered to the Issuer.
The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation.

     Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest.

     (a) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the
defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the
defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each
case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the
proposed payment, and the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the
aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall

50

 

make arrangements for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when
deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as
provided in this Section 2.12. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record
date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior
to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Issuer shall promptly notify the
Trustee in writing of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date,
the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense
of the Issuer) shall deliver, or cause to be delivered to each Holder a notice that states the
special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

     (b) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater
certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange
for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to
accrue interest, which were carried by such other Note.

     Section 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use
CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and/or
ISIN numbers in notices of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to
Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the
correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of
redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange or Offer to
Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall as
promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.

ARTICLE 3

Redemption

     Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to
Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least fifteen Business Days before notice of
redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03
(unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a
redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such
Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the
redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption
price, if then ascertainable. If any such redemption is subject to compliance with a condition
provided for herein, such Officer’s Certificate shall certify that such condition has been complied
with or, in the case of a redemption under Section 3.07(b), shall certify, if such is the case, any
conditions to be complied with prior to the redemption date. If any such future conditions are not

51

 

so complied with, the Issuer shall give the Trustee prompt written notice of such
non-compliance, after which the Trustee shall give notice to the Holders in the same manner as the
related notice of redemption was given that such conditions have not been complied with and that
the redemption shall not occur.

     Section 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased.

     (a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07 or
purchased in an Offer to Purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or
purchased in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange (if
such listing is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee), if any, on which the Notes are
listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such similar method
in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary in the case of Global Notes. In the event of
partial redemption or purchase, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected,
unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption
date by the Trustee from the then outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or
purchase.

     (b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected
for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or
purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes
selected shall be in whole multiples of $1,000; no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in
part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire
outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in
excess thereof, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence,
provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to
portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

     Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

     (a) Subject to Section 3.09 and Section 3.10, the Issuer shall mail by first-class,
or cause to be mailed by first-class (or, in the case of Notes held in book-entry form, by
electronic transmission), at the expense of the Issuer, notices of redemption of Notes at least 30
days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be
redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the
Depositary, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption
date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12. Except as set forth in
Section 3.07(b), notices of redemption may not be conditional.

     (b) The notice shall identify the Notes (including CUSIP number) to be redeemed and
shall state:

52

 

     (i) the redemption date;

     (ii) the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any
accrued and unpaid interest; provided, that in connection with a redemption under Section
3.07(a), the notice need not set forth the redemption price but only the manner of
calculation thereof;

     (iii) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the
principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed;

     (iv) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

     (v) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying
Agent to collect the redemption price;

     (vi) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or
the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the
redemption date;

     (vii) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this
Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed and, in
case of a redemption under Section 3.07(b), any conditions to such redemption; and

     (viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of
the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

     (c) At the Issuer’s written request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption
in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to
the Trustee, at least fifteen Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or
caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed
to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and
setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

     Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed
in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on
the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(b)). The
notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given,
whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice or any
defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall
not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any

53

 

other Note. Subject to Section 3.05, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to
accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

     Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

     (a) No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase
date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay
the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or
purchased on that date (except as provided in Section 3.07(e)). The Paying Agent shall promptly pay
to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed or repurchased the applicable redemption or purchase price
thereof and accrued and unpaid interest thereon. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly
return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in
excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid
interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

     (b) If the Issuer complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), on and after the
redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes
called for redemption or purchase. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so
paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with
Section 3.05(a), interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase
date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the
redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in
the Notes and in Section 4.01.

     Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that
is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to the Holder (or cause to be transferred
by book entry) at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed
or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not
redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in
this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or
Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

     Section 3.07. Optional Redemption.

     (a) At any time prior to April 1, 2015, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’
prior notice sent by electronic transmission (for Notes held in book entry form) or mailed by
first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or
in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus the
Applicable Premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption (except as
provided

54

 

in Section 3.07(e)). Promptly after the determination thereof, the Issuer shall give the
Trustee written notice of the redemption price provided for in this Section 3.07(a), and the
Trustee shall not be responsible for such calculation.

     (b) Prior to April 1, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, on any one or more
occasions, redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving
effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with an amount of cash not to exceed the aggregate net
cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to 111% of the
aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the
applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date
to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date; provided that (i) at least 50% of
the original principal amount of Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of
Additional Notes) remains outstanding after each such redemption; and (ii) such redemption occurs
within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Any notice of redemption may be
given prior to the completion thereof, and may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or
more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of a related Equity Offering.

     (c) Except pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not
be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to April 1, 2015.

     (d) On and after April 1, 2015, the Issuer may redeem all or, from time to time, a
part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice sent by electronic
transmission (for Notes held in book entry form) or mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s
registered address pursuant to Section 3.03 at the following redemption prices (expressed as a
percentage of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed), plus accrued and unpaid interest on
the Notes, if any, to the applicable redemption date (except as provided in Section 3.07(e)), if
redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 1 of the years indicated below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Percentage
	2015
	 	 	108.250	%
	2016
	 	 	105.500	%
	2017 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

     (e) If the redemption date pursuant to this Section 3.07 is on or after an interest
Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business, on
such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders whose Notes shall be
subject to redemption by the Issuer.

55

 

     (f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the
provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

     (g) The Issuer or its Affiliates may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption,
whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance
with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms
of this Indenture.

     Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption. The Issuer shall not be required to make
mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

     Section 3.09. Offers to Repurchase by Application of Collateral Excess Proceeds.

     (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.09, the Issuer shall be required to
commence a Collateral Proceeds Offer, the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified below.

     (b) The Collateral Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days
following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by
applicable law (the “Collateral Proceeds Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after
the termination of the Offer Period (the “Collateral Proceeds Offer Purchase Date”), the Issuer
shall apply all Collateral Excess Proceeds (the “Collateral Proceeds Offer Amount”) to the purchase
of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if
less than the Collateral Proceeds Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu
Indebtedness tendered in response to the Collateral Proceeds Offer. Payment for any Notes so
purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

     (c) Upon the commencement of a Collateral Proceeds Offer, the Issuer shall deliver
electronically or send, by first-class mail a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the
Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders
to tender Notes pursuant to the Collateral Proceeds Offer. The Collateral Proceeds Offer shall be
made to all Holders and Holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern
the terms of the Collateral Proceeds Offer, shall state:

     (i) that the Collateral Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 3.09 and Section 4.09 hereof and the length of time the Collateral Proceeds Offer
shall remain open;

     (ii) the Collateral Proceeds Offer Amount, the purchase price and the
Collateral Proceeds Offer Purchase Date;

     (iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to
accrue interest;

56

 

     (iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note
accepted for payment pursuant to the Collateral Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrue
interest after the Collateral Proceeds Offer Purchase Date;

     (v) that any Holder electing to have less than all of the aggregate
principal amount of its Notes purchased pursuant to an Collateral Proceeds Offer may elect
to have Notes purchased in an amount not less than $2,000;

     (vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any
Collateral Proceeds Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by
book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least
two Business Days before the Collateral Proceeds Offer Purchase Date;

     (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the expiration date of the
Collateral Proceeds Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the
name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and
a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

     (viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu
Indebtedness surrendered by the Holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee
shall select the Notes and the Issuer shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be
purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes
or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed
appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in an amount not less than $2,000 are
purchased); and

     (ix) that Holders whose certificated Notes were purchased only in part
shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the
Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same
indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

     (d) On or before the Collateral Proceeds Offer Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to
the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis as described in Section
3.09(c)(viii), the Collateral Proceeds Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered
pursuant to the Collateral Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Collateral Proceeds Offer Amount has
been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes
properly accepted, together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of
Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

57

 

     (e) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an
amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by
the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be
transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding
anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is
required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount
equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the
extent not repurchased. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the
Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Collateral
Proceeds Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Collateral Proceeds Offer Purchase Date.

     (f) Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Collateral Proceeds Offer
Purchase Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient
to pay the purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be purchased on that
purchase date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money
deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to
pay the purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

     (g) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.09 hereof,
any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof, and references therein to “redeem,” “redemption” and similar
words shall be deemed to refer to “purchase,” “repurchase” and similar words, as applicable.

     Section 3.10. Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

     (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.09, the Issuer shall be required to
commence an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified below.

     (b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days
following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by
applicable law (the “Asset Sale Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the
termination of the Offer Period (the “Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date”), the Issuer shall apply all
Excess Proceeds (the “Asset Sale Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Senior
Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Asset Sale Offer Amount has
been tendered, all Notes and Senior Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer.
Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

58

 

     (c) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall deliver
electronically or send, by first-class mail a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the
Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders
to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all
Holders and Holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the
Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

     (i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.10
and Section 4.09 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

     (ii) the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Asset Sale
Offer Purchase Date;

     (iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to
accrue interest;

     (iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note
accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after
the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date;

     (v) that any Holder electing to have less than all of the aggregate
principal amount of its Notes purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have
Notes purchased in an amount not less than $2,000;

     (vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset
Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of
Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry
transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least two Business
Days before the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date;

     (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the expiration date of the
Asset Sale Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement
that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

     (viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Senior
Indebtedness surrendered by the Holders thereof exceeds the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the
Trustee shall select the Notes and the Issuer shall select such Senior Indebtedness to be
purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes
or such Senior Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed

59

 

appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in an amount not less than $2,000 are
purchased); and

     (ix) that Holders whose certificated Notes were purchased only in part
shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the
Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same
indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

     (d) On or before the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent
lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis as described in clause (c)(viii) of this
Section 3.10, the Asset Sale Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to
the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Asset Sale Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes
tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted,
together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions
thereof so tendered.

     (e) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an
amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by
the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be
transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding
anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is
required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount
equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the
extent not repurchased. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the
Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale
Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date.

     (f) Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date,
the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be purchased on that purchase
date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with
the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the
purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

     (g) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.10 or Section 4.09 hereof,
any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof, and references therein to “redeem,” “redemption” and similar
words shall be deemed to refer to “purchase,” “repurchase” and similar words, as applicable.

60

 

ARTICLE 4

Covenants 

     Section 4.01. Payments of Notes.

     (a) The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if
any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than one
of the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), on the due date, money
deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest then due.

     (b) The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors)
on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on
the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors)
on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same
rate to the extent lawful.

     Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer shall maintain an office
or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or
co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where
notices and demands to or upon the Issuer and the Guarantors in respect of the Notes and this
Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall
fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the
address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

     The Issuer may also from time to time designate additional offices or agencies where the Notes
may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such
designations. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or
rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

     The Issuer hereby designates the office of the Trustee, as one such office or agency of the
Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03, with an address (as of the date of this Indenture) as set
forth in Section 13.02 herein.

     Section 4.03. Reporting.

     (a) For so long as any Notes are outstanding, unless the Issuer is subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and

61

 

otherwise complies with such reporting requirements, the Issuer shall furnish without cost to
each Holder of Notes and file with the Trustee:

     (i) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer:

     (A) audited year-end consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and
its Subsidiaries (including balance sheets, statements of operations and
statements of cash flows which would be required from an SEC registrant in an
Annual Report on Form 10-K, including pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X
promulgated by the SEC) prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, the
Issuer shall have no obligation to provide financial statements of affiliates
pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC;

     (B) the information described in Item 303 of Regulation S-K under the
Securities Act (“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations”) with respect to such period, to the extent such
information would otherwise be required to be filed in an Annual Report on Form
10-K;

     (C) a presentation of Adjusted EBITDA of the Issuer and its subsidiaries
consistent with the presentation thereof in the Offering Memorandum and derived
from such financial statements referred to Section 4.03(a)(i)(A); and

     (D) all pro forma and historical information in respect of any significant
transaction (as determined in accordance with Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X under
the Securities Act but without regard to clause (3) of the definition of
“Significant Subsidiary”) consummated more than 75 days prior to the date such
information is furnished for the time periods for which such financial
information would be required (if the Issuer were subject to the filing
requirements of the Exchange Act) in a filing on Form 8-K with the SEC at such
time;

     (ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal
quarters of each fiscal year of the Issuer:

     (A) unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and
its Subsidiaries (including balance sheets, statements of operations and
statements of cash flows which would be required from a SEC registrant in a
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, including pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X
promulgated by the SEC, and a SAS 100 review by the Issuer’s independent
accountants) prepared in accordance

62

 

with GAAP, subject to normal year-end adjustments; provided, however, the
Issuer shall have no obligation to provide financial statements of affiliates
pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC;

     (B) the information described in Item 303 of Regulation S-K under the
Securities Act with respect to such period to the extent such information would
otherwise be required to be filed in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q;

     (C) a presentation of Adjusted EBITDA of the Issuer and its subsidiaries
consistent with the presentation thereof in the Offering Memorandum and derived
from such financial statements referred to in Section 4.03(a)(ii)(A); and

     (D) all pro forma and historical financial information in respect of any
significant transaction (as determined in accordance with Rule 3-05 of
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act but without regard to clause (3) of the
definition of “Significant Subsidiary”) consummated more than 75 days prior to
the date such information is furnished to the extent not previously provided and
for the time periods such financial information would be required (if the Issuer
were subject to the filing requirements of the Exchange Act) in a filing on Form
8-K with the SEC at such time; and

     (iii) within five Business Days following the occurrence of any of the
following events, a description in reasonable detail of such event: (a) any change in the
executive officers or directors of the Issuer, (b) the acceleration of any Indebtedness of
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) any issuance or sale by the Issuer
of Equity Interests of the Issuer (excluding any issuance or sale pursuant to any stock
option or similar employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business), (d) the entry
into of any agreement by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries relating to a transaction
that has resulted or may result in a Change of Control, (e) any resignation or termination
of the independent accountants of the Issuer or any engagement of any new independent
accountants of the Issuer, (f) any determination by the Issuer or the receipt of advice or
notice by the Issuer from its independent accountants, in either case, relating to
non-reliance on previously issued financial statements, a related audit opinion or a
completed interim review and (g) the completion by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of the acquisition or disposition of a significant amount of assets,
otherwise than in the ordinary course of business, in each case to the extent a
notification of such event would be required from an SEC registrant in a Form 8-K (but
without regard to clause (3) of the definition of “Significant Subsidiary” for purposes of
Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X).

63

 

     (b) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer shall furnish to the
Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors that certify that they are qualified
institutional buyers, upon their request, the information described above as well as all
information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

     (c) For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall either (i) maintain a
website (which may be non-public) to which Holders, prospective investors that certify that they
are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or
non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act), securities analysts and
market making financial institutions (“Permitted Parties”) are given access and to which such
information is posted; or (ii) file such information with the SEC.

     (d) For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall:

     (i) within 10 Business Days after filing with the Trustee the annual and
quarterly information required pursuant to in Section 4.03(a)(i) and Section 4.03(a)(ii),
hold a conference call for Permitted Parties to discuss such reports and the results of
operations for the relevant reporting period; and

     (ii) employ commercially reasonably means expected to reach Permitted
Parties no fewer than three Business Days prior to the date of the conference call
required to be held in accordance with Section 4.03(d)(i), to announce the time and date
of such conference call and either include all information necessary to access the call or
direct Permitted Parties to contact the appropriate person at the Issuer to obtain such
information.

     (e) If at any time any direct or indirect parent becomes a Guarantor (there being no
obligation of any such parent to do so), such entity holds no material assets other than cash, Cash
Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer or any other direct or indirect parent of the
Issuer (and performs the related incidental activities associated with such ownership), the
reports, information and other documents required to be furnished to Holders of the Notes pursuant
to this covenant may, at the option of the Issuer, be furnished by and be those of such parent
entity rather than the Issuer; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information
that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent
entity, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

     (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.03, any failure to
furnish or file any financial statements or other information pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(i) or
Section 4.03(a)(ii) in respect of any fiscal period ending on or prior to December 31, 2011 shall
not constitute a default under this covenant

64

 

until such failure has been continuing for 45 days after the date on which such financial
statements or other information was required to be furnished or filed pursuant to Section
4.03(a)(i) or Section 4.03(a)(ii).

     Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate.

     (a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each
fiscal year, a certificate from the chief executive officer, chief operating officer or chief
financial officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing
Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer and each Guarantor have kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such
Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Issuer and each
Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant
contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the
terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have
occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the
Issuer and the Guarantor are taking or propose to take with respect thereto).

     (b) The Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than 30 days following the
date on which the Issuer becomes aware of any event which would constitute a Default) send to the
Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event, its status and what action the Issuer is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

     Section 4.05. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Issuer and each Guarantor
covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension
or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants
or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants
that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power
herein granted to the Trustee or the Notes Agent, but shall suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

     Section 4.06. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

     (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
directly or indirectly, to:

     (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in
cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of its or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock (including any payment

65

 

in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries) other than:

     (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the
Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); and

     (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable to the
Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is
not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of common Capital Stock on a
pro rata basis);

     (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, including in
connection with any merger or consolidation, any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct
or indirect parent entity of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than
Disqualified Stock));

     (iii) make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem,
defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled maturity,
scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations or
Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, other than:

     (A) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Restricted
Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the
Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 4.08; or

     (B) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition
or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations
purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal
installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of
purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement); or

     (iv) make any Restricted Investment;

(all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) (other than any
exception thereto) shall be referred to as a “Restricted Payment”); provided, that cancellation of
Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from then current or former
employees, members of management or consultants of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any
direct or indirect parent entity in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Issuer or
any such direct or indirect parent entity shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment
for purposes of this Section 4.06 or any other provision of this Indenture;

66

 

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

     (A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result
therefrom);

     (B) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma
basis, the Issuer is able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under
Section 4.08(a);

     (C) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other
Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date (excluding
Restricted Payments made pursuant to Sections 4.06(b)(i), 4.06(b)(ii),
4.06(b)(iii), 4.06(b)(iv), 4.06(b)(v), 4.06(b)(vii), 4.06(b)(viii), 4.06(b)(ix),
4.06(b)(x), 4.06(b)(xi), 4.06(b)(xiii), 4.06(b)(xiv), 4.06(b)(xv) and
4.06(b)(xvi)) would not exceed the sum of (without duplication):

     (1) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one
accounting period) from January 1, 2011 to the end of the most recent
fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for
which internal financial statements are available at the time of such
Restricted Payment (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a
deficit, minus 100% of such deficit);

     (2) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market
value, as determined in good faith by an Officer of the Issuer, of
property or assets other than cash (including any Permitted Business
or the Capital Stock thereof) acquired or received by the Issuer from
the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
or other capital contributions subsequent to the Issue Date, other
than:

(x) net cash proceeds received from an issuance or
sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the
Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan, option
plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an
employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is
financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been
repaid with cash on or prior to the date of
determination;

67

 

(y) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash
proceeds have been used to Incur Contribution
Indebtedness; and

(z) Excluded Contributions;

     (3) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Issuer’s consolidated
balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than debt held by
a Subsidiary of the Issuer) subsequent to the Issue Date of any
Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible
or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of
the Issuer (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of
any other property, distributed by the Issuer upon such conversion or
exchange);

     (4) 100.0% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair
market value of marketable securities received by means of:

(x) the sale or other disposition (other than to the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted
Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted
Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such
Restricted Investments held by the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary) and repayments of loans or
advances, and releases of guarantees and cash returns
on other Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or
its Restricted Subsidiaries in each case after the
Issue Date, to the extent such returns are not
included in Consolidated Net Income; or

(y) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary
or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary
(other than in each case to the extent such Investment
constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from
an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date;

68

 

     (5) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair
market value of the aggregate Investments by the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of
the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary (as determined in good faith by an Authorized Officer of
the Issuer), but only to the extent that the Investment in such
Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary after the Issue Date; and

     (D) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma
basis, the Secured Leverage Ratio would be less than 2.50 to 1.0.

     (b) Section 4.06(a) shall not prohibit:

     (i) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Issuer or any
direct or indirect parent entity or contributions to equity capital of the Issuer (other
than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an
employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee
stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or
prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that the net cash proceeds from
such sale of Capital Stock shall be excluded from clause (C)(2) of Section 4.06(a);

     (ii) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition
or retirement (A) of Subordinated Obligations of the Issuer or Guarantor Subordinated
Obligations of any Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the
substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Obligations of the Issuer or (B) of
Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the
substantially concurrent sale of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, in each case, in
exchange for or out of the proceeds of Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto;

     (iii) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition
or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made by
exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified
Stock of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as such
refinancing Disqualified Stock is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08 and
constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness;

69

 

     (iv) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition
or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation of the Issuer (a) at a purchase
price not greater than 101% of the principal amount thereof in the event of a Change of
Control in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.12 or (b) at a purchase price
not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with provisions
similar to Section 4.09; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase,
repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Issuer has made
the Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, as provided in Section
4.12 or Section 4.09, respectively, with respect to the Notes and has completed the
repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such
Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer;

     (v) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations of the Issuer or
Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of a Guarantor from Net Proceeds to the extent
permitted under Section 4.09;

     (vi) dividends or redemptions paid or made within 60 days after the date of
declaration or notice of redemption if at such date of declaration or notice of redemption
such dividend or redemption would have complied with this provision;

     (vii) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or
retirement for value (or dividends or distributions in connection therewith) of Capital
Stock or equity appreciation rights of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity
held by any existing or former employees, members of management or consultants of the
Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case
pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or
employee compensation or benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement approved by the
Board of Directors; and provided further that such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to
this clause (vii) does not exceed $3.0 million in the aggregate during any fiscal year
(with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to succeeding fiscal years
subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $6.0 million in
any fiscal year); provided further that each of the amounts in any fiscal year under this
clause (vii) may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

     (A) the net cash proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to existing or former employees, members of
management or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct
or indirect parent entity that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the
cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been
applied to the payment of Restricted Payments; provided that

70

 

the net cash proceeds from such sales or contributions that are used to
make a Restricted Payment pursuant to this clause (vii) shall be excluded from
clause (C)(2) of Section 4.06(a) and may not be used as the basis for the
Incurrence of Contribution Indebtedness; plus

     (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the
Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

     (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the net cash
proceeds described in the clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (vii);

     (viii) the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions to
holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted
Subsidiary issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the extent such
dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense;”

     (ix) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of
stock options, warrants, other rights to purchase Capital Stock or other convertible or
equity-linked securities or rights if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the
exercise price thereof;

     (x) the making of Permitted Tax Distributions;

     (xi) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock
of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of
which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

     (xii) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s Common Stock
(or dividends, distributions or advances to any direct or indirect parent entity to allow
such direct or indirect parent entity to pay dividends on its Common Stock) following the
first Equity Offering of the Issuer’s Common Stock in a registered public offering (or of
such direct or indirect parent entity’s Common Stock in a registered public offering, as
the case may be) after the Issue Date, of in the case of the first Equity Offering of the
Issuer’s Common Stock to the public, up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received
by the Issuer in such Equity Offering or in the case of the first Equity Offering of such
direct or indirect parent entity’s Common Stock to the public, up to 6% per annum of the
amount contributed by such direct or indirect parent entity to the Issuer from the net
cash proceeds received by such direct or indirect parent entity in such public offering,
in each case, other than public offerings of the Issuer’s or

71

 

such direct or indirect parent entity’s Common Stock registered on Form S-4 or S-8;

     (xiii) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

     (xiv) Restricted Payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to
allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise
of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such
Person;

     (xv) the Issuer from distributing the shares and/or assets of Mar-Vel
and/or the Law Enforcement Business respectively; provided that the Consolidated Coverage
Ratio for the Issuer, determined on a pro forma basis as if such distribution had occurred
at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, would have been either (x) at
least 2.00 to 1.00 or (y) at least as great as the Issuer’s actual Consolidated Coverage
Ratio determined without giving pro forma effect to such distribution; and

     (xvi) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and
the fees and expenses related thereto, including any payments to holders of Equity
Interests of the Issuer;

provided, however, that at the time of and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted
under Sections 4.06(b)(v), 4.06(b)(xi) and 4.06(b)(xii) no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

     (c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market
value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid,
transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to
such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face
amount and any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined in good faith by an Officer of the
Issuer.

     (d) As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries shall be Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted
Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For
purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding
Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the
Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set
forth in the definition of “Investment.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted
Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the
definition of an Unrestricted

72

 

Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants
set forth in this Indenture.

     Section 4.07. Limitation on Restrictions on Distribution From Restricted
Subsidiaries.

     (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any
consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

     (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness or other
obligations owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the
priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior
to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a
restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);

     (ii) make any loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
(it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

     (iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include
any type of transfer described in clause (i) or (ii) above).

     (b) Section 4.07(a) shall not prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under
or by reason of:

     (i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to the ABL Facility,
the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and related documentation and other
agreements in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;

     (ii) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees and any related
documentation in effect or entered into in connection therewith;

     (iii) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged
or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence
at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from
such Person (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which

73

 

encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or
assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the
property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or
assets so acquired;

     (iv) any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement,
refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement referred to in Sections 4.07(b)(i),
4.07(b)(ii), 4.07(b)(iii), 4.07(b)(vi) or 4.07(b)(iv); provided, however, that such
amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements
or refinancings are, as determined in the good faith judgment of an Officer of the Issuer,
taken as a whole, not materially more restrictive than the encumbrances and restrictions
contained in the agreements referred to in Sections 4.07(b)(i), 4.07(b)(ii), 4.07(b)(iii)
or 4.07(b)(vi) on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;

     (v) in the case of Section 4.07(a)(iii), Liens permitted to be Incurred
under the provisions of Section 4.11 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the
assets securing such Indebtedness and customary restrictions and conditions contained in
the documents relating to any such Lien;

     (vi) purchase money obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted
under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature
described in Section 4.07(a)(iii) on the property so acquired;

     (vii) contracts for the sale of assets, including any restrictions with
respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into
for the sale of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

     (viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

     (ix) any customary provisions in joint venture agreements relating to joint
ventures that are not Restricted Subsidiaries and other similar agreements;

     (x) any customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other
agreements entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course
of business;

     (xi) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

74

 

     (xii) restrictions applicable only to Foreign Subsidiaries contained in
Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture; and

     (xiii) restrictions contained in the documentation governing (x) other
Indebtedness Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance
with Section 4.08 that are, as determined in the good faith judgment of an Officer of the
Issuer, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those applicable to the
Issuer in this Indenture or the ABL Facility on the Issue Date (which results in
encumbrances or restrictions comparable to those applicable to the Issuer at a Restricted
Subsidiary level), or (y) other Indebtedness Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by a
Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, in each case permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue
Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.08.

     Section 4.08. Limitation on Indebtedness.

     (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided,
however, that the Issuer and the Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness if on the date thereof and after
giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to 1.00.

     (b) Section 4.08(a) shall not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

     (i) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor Incurred under the ABL
Facility and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances
thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a
principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in an aggregate amount not to exceed
the greater of (A) $250.0 million or (B) the Borrowing Base as of any date of Incurrence;

     (ii) Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Note Guarantee)
(other than any Additional Notes);

     (iii) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in Sections 4.08(b)(i) and
4.08(b)(ii));

     (iv) Guarantees by the Issuer or a Guarantor of Indebtedness permitted to
be Incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of
this Indenture;

75

 

     (v) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Restricted
Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Issuer or
any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, any subsequent issuance or transfer of
Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially
held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or any sale or other
transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness
by the Issuer or such Subsidiary not permitted by this clause (v);

     (vi) (A) Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or
assumed in connection with an acquisition of a Similar Business or properties or assets
that are used or useful in a Similar Business or (B) Indebtedness of Persons that are
acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or amalgamated or
consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of
this Indenture; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (A) and (B), after giving
effect to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and the related
Incurrence of Indebtedness, either

(x) the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant Section 4.08(a); or

(y) the pro forma Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Issuer would be
equal to or higher than the actual Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the
Issuer for the applicable four-quarter period;

     (vii) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations and Bank Product Obligations
not Incurred for speculative purposes;

     (viii) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) of the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance the purchase, lease, construction, design,
installation, remodeling or improvement of any property, plant or equipment used or to be
used in the business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, whether through the
direct purchase of such property, plant or equipment or the purchase of Capital Stock of
any Person owning such property, plant or equipment, in an aggregate outstanding principal
amount which, when taken together with the then-outstanding principal amount of all (x)
other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (viii) and (y) Refinancing
Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness initially Incurred pursuant to this clause (viii),
shall not exceed the greater of (a) $10.0 million or (b) 4.0% of Total Assets as of any
date of Incurrence;

76

 

     (ix) Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries in
respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or
property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid
surety and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money) provided in
the ordinary course of business;

     (x) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar
obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any
business or assets of the Issuer or any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or
any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such
acquisition, provided that

     (A) the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness
shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair
market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and
without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) actually received by the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; and

     (B) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a
footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance
sheet shall not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of
this clause (x));

     (xi) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial
institution of a check, draft or similar instrument (except in the case of daylight
overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided,
however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence;

     (xii) the Incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
of Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refund, replace, redeem, extend, amend, modify
or refinance (including by way of exchange) any Indebtedness Incurred as permitted under
Section 4.08(a) or Sections 4.08(b)(ii), 4.08(b)(iii), 4.08(b)(vi), 4.08(b)(viii),
4.08(b)(xii) or 4.08(b)(xvi) or any Indebtedness issued to so refund, replace, redeem,
extend, amend, modify or refinance such Indebtedness, including additional Indebtedness
Incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable, as determined in good faith by an Officer
of the Issuer, tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses
in connection therewith prior to its respective maturity;

77

 

     (xiii) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting
of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in
supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

     (xiv) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof or
any direct or indirect parent entity, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses,
in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Issuer or its
direct or indirect parent to the extent described in Section 4.06(b)(vii);

     (xv) Indebtedness representing (i) deferred compensation to employees of
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business or
(ii) obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under deferred compensation or
other similar arrangements Incurred by such Person in connection with any acquisition or
disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture; and

     (xvi) Contribution Indebtedness.

     (c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal
amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section
4.08:

     (i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof)
meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in
Sections 4.08(b)(i) through 4.08(b)(xvi) or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to
Section 4.08(a), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify or later reclassify such
item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with Section
4.08 and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in
Section 4.08(a) or 4.08(b). Additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness
may later be classified as having been Incurred pursuant to one or more of such categories
at the time of reclassification, and the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify
(or later reclassify) an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the categories described
in Section 4.08(a) or 4.08(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Indebtedness under the
ABL Facility shall be deemed to have been Incurred under Section 4.08(b)(i);

     (ii) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating
to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of
Indebtedness shall not be included;

78

 

     (iii) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant
to the ABL Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(i) and
the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not
be included;

     (iv) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, shall be equal to
the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in
either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

     (v) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.08 need not be permitted
solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in
part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section
4.08 permitting such Indebtedness;

     (vi) the principal amount of any Indebtedness outstanding in connection
with a securitization transaction or series of securitization transactions is the amount
of obligations outstanding under the legal documents entered into as part of such
transaction that would be characterized as principal if such transaction were structured
as a secured lending transaction rather than as a purchase relating to such transaction;
and

     (vii) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the
principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof
determined in accordance with GAAP.

     (d) Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value or
the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness
and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified
Stock shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.08.
The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof
in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal
amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) the
principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more
than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

     (e) The Issuer shall not permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to Incur any
Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock, other than Non-Recourse Debt. If at any
time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such
Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such
Indebtedness is not

79

 

permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall be in
Default of this Section 4.08).

     Section 4.09. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.

     (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

     (i) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as
determined good faith by an Officer of the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise
disposed of; and

     (ii) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the
consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

     (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted
Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if
Incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such
liabilities that would have been shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted
Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such Incurrence or
accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as
determined in good faith by an Officer of the Issuer) of the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms
subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees, that are assumed by the transferee
of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted
Subsidiaries have been validly released in writing;

     (B) any securities or other obligations received by the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or
such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the
cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such
Asset Sale;

     (C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value,
taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received
pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the
greater of (x) $5.0 million or (y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the
receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of
each item of Designated Non-cash

80

 

Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect
to subsequent changes in value; and

     (D) any Capital Stock, properties or assets of the kind referred to in
clause (2) of the following paragraph,

	 	 	shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for purposes of this provision and for no other
purpose.

     (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale (the
“Application Period”), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net
Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

     (i) to reduce or repay:

     (A) Obligations under the ABL Facility;

     (B) Obligations under Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations)
that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by this Indenture;

     (C) Obligations under other Indebtedness (other than Subordinated
Obligations); provided that, to the extent the Issuer reduces Obligations under
such Indebtedness, the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under
the Notes as provided under Section 3.07 through open-market purchases (to the
extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or
by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an
Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the
principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if
any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

     (D) Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness
owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

     (ii) to make (A) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that
such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a
Restricted Subsidiary from a Person other than the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries or
results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, owning an amount of the
Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B)
capital expenditures or (C) acquisitions of other properties or assets, in the case of
each of clause (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Similar Business;

81

 

provided that, in the case of clause (ii) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a
permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or
such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that
such Net Proceeds shall be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment
(an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or
terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer
or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”)
within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment
is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net
Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

     (c) (i) Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale of Collateral that are not invested or
applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.09(b) shall be deemed to
constitute “Collateral Excess Proceeds.” The Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes
and if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the Holders of such other Pari
Passu Indebtedness (a “Collateral Proceeds Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal
amount of the Notes that is in an amount equal to at least $2,000, that may be purchased out of the
Collateral Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the principal
amount thereof (or accreted value thereof, if less), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, or,
in respect of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for
by the terms of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the date fixed for the closing of such
offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture; provided that the proportion
of such Collateral Proceeds Offer allocated to the Notes is at least as great as the proportion of
the principal amount of all relevant Pari Passu Indebtedness represented by the Notes. The Issuer
shall commence a Collateral Proceeds Offer with respect to Collateral Excess Proceeds within ten
Business Days after the date that Collateral Excess Proceeds exceed $15.0 million by delivering the
notice required pursuant to this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. The Issuer may, at its
election, satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by
making a Collateral Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the
relevant 365-day period (or such longer period provided in Section 4.09(b)).

     (ii) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such other Pari
Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to a Collateral Sale Offer is less than the
Collateral Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Collateral Excess Proceeds
for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of
Notes or such other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds
the amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the
Issuer shall select such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis
based on the accreted value or principal

82

 

amount of the Notes or such other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered with adjustments
as necessary so that no Notes or other Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be repurchased in
part in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion of any such Collateral Sale Offer,
the amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds that resulted in the Collateral Sale Offer shall
be reset to zero.

     (d) (i) Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale of non-Collateral that are not invested
or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.09(b) shall be deemed to
constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million,
the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any
Senior Indebtedness, to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to
purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Senior Indebtedness that is
in an amount equal to at least $2,000, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer
price in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value
thereof, if less), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of
such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture; provided that the
proportion of such Asset Sale Offer allocated to the Notes is at least as great as the proportion
of the principal amount of all relevant Senior Indebtedness represented by the Notes. The Issuer
shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after
the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $15.0 million by delivering the notice required pursuant to
the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing
obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale of non-Collateral by making an
Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 365-day
period (or such longer period provided in Section 4.09(b)) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of
$15.0 million or less.

     (ii) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Senior
Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds,
the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by this
Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Senior Indebtedness
surrendered by such Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee
shall select the Notes and the Issuer shall select the Senior Indebtedness to be purchased
on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or the
Senior Indebtedness tendered with adjustments as necessary so that no Notes or Senior
Indebtedness shall be repurchased in part in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion
of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds that resulted in the Asset
Sale Offer shall be reset to zero.

     (e) Pending the final application of any Collateral Excess Proceeds (except, in the
case of Collateral Excess Proceeds attributable a disposition of Notes Priority Collateral, when a
Default or Event of Default is continuing) or

83

 

Excess Proceeds, the Issuer (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce
revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Collateral Excess Proceeds or Excess Proceeds
in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

     (f) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange
Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations
are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or
Collateral Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations
described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

     Section 4.10. Transactions with Affiliates.

     (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale,
lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Issuer
(an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.0 million unless:

     (i) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could have been
obtained by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at the
time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who is not such an
Affiliate; and

     (ii) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate
consideration in excess of $10.0 million, either, in the Issuer’s sole discretion, the
Issuer has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such
Affiliate Transaction is not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably
have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from
a Person that is not an Affiliate or such transaction has been approved by a majority of
members of such Board of Directors having no personal stake in such transaction.

     (b) Section 4.10(a) shall not apply to:

     (i) any transaction between the Issuer and one or more Restricted
Subsidiaries or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries and any Guarantees issued by the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 4.08;

84

 

     (ii) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant Section 4.06 and
the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than pursuant to clauses (4), (10), (13)
and (14) thereof);

     (iii) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in
cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements and
other compensation arrangements, stock options, restricted stock plans, long-term
incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee
benefits plans and/or indemnity provided on behalf of officers, directors and employees
approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity
or of any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

     (iv) the payment or reimbursement of reasonable and customary fees and
expenses paid to and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors or employees of
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent entity;

     (v) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, as such agreement may
be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time, so long as any
such amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal is not more disadvantageous
to the Holders in any material respect, as determined in the good faith judgment of the
Board of Directors of the Issuer when taken as a whole than the terms of such agreement in
effect on the Issue Date;

     (vi) any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person
existing at the time such Person is acquired by or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such
acquisition or merger, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not
disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the
Board of Directors of the Issuer when taken as a whole as compared to such agreement as in
effect on the date of such acquisition or merger);

     (vii) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture
partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary
course of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in
compliance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that as determined in the good faith
judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, such transactions are on terms that are
no less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that
would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

85

 

     (viii) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) to Affiliates of the Issuer and the granting of registration and other customary
rights in connection therewith;

     (ix) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of any stockholders agreement (including any
registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a
party as of the Issue Date, and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter;
provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing
transaction, agreement or arrangement or under any similar transaction, agreement or
arrangement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (ix)
to the extent that the terms of any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement
together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole is not more disadvantageous to the
Holders in any material respect, as determined in the good faith judgment of the Board of
Directors of the Issuer when taken as a whole as compared to the such transaction,
agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date;

     (x) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement that
complies with Section 4.06;

     (xi) pledges of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

     (xii) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such
transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of
view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable than those that might
reasonably have been obtained by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable
transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate;

     (xiii) the provision of administrative services or other corporate support
services to any Unrestricted Subsidiary or Variable Interest Entity or other Affiliate, in
an amount not to exceed $2.0 million in any fiscal year;

     (xiv) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to
the Transactions; and

     (xv) any employment agreements entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and otherwise permitted by this Indenture.

86

 

     Section 4.11. Limitation on Liens.

     (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens)
that secures obligations under any Indebtedness upon any of its property or assets (including
Capital Stock of Subsidiaries), or income or profits therefrom.

     Section 4.12. Offer To Repurchase upon Change of Control.

     (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer exercises or has exercised its
right to redeem all of the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, each Holder shall have the
right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or larger integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to
101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest
due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless
the Issuer exercises or has exercised its right to redeem all of the outstanding Notes pursuant to
Section 3.07, the Issuer shall deliver notice (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder, with
a copy to the Trustee, stating:

     (i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the
right to require the Issuer to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash
equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date
to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date) (the “Change of Control
Payment”);

     (ii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later
than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or sent electronically) (the “Change of
Control Payment Date”);

     (iii) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of
Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such
Change of Control; and

     (iv) the procedures determined by the Issuer, consistent with this
Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.

     The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been
given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (A) the notice is mailed in a manner
herein provided and (B) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice
but it is defective, such

87

 

Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the
proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such
notice without defect.

     (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful:

     (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (of $2,000 or larger
integral multiples of $1,000) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

     (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control
Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so tendered; and

     (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted
together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or
portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.

     (c) The Paying Agent shall promptly transfer to each Holder of Notes so tendered the
Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or
cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in
a principal amount of $2,000 or larger integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

     (d) If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest Record Date and
on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid on
the relevant Interest Payment Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of
business on such record date.

     (e) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change
of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and
otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section Indenture applicable to a
Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not
withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer (it being understood that such third party may make a
Change of Control Offer that is conditioned upon and prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control
pursuant to this Section 4.12(e)).

     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in
advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a
definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of
Control Offer.

88

 

     (f) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes properly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer (or an offer made
by a third party as described in Section 4.12(e)) and the Issuer, or any third party making an
offer in lieu of the Issuer, as described above, purchases all of the Notes properly tendered and
not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or the third party making such offer shall have the
right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days
following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer or offer by such third party
described above, to redeem all the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a
redemption price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Payment.

     (g) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule
14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the
repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply
with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under this Indenture by virtue of the conflict.

     (h) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.12, any purchase pursuant
to this Section 4.12 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06.

     Section 4.13. Additional Guarantees.

     (a) The Issuer shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a borrower under
or that Guarantees, on the Issue Date or at any time thereafter, Indebtedness under the ABL
Facility or that Guarantees any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to:

     (i) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this
Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit C hereto, pursuant to which such
Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the
full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on
a senior secured basis and all other obligations under this Indenture; and

     (ii) deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that:

     (A) such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and

     (B) such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation
of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be
limited by bankruptcy,

89

 

insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws
relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is
subject to general principles of equity.

     (b) Each Person that becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date shall also become a
party to the applicable Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and shall as promptly as
practicable execute and deliver such security instruments, financing statements, mortgages, deeds
of trust (in substantially the same form as those executed and delivered with respect to the
Collateral) and certificates and opinions of counsel as may be necessary to vest in the Notes Agent
a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in properties and assets
that constitute Notes Priority Collateral and a perfected second priority security interest
(subject to Permitted Liens) in properties and assets that constitute ABL Priority Collateral as
security for the Notes or the Note Guarantees and as may be necessary to have such property or
asset added to the applicable Collateral as required under the Security Documents and this
Indenture, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be
deemed to relate to such properties and assets to the same extent and with the same force and
effect; provided, however, that if granting such security interest in any such property or asset
requires the consent of a third party, the Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
obtain such consent.

     Section 4.14. Effectiveness of Covenants.

     (a) From and after the first day following the Issue Date that (i) the Notes have an
Investment Grade Rating from both of the Ratings Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is
continuing under this Indenture then, beginning on that day, the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.13 and 5.01(a)(iv),
(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).

     (b) If at any time the Notes’ credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade
Rating by any Rating Agency or if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the
Suspended Covenants shall thereafter be reinstated (the “Reinstatement Date”) and be applicable
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or
assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes
subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of
Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for
such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating and no Default or Event of Default is
in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be
deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement, the
Notes or the Note Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the
Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or not taken or
events occurring during any Suspension Period (as defined below), or any actions taken or not

90

 

taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising after commencement of a
Suspension Period and prior to the immediately following Reinstatement Date, regardless of whether
such actions, inactions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants
remained in effect during such period. The periods of time between the date of suspension of the
covenants and the immediately following Reinstatement Date are each referred to as a “Suspension
Period.”

     (c) On a Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the immediately
preceding Suspension Period shall be classified as having been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(a)
or Section 4.08(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as
of the Reinstatement Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension
Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so
permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(a) or Section 4.08(b), such Indebtedness shall be
deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under
Section 4.08(b)(iii). Calculations made after a Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be
made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.06 shall be made as though Section 4.06 had been in
effect since the Issue Date and throughout the immediately preceding Suspension Period.
Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during such Suspension Period shall reduce the amount
available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.06(a). However, no Default or Event of
Default shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of the Reinstatement Date occurring on the
basis of any actions taken or the continuance of any circumstances resulting from actions taken or
the performance of obligations under agreements entered into by the Issuer or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period (other than agreements to take actions after the
Reinstatement Date that would not be permitted outside of the Suspension Period entered into in
contemplation of the Reinstatement Date).

     (d) During any Suspension Period, the Board of Directors of the Issuer may not
designate any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture.

     (e) The Issuer shall provide the Trustee notice in an Officer’s Certificate of the
commencement or termination of the Suspension Period. The Trustee shall have no obligation to
verify such information and shall not be obligated to provide Holders notice of the commencement or
termination of the Suspension Period.

ARTICLE 5

Successors

     Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

91

 

     (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into
(whether or not such Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer,
lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one
or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

     (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”)
shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of
America, any State of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory
thereof;

     (ii) the Successor Company (if other than such Issuer) assumes all of the
obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental
indenture or other documentation and instruments and assumes by written agreement all of
the obligations of the Issuer under the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement
and the Successor Company shall cause such amendments, supplements or other instruments to
be executed, filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law
to preserve and protect the Lien on the Collateral pledged by or transferred to such
Person, together with such financing statements or comparable documents as may be required
to perfect any security interests in such Collateral which may be perfected by the filing
of a financing statement or a similar document under the Uniform Commercial Code or other
similar statute or regulation of the relevant states or jurisdictions;

     (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

     (iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any
related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of
the applicable four-quarter period, either:

     (A) the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.08(a), or

     (B) the pro forma Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company
would be equal to or greater than the actual Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the
Issuer immediately prior to such transaction;

     (v) unless the Issuer is the Successor Company, each Guarantor (unless it
is the other party to the transactions above, in which case Section 5.01(a)(ii) shall
apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply
to such Person’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Notes and shall have by
written agreement confirmed that its obligations under the Security Documents

92

 

and the Intercreditor Agreement shall continue to be in effect and shall cause such
amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, filed and recorded in such
jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien on the
Collateral pledged by such Guarantor, together with such financing statements or
comparable documents as may be required to perfect any security interests in such
Collateral which may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement or a similar
document under the Uniform Commercial Code or other similar statute or regulation of the
relevant states or jurisdictions; and

     (vi) in any of the foregoing transactions involving the execution and
delivery of a supplemental indenture, such Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with
this Indenture; provided that in giving such Opinion of Counsel such counsel may rely on
an Officer’s Certificate as to compliance with the Section 5.01(a)(iii) and Section
5.01(a)(iv) and as to any matters of fact.

     (b) (i) Notwithstanding Section 5.01(a)(iii) and Section 5.01(a)(iv),

     (A) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or
transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer so long as no
Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary is distributed to any Person other
than the Issuer; and

     (B) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the
purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another jurisdiction in the United
States of America, any State of the United States, the District of Columbia or
any territory thereof, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

     (c) In addition, the Issuer shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate with or
merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation),
or, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially all of its properties and assets any Person (other than (A) to the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or (B) as an Asset Sale or other disposition that does not
conflict with Section 4.09) unless:

     (i) (A) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor
Guarantor”) shall be a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company
organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the
United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof;

93

 

     (B) the Successor Guarantor, if other than such Guarantor, expressly
assumes, by supplemental indenture or other documentation or instruments,
executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor
under the Note Guarantee, this Indenture, the Security Documents and the
Intercreditor Agreement and shall cause such amendments, supplements or other
instruments to be executed, filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be
required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien on the Collateral
owned by or transferred to the Successor Guarantor, together with such financing
statements or comparable documents as may be required to perfect any security
interests in such Collateral which may be perfected by the filing of a financing
statement or a similar document under the Uniform Commercial Code or other
similar statute or regulation of the relevant states or jurisdictions; and

     (C) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any
Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by
the Successor Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such
transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing.

     (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with or
into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Issuer (ii) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with another Person solely for
the purpose of reincorporating in a State of the United States, the District of Columbia or any
territory thereof.

     (e) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment,
transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or
more Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which properties and assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such
Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer
on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Issuer.

     (f) In the event of any transaction described in and complying with Section 5.01,
the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be released from its obligations under this
Indenture and its Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Successor Company and the Successor
Guarantor, as the case may be, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every
right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the
Note Guarantee (if a Guarantor), the Security Documents (as applicable) and the Intercreditor
Agreement, but the predecessor Issuer or Guarantor in the case of a lease of all or substantially
all of its assets shall not be released from its

94

 

obligations to pay the principal, interest and premium (if any) on the Notes or, in the case
of a Guarantor, shall not be released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. Solely for the
purpose of computing amounts described in clauses (C)(1), (C)(2), (C)(3) and (C)(4) of Section
4.06(a), the Successor Company shall only be deemed to have succeeded and be substituted for the
Issuer with respect to periods subsequent to the effective time of such merger, consolidation,
combination or transfer of assets.

     Section 5.02. Successor Entity Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or
any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 5.01, the
successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary, as applicable, is merged or wound up or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that
from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, winding up, sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as applicable, shall refer instead to the successor entity and not to the Issuer or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such
successor Person had been named as the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, herein;
provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal
of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of
Section 5.01.

ARTICLE 6

Defaults and Remedies 

     Section 6.01. Events of Default.

     (a) Each of the following is an Event of Default (each an “Event of Default”):

     (i) default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and such
default continues for 30 days;

     (ii) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Note
when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon
declaration or otherwise;

     (iii) failure by any Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with its obligations
under Section 5.01;

95

 

     (iv) failure by the Issuer or the Guarantors to comply for 60 days after
notice as provided below with its other covenants or agreements contained in this
Indenture or the Notes (other than those specified in Sections 6.01(a)(i), 6.01(a)(ii) or
6.01(a)(iii));

     (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there
may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money
borrowed by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is
Guaranteed by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness
owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now
exists, or is created after the Issue Date, which default:

     (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness at its
stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods
provided in such Indebtedness) (“payment default”); or

     (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity
(the “cross acceleration provision”);

	 	 	and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment
default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or
more;

     (vi) the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary
or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest
audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries),
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any
Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors:

     (A) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

     (B) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings
against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking an
arrangement of debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under
applicable Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of
debtors;

     (C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver
and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar
official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

96

 

     (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

     (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

     (vii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors that:

     (A) is for relief against the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
together (as of the date of the most recent audited consolidated financial
statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Issuer, any such Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited
consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated
bankrupt or insolvent;

     (B) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the
Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest
audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or
substantially all of the property of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that
is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements
of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; or

     (C) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer, or any
Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited
consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;

97

 

     (viii) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated
financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (net
of any amounts covered by insurance policies issued by a reputable and creditworthy
insurance company as to which coverage has not been denied in writing), which judgments
are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment
becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement
proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not
promptly stayed (the “judgment default provision”);

     (ix) any Note Guarantee, Security Document or obligation under the
Intercreditor Agreement ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by
the terms of this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any
Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Note Guarantee;
or

     (x) with respect to any Collateral, individually or in the aggregate,
having a fair market value in excess of $5.0 million, any of the Security Documents ceases
to be in full force and effect, or any of the Security Documents ceases to give the
Holders of the Notes the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Security
Documents is declared null and void or the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary denies in
writing that it has any further liability under any of the Security Documents or gives
written notice to such effect (in each case (i) other than in accordance with the terms of
this Indenture or the terms of the ABL Facility or the Security Documents or (ii) unless
waived by the requisite lenders under the ABL Facility if, after that waiver, the Issuer
is in compliance with Article 10); provided that if a failure of the sort described in
this clause (x) is susceptible of cure, no Event of Default shall arise under this clause
(x) with respect thereto until 30 days after notice of such failure shall have been given
to the Issuer by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture.

     However, a Default under Section 6.01(a)(iv) shall not constitute an Event of Default until
the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of
the Default and the Issuer does not cure such Default within the time specified in Section
6.01(a)(iv) after receipt of such notice.

     Section 6.02. Acceleration.

     (a) If any Event of Default (other an Event of Default specified in Section
6.01(a)(vi) and Section 6.01(a)(vii)) occurs and is continuing under this

98

 

Indenture, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer specifying the Event of Default, or the
Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written
notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall,
declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the
Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and
unpaid interest shall be due and payable immediately.

     (b) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of
Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(v) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of
acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the Default triggering such Event of
Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(v) shall be remedied or cured by the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the
declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (i) the annulment of the acceleration of
the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and
(ii) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the
Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case an Event of Default under Section
6.01(a)(vi) and Section 6.01(a)(vii) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any,
and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable
without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

     (d) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by
written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders rescind an acceleration with respect to
the Notes and its consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree
of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes that have become due solely
because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

     Section 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any,
and interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or
this Indenture.

     The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note
in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

99

 

     Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of
all Holders waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except:

     (a) a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with a Collateral
Proceeds Offer, an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer); and

     (b) a Default with respect to a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended
without the consent of each Holder affected,

provided, that subject to Section 6.02, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related
payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall
cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for
every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default
or impair any right consequent thereon.

     Section 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting
any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee or the Notes Agent, as the case may be, may
refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, the Notes, the
Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement or that the Trustee determines in
good faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the
Trustee in personal liability or expense for which the Trustee has not received an indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to it.

     Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder of a Note
may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes (subject to the Intercreditor
Agreement) unless:

     (a) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of
Default is continuing;

     (b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

     (c) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

     (d) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt
of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

100

 

     (e) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent
with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a
preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an
affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to
such Holders).

     Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on its Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in
such Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to
bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

     Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(a)(i) or (ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own
name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer and any other obligor on the Notes for
the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes,
together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further
amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and
outside counsel.

     Section 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has
instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding
has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee
or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings,
the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and
respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the
Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

     Section 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided with
respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section
2.07, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is
intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy are, to the
extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder
or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any
right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment
of any other appropriate right or remedy.

101

 

     Section 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or
of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any
such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence
therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders
may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by
the Holders, as the case may be.

     Section 6.12. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file proofs of
claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of
the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and outside counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in
any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes, including the
Guarantors), its creditors or its property and is entitled and empowered to participate as a member
in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and
distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims. Any custodian in
any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the
Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to
the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and outside counsel, and any other amounts
due the Trustee or the Notes Agent under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any
other amounts due the Trustee or the Notes Agent under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such
proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and
shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties
that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any
plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to
authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any
plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of
any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such
proceeding.

     Section 6.13. Priorities.

     (a) With respect to the Collateral, if the Trustee collects any money or property
pursuant to this Article 6, or pursuant to the foreclosure or other remedial provisions contained
in the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, it shall pay out the money or property in
the following order:

     (i) to the Trustee and the Notes Agent and their respective agents and
outside attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all
compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred,

102

 

and all advances made, by the Trustee or the Notes Agent and the costs and expenses
of collection;

     (ii) to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal,
premium, if any, and interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any
kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if
any, and interest, respectively; and

     (iii) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction
shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

     (b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders
pursuant to this Section 6.13. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this Section 6.13,
the Trustee shall cause notice of such record date and payment date to be given to the Issuer and
to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 13.02.

     Section 6.14. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right
or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such
suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in
the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the
party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder
pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

Trustee

     Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

     (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall
exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of
care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

     (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express
provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are
specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or
obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

103

 

     (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively
rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed
therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions
which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee,
the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they
conform to the form requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate
the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

     (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action,
its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

     (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
Section 7.01;

     (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good
faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction
that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

     (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes
or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to
Section 6.05.

     (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture
that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section
7.01.

     (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers
under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have
offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense.

     (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except
as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

     Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee.

     (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining
from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by
the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but
the Trustee, in its

104

 

discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it
may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine in good faith to make such further inquiry or
investigation, it shall be entitled upon reasonable notice during normal business hours to examine
the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost
of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such
inquiry or investigation.

     (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s
Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both, subject to the other provisions of this Indenture.
The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in
conclusive reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult
with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be
full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

     (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

     (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this
Indenture.

     (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request,
direction or notice from the Issuer or a Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of
the Issuer or such Guarantor.

     (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or
risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance
of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if an indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

     (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Default or
Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless
written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the existence of a Default or
Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

     (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or
consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit)
irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and
regardless of the form of action.

105

 

     (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the
Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be
enforceable by, the Notes Agent and by the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each
agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

     (j) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting
forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified
actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person
authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any
such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

     (k) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the
performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

     (l) Any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently
evidenced by an Issuer request or Issuer order and any resolution of the Board of Directors shall
be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.

     (m) The permissive right of the Trustee to take the actions permitted by this
Indenture shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.

     Section 7.03. Individual Rights. The Trustee, any Agent or the Notes Agent in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal
with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee, such Agent or the Notes Agent. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any
conflicting interest within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, it must
eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and
7.11.

     Section 7.04. Disclaimer. Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Agent shall be
responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the
Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, it shall not be
accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or
upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for
the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or the
Notes Agent, as the case may be, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital
herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes
or pursuant to this Indenture other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication on the Notes.

     Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it
is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a notice of the Default
within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of an Event

106

 

of Default specified in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 6.01(a), the Trustee may withhold from
the Holders notice of any continuing Default if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee determines in
good faith that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

     The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the Issuer
and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries in Article 4. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to
have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except: (i) any Event of Default occurring
pursuant to Sections 6.01(a)(i) or 6.01(a)(ii) (provided it is acting as Paying Agent); and (ii)
any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written
notification. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.03 is
for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute
constructive or actual notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information
contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to
which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

     Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. Within 60 days after
each March 15, beginning with March 15, 2012, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the
Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that
complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act
Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need
be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The
Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).
To the extent that this Indenture is required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in
connection with an issuance of Additional Notes in a registered offering or otherwise, the Trustee
shall also comply with Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing in
the event the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange or delisted therefrom. A copy of
each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders will be delivered by the Trustee to the
Issuer.

     Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

     (a) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee
from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as
the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be
limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the
Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or
made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the
reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and outside counsel.

107

 

     (b) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the
Trustee, including its officers, directors, employees and agents, for, and hold each of the
Trustee, including its officers, directors, employees and agents, and any predecessor harmless
against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses (other than the allocated cost of internal counsel)) but other than any taxes
based upon or determined by income of the Trustee incurred by it in connection with the acceptance
or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Notes,
the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement (including the costs and
expenses of enforcing this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the
Intercreditor Agreement against the Issuer or any Guarantor (including this Section 7.07)) or
defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor or
any other Person, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of
its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for
which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the
Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have
separate counsel of its selection and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of one
such counsel (and any appropriate local counsel). The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or
indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own
willful misconduct or negligence.

     (c) The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall
survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of
the Trustee.

     (d) To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this
Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or
collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular
Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

     (e) Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable
law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(a)(vi) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees
and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under
any Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

     Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee or the Notes Agent.

     (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee or the Notes Agent and appointment of a
successor Trustee or a successor Notes Agent shall become effective only upon the successor
Trustee’s or successor Notes Agent’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.
The Trustee or the

108

 

Notes Agent may resign in writing at any time by giving 30 days prior notice of such
resignation to the Issuer and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the
Issuer. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
remove the Trustee or the Notes Agent by so notifying the Trustee or the Notes Agent, as the case
may be, and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee or the Notes Agent if:

     (i) in the case of the Trustee, the Trustee fails to comply with Section
7.10;

     (ii) the Trustee or the Notes Agent, as the case may be, is adjudged a
bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee or
the Notes Agent under any Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the
relief of debtors;

     (iii) a receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or the Notes
Agent, as the case may be, or its property; or

     (iv) the Trustee or the Notes Agent, as the case may be, becomes incapable
of acting.

     (b) If the Trustee or the Notes Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists
in the office of Trustee or the Notes Agent for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee or a successor Notes Agent, as the case may be. Within one year after the
successor Trustee or successor Notes Agent takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the successor Trustee or successor Notes
Agent to replace it with another successor Trustee or successor Notes Agent.

     (c) If a successor Trustee or a successor Notes Agent does not take office within 60
days after the retiring Trustee or Notes Agent resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or Notes
Agent (in each case, at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or successor Notes Agent, as the case may
be.

     (d) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at
least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     (e) A successor Trustee or successor Notes Agent shall deliver a written acceptance
of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Notes Agent and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Notes Agent shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee or Notes Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or the
Notes Agent under this

109

 

Indenture. The successor Trustee or Notes Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee or Notes Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as
Trustee or Notes Agent to the successor Trustee or Notes Agent; provided that all sums owing to the
Trustee or the Notes Agent, as the case may be, hereunder have been paid and such transfer shall be
subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee or the
Notes Agent pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall
continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Notes Agent.

     (f) As used in this Section 7.08, the term “Trustee” shall also include each Agent.

     Section 7.09. Successor by Merger, Etc. Any business entity into which the Trustee
or Notes Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any entity
resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee or Notes Agent shall be
a party, or any entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of
the Trustee or the Notes Agent, shall be the successor of the Trustee and Notes Agent, as
applicable, hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part
of any of the parties hereto, but in each case, subject to Section 7.10.

     Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

     (a) There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or
national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee
power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a
combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published
annual report of condition.

     (b) This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of
Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act
Section 310(b).

     Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. The Trustee is
subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust
Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust
Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

     Section 8.01. Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer
may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or

110

 

8.03 applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in
this Article 8.

     Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

     (a) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this
Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions
set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to
all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied
(“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Guarantors
shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding
Notes, and the Note Guarantees, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the
purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (i) and
(ii) below, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Note
Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the
Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following
provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

     (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture
to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on
such Notes when such payments are due from the trust created pursuant to this Indenture
referred to in Section 8.04;

     (ii) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes issued under this
Indenture concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed,
lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for
security payments held in trust;

     (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and
the Issuer’s and Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

     (iv) this Section 8.02.

     If the Issuer exercises the Legal Defeasance option, the Liens on the Collateral shall be
released and the Note Guarantees in effect at such time shall terminate.

     (b) Following the Issuer’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the
Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

111

 

     (c) Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option
under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03.

     Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01
of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from their obligations under
the covenants contained in Sections 3.09, 3.10, 4.03, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 and
4.13, Sections 5.01(a)(iv) and 5.01(a)(vi) and Section 9.07, with respect to the outstanding Notes,
and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to
all Guarantees, on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied
(“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the
purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences
of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding”
for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed
outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with
respect to this Indenture, the outstanding Notes and the Guarantees, the Issuer and the Guarantors
may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation
set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference
elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any
other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a
Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of
this Indenture, such Notes and such Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the
Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Section 6.01(a)(ii) (only to the extent
relating to Section 3.09, 3.10, 4.09 and 4.12), 6.01(a)(iii) (only to the extent due to the failure
of the Issuer to comply with Section 5.01(a)(iv)), 6.01(a)(iv) (only with respect to covenants that
are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(a)(v), 6.01(a)(vi) (solely with respect
to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries
that, taken together as of the date of the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of
the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary),
6.01(a)(vii) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or a
group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together as of the date of the most recent audited
consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary), 6.01(a)(viii), 6.01(a)(ix), 6.01(a)(x), in each case shall not constitute
Events of Default.

     Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be
the conditions to the exercise of either the Legal Defeasance option under

112

 

Section 8.02 or the Covenant Defeasance option under Section 8.03 with respect to the Notes:

     (a) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit
of the Holders issued thereunder, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or
a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, in amounts as
shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of certified public accountants
without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the principal of, or interest and
premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes issued thereunder on the Stated Maturity or on the
applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are
being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

     (b) in the case of legal defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel of recognized standing with respect to U.S. federal income tax matters
confirming that (i) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal
Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the
applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such
Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the respective outstanding Notes will not
recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal
defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;

     (c) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel of recognized standing with respect to U.S. federal income tax matters
confirming that the Holders of the respective outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or
loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be
subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;

     (d) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this
Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the
Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

     (e) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of
such deposit and such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under the ABL Facility or material agreement or instrument to
which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary is bound (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds
to be applied

113

 

to such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and,
in each case, the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings);

     (f) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
including, that no intervening bankruptcy of the Issuer between the date of deposit and the 91st
day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Issuer under
applicable bankruptcy law, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds shall not be
subject to Section 547 of Title 11 of the U.S. Code;

     (g) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the
deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding
creditors of the Issuer or others; and

     (h) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each
to the effect that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant
Defeasance have been complied with.

     Section 8.05. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust;
Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

     (a) Subject to Section 8.06, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including
the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the
outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to
the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and
interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law.

     (b) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay and indemnify
the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S.
Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in
respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the
Holders.

     (c) Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall
deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or U.S.
Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of certified public accountants, without consideration of any reinvestment of
interest, expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the
opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof

114

 

that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance.

     Section 8.06. Repayment to the Issuer. Subject to any applicable abandoned
property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer,
in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, on
any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest,
if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its written request or (if then
held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall
thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such
Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof,
shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being
required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once,
in The New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the
date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall
be repaid to the Issuer.

     Section 8.07. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any
U.S. dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section
8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority
enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and the
Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and
reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 until such
time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section
8.02 or Section 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Note following the reinstatement of its
obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment
from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

     Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.

     (a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the
Guarantors and the Trustee (and the Notes Agent in the case of this Indenture, the Security
Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement) may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the
Note Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement to:

     (i) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

115

 

     (ii) provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the
obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note
Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with
Section 5.01;

     (iii) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes; provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form
for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated
Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

     (iv) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor from
its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture;

     (v) add Additional Assets as Collateral or grant any Lien in favor of the
Notes Agent to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

     (vi) confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any
Guarantee or any Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination
or discharge is provided for in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, Security
Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement;

     (vii) add to the covenants of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
or Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders or to make changes that would provide
additional rights to the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer
or any Guarantor;

     (viii) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Holder;

     (ix) provide for the appointment of a successor Trustee or Notes Agent;
provided that the successor Trustee or Notes Agent is otherwise qualified and eligible to
act as such under the terms of this Indenture;

     (x) provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes, in each case,
in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, and which shall be treated, together with
any outstanding Notes, as a single class of securities;

     (xi) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to
the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without
limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that (a)
compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred
in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law
and (b)

116

 

such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to
transfer Notes; or

     (xii) conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees
to any provision of the “Description of notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the
extent that such provision in the “Description of notes” is intended to be a verbatim
recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as
certified in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee.

     (b) The Holders shall be deemed to have consented for purposes of the Security
Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement to any amendments, waivers and other modifications to the
Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement to add other parties (or any authorized agent
thereof or trustee therefor) holding ABL Liens or Pari Passu Indebtedness that are Incurred in
compliance with this Indenture and the Security Documents.

     (c) Upon the request of the Issuer and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents
described in Section 13.04, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the
execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this
Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein
contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental
indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the
addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the
Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit C
hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.

     Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders.

     (a) Except as provided in Section 9.01 and 9.02(f), the Issuer, the Guarantors, the
Trustee and the Notes Agent may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees,
the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding
voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a
purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing Default or Event of
Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has
been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees,
the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement may be waived with the consent of the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including
Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with
the purchase of, or tender offer or

117

 

exchange offer for, Notes). Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 shall determine which Notes are
considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

     (b) Upon the request of the Issuer and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence
of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents
described in Section 13.04, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the
execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture
directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise,
in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such
amended or supplemental indenture.

     (c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02
to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be
sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

     (d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes
effective, the Issuer shall deliver to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly
describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to deliver such notice,
or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such
amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

     (e) Without the consent of each affected Holder, an amendment, supplement or waiver
under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

     (i) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver;

     (ii) reduce the stated rate of interest or extend the time for payment of
interest on any Note;

     (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

     (iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any
Note or change the date on which any Note may be redeemed or repurchased pursuant to
Section 3.07, 4.09 or 4.12;

     (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note;

     (vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal,
premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or
to institute suit for the enforcement of any

118

 

payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes (it being understood that a waiver
of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or interest or premium, if
any, on the Notes issued hereunder is not permitted to impair the rights of non-consenting
Holders);

     (vii) make any change in the amendment provisions that require each
Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; or

     (viii) modify the Note Guarantees in any manner materially adverse to the
Holders or release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or
this Indenture, except in compliance with the terms hereof.

     (f) Without
the consent of the Holders of at least
662/3% in principal amount of Notes
then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase
of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), no amendment, supplement or waiver may:

     (i) modify any Security Document or the provisions in this Indenture
dealing with Security Documents or application of trust moneys in any manner, taken as a
whole, materially adverse to the Holders or otherwise release any Collateral other than in
accordance with this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement; or

     (ii) modify the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse to the
Holders in any material respect other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture,
the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

     (g) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, any
Guarantee and the Notes by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes
shall not be rendered invalid by such tender.

     Section 9.03. [Intentionally Omitted]

     Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

     (a) Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a
Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a
Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if
notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent
Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of
revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment,
supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every
Holder.

119

 

     (b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date pursuant to
Section 1.05 for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment,
supplement, or waiver.

     Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

     (a) The Issuer may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or
waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the
Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the
amendment, supplement or waiver.

     (b) Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect
the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

     Section 9.06. Trustee and Notes Agent To Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee or the
Notes Agent, as the case may be, shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant
to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties,
liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or the Notes Agent, as the case may be. In executing any
amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee and the Notes Agent shall be entitled to receive and
(subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (except as provided in Section 9.01(b)) stating that the
execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture
and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Issuer and any Guarantor party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms,
subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof.

     Section 9.07. Payments for Consent. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, and
shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any
consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes
unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that
consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating
to such consent, waiver or amendment.

ARTICLE 10

Security Interest

     Section 10.01. Grant of Security Interest. (a) The Issuer’s and the Guarantors’
obligations to pay the principal (and Applicable Premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in
accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture and all other Notes Obligations of the
Issuer and the Guarantors hereunder, under

120

 

the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents shall be secured as provided in the
Security Documents.

     (b) As among the Holders, the Collateral as now or hereafter constituted shall be
held for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders, without preference, priority or distinction
of any thereof over any other by reason of differences in time of issuance, sale or otherwise, as
security for the Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

     (c) [Intentionally Omitted]

     (d) Each Holder, by its acceptance of the Notes, (i) initially appoints Wilmington
Trust FSB as Notes Agent, (ii) authorizes and directs the Notes Agent (x) to enter into the
Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, and to perform its obligations and exercise its
rights thereunder in accordance therewith, and (y) to receive for the benefit of the Holders any
funds collected or distributed under the Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents to which
the Notes Agent is a party and to make further distributions of such funds to the Trustee for
distribution to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture and (iii) without
limiting the foregoing, consents and agrees to all of the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor
Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and the other Security Documents
(including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of
Collateral).

     (e) If the same legal entity is both the Trustee and the Notes Agent, the Trustee
shall not be (i) deemed to have breached its fiduciary duty as Trustee to the Holders as a result
of the performance of its duties as Notes Agent to the extent that it acts in compliance with the
terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents or (ii) liable to
the Holders for any action taken or omitted in compliance with the terms and provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents.

     (f) In the event (i) the Trustee shall receive any written request from the Issuer,
a Guarantor or any other party to a Security Document or Intercreditor Agreement for consent or
approval with respect to any matter or thing relating to any Collateral or the Issuer’s or such
Guarantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (ii) there shall be due to or from the Trustee or the
Notes Agent under the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Document any
material performance or the delivery of any material instrument or (iii) the Trustee shall become
aware of any nonperformance by the Issuer or a Guarantor of any covenant or any breach of any
representation or warranty of the Issuer or such Guarantor set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement
or any Security Document, then, in each such event, the Trustee shall be entitled to hire experts,
consultants, agents and attorneys to advise the Trustee on the manner in which the Trustee should
respond, or direct the Notes Agent to respond, to such request or render any requested performance
or respond, or direct the Notes Agent to respond, to such nonperformance or breach; provided that
the Trustee’s right to direct the

121

 

Notes Agent to respond shall be subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the
Security Documents. The Trustee shall be fully protected in the taking of any action recommended
or approved by any such expert, consultant, agent or attorney or agreed to by the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

     (g) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Agent shall have any duty as to any Collateral
in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income
thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining
thereto and shall not be responsible for the filing, form or content of any financing or
continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time
or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the
Collateral. The Notes Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of
the Collateral in its or their possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially
equal to that which it or they accord their own property and shall not be liable or responsible for
any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of
any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Notes Agent in good faith.

     (h) Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Agent shall be responsible for the existence,
genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or
enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by
reason of any action or omission to act on its or their part hereunder, except to the extent such
action or omission constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the
Notes Agent or Trustee, as applicable, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any
agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Issuer and the
Guarantors to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges,
assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral.

     Section 10.02. Release of Security Interest. (a) The Notes Agent’s Liens on the
Collateral shall be released in accordance with, and to the extent provided for in, Section 28 of
the Security Agreement. Upon delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Notes Agent of an
Officers’ Certificate describing the event which has resulted in the release of such Liens (and the
Collateral subject to such release) and certifying that the release of such Liens has occurred in
accordance with the Security Agreement (and, to the extent provided for in the Security Agreement,
that the applicable transaction resulting in such release (if any) was effected in accordance with
this Indenture, the Security Documents, and/or the Intercreditor Agreement), the Trustee and/or the
Notes Agent, as applicable, shall, if necessary, execute any reasonable document or termination
statement necessary to release, or confirm the release of, such Liens, all at the written request
and expense of the Issuer. Nothing set forth in this Section 10.02 shall limit the automatic Lien
release provisions of any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement.

122

 

     (b) The release of the Notes Agent’s Liens in any part of the Collateral shall not
be deemed to impair any such Liens in other parts of the Collateral under this Indenture or the
Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement or be deemed to be in contravention of the
provisions of this Indenture, any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement if and to the
extent such Liens in such part of the Collateral are released pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

     Section 10.03. Pledge of Additional Collateral, Etc. (a) If the Issuer or any
Guarantor acquires or holds any assets or property that are not subject to the Liens securing the
Notes Obligations (including because such Person was not previously party to the Security Agreement
or any other applicable Security Document), subject to the following two sentences and certain
exceptions described in Section 2 of the Security Agreement, the Issuer or such Guarantor shall
execute and deliver such additional Security Documents (which may include supplements or joinders
to any of the Security Documents) and certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably
necessary to vest in the Notes Agent a perfected first priority security interest (to the extent
such assets constitute Notes Priority Collateral) or second priority security interest (to the
extent such assets constitute ABL Priority Collateral), subject only to Permitted Liens, in such
assets or property and to have such assets or property added to the Collateral, and thereupon all
provisions of this Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such assets or
property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

     (b) The Issuer and the Guarantors shall comply with (i) the requirements set forth
in the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the
pledge of additional Collateral, the perfection of the related security interests and the taking of
related actions and (ii) all other covenants, agreements and obligations applicable to them
contained in the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement.

     (c) If the Issuer or any Guarantor shall at any time after the Issue Date grant a
mortgage on any real property to secure the ABL Obligations, the Issuer or Guarantor shall provide
a mortgage on such real property to secure the Notes Obligations, subject to the priorities and
other provisions set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

     Section 10.04. Notes Agent. (a) Wilmington Trust FSB is appointed as Notes Agent
for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and shall initially act as Notes Agent under this
Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

     (b) Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes Agent shall hold
(directly or through co-trustees or agents), and shall be entitled to enforce on behalf of the
Holders of Notes, all Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes Obligations.

123

 

     (c) All of the rights, protections, benefits, privileges, indemnities and immunities
granted to the Trustee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the Notes Agent acting hereunder and
under the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

     Section 10.05. Replacement of Notes Agent. The Notes Agent shall automatically be
deemed to have resigned or been removed upon the resignation or removal, as applicable, of the
Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08 hereof.

     Section 10.06. Ranking. The Trustee and each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note
agrees, that:

     (a) To the extent and in the manner provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, (i) the
Liens securing the Notes Obligations are (x) subject to and junior in ranking to all present and
future ABL Liens with respect to Collateral that is ABL Priority Collateral and (y) senior in
ranking to all present and future ABL Liens with respect to Collateral that is Notes Priority
Collateral.

     (b) As among the ABL Agent, the Notes Agent, and the ABL Secured Parties and the
Notes Secured Parties, (i) the ABL Secured Parties and the ABL Agent shall have the sole ability to
control and obtain remedies with respect to all ABL Priority Collateral without the necessity of
any consent or of any notice to any Notes Agent or Notes Secured Party, and (ii) the Notes Secured
Parties and Notes Agents shall have the sole ability to control and obtain remedies with respect to
all Notes Priority Collateral without the necessity of any consent or of any notice to any ABL
Agent or ABL Secured Party, each subject to the limitations set forth in the Intercreditor
Agreement.

     Section 10.07. Notes Obligations Not Subordinated. The provisions of Section 10.06
are intended solely to set forth the relative ranking, as Liens, of the Liens on the ABL Priority
Collateral and the Notes Priority Collateral securing the Notes Obligations as against the Liens on
the ABL Priority Collateral and the Notes Priority Collateral securing the ABL Obligations. The
Notes Obligations are senior obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors. Neither the Notes
Obligations nor the exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy for the payment or collection
thereof (other than the exercise of rights and remedies in respect of the Collateral, which are
subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) are intended to be, or shall ever be by reason of the
provisions of Section 10.06, in any respect subordinated, deferred, postponed, restricted or
prejudiced.

ARTICLE 11

Note Guarantees

     Section 11.01. The Note Guarantees. (a) Subject to the provisions of this Article
11, the Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, shall jointly and severally
irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantee, on a senior

124

 

secured basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated
Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture
(including obligations to the Trustee and Notes Agent) and the Notes, whether for payment of,
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, fees, expenses, indemnification or
otherwise (all such obligations guaranteed by such Guarantors being herein called the “Guaranteed
Obligations”). Each of the Guarantors also agrees to pay, in addition to the amount stated above,
any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, agents and
professional advisors) incurred by the Trustee, the Notes Agent and/or the Holders in enforcing any
rights under the Note Guarantees and such fees and expenses shall also be deemed “Guaranteed
Obligations”. Upon failure by the Issuer to pay punctually any such amount, each Guarantor shall
forthwith on demand pay the amount not so paid at the place and in the manner specified in this
Indenture.

     (b) Each Note Guarantee is a continuing guarantee and shall (a) other than as
provided elsewhere in this Article, remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all
the Guaranteed Obligations, (b) be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and (c) inure to
the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Trustee, the Notes Agent, the Holders and their
successors, transferees and assigns.

     Section 11.02. Note Guarantee Unconditional. The obligations of each Guarantor
hereunder are unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by:

     (a) any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or release in respect of
any obligation of the Issuer under this Indenture or any Note, by operation of law or otherwise;

     (b) any modification or amendment of or supplement to this Indenture or any Note;

     (c) any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of the Issuer, or
any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the Issuer or
their assets or, except as set forth in Article 8, any resulting release or discharge of any
obligation of the Issuer contained in this Indenture or any Note;

     (d) the existence of any claim, set off or other rights which the Guarantor may have
at any time against the Issuer, the Trustee, the Notes Agent or any other Person, whether in
connection with this Indenture or any unrelated transactions, provided that nothing in this
Indenture prevents the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;

125

 

     (e) any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Issuer for any
reason of this Indenture or any Note, or any provision of applicable law or regulation purporting
to prohibit the payment by the Issuer of the principal of or interest on any Note or any other
amount payable by the Issuer under this Indenture; or

     (f) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the Issuer, the
Trustee, the Notes Agent or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but
for the provisions of this paragraph, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of or defense to
such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder.

     Section 11.03. Discharge; Reinstatement. Each Guarantor’s obligations hereunder
shall remain in full force and effect until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the
Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under this Indenture have been paid in full. If
at any time any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or any other
amount payable by the Issuer under this Indenture is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or
returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise, each
Guarantor’s obligations hereunder with respect to such payment shall be reinstated as though such
payment had been due but not made at such time.

     Section 11.04. Waiver by the Guarantors. Each Guarantor irrevocably waives
acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice not provided for in this Indenture,
as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against the Issuer or
any other Person.

     Section 11.05. Subrogation and Contribution. Upon making any payment with respect
to any obligation of the Issuer under this Article, the Guarantor making such payment shall be
subrogated to the rights of the payee against the Issuer with respect to such obligation, provided
that the Guarantor may not enforce either any right of subrogation, or any right to receive payment
in the nature of contribution, or otherwise, from any other Guarantor, with respect to such payment
so long as any amount payable by the Issuer hereunder or under the Notes remains unpaid. Each
payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off,
counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

     Section 11.06. Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of
any amount payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes is stayed upon the insolvency,
bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration
under the terms of this Indenture are nonetheless payable by the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on
demand by the Trustee or the Holders.

     Section 11.07. Limitation on Amount of Note Guarantee. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Article 11, each Guarantor, and by its acceptance

126

 

of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the
Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer
under applicable fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer provisions of the Bankruptcy Code or
any comparable provision of state law. To effectuate that intention, the Trustee, the Holders and
the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor under its Note
Guarantee are limited to the maximum amount that would not render such Guarantor’s obligations
subject to avoidance or voidable under applicable fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of state or federal law affecting the
rights of creditors generally. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee shall
be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture to a
contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata
portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of
such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

     Section 11.08. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. The execution by each
Guarantor of this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit C) evidences the
Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, whether or not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor
still holds that office at the time of authentication of any Note. The delivery of any Note by the
Trustee after authentication constitutes due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this
Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor.

     Section 11.09. Release of Note Guarantee. Each Note Guarantee by a Guarantor shall
provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged,
and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer, the Notes Agent or the Trustee is required for
the release of the such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee, upon:

     (a) (i) any sale, exchange, disposition or transfer (by merger, amalgamation,
consolidation or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor, after which the applicable
Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such
Guarantor, in each case if such sale, exchange, disposition or transfer is made in compliance with
the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

     (ii) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of
Indebtedness under the ABL Facility, or such other guarantee that resulted in the creation
of such Note Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under
such guarantee (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement
is still a release, and that if any such guarantee is so reinstated, such Note Guarantee
shall also be reinstated to the extent that such Guarantor would then be required to
provide a Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.13);

127

 

     (iii) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;
or

     (iv) the exercise by the Issuer of its legal defeasance option or covenant
defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or the discharge of the Issuer’s
obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

     (b) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of
Counsel stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such
transaction have been complied with.

ARTICLE 12

Satisfaction and Discharge

     Section 12.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture and the Security
Documents shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except the Issuer’s
obligations with respect to the Notes issued under this Indenture concerning issuing temporary
Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an
office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust) as to all Notes issued
hereunder, when:

     (a) either:

     (i) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or
destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been
deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer, have been delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation; or

     (ii) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation
have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or
otherwise, shall become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or are to
be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee
for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of
the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be
deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders
of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof,
in such amounts as shall be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of
interest to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued
interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

128

 

     (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the
deposit or shall occur as a result of the deposit (other than a Default resulting from borrowing of
funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the
deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the ABL
Facility or any other material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any
Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

     (c) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this
Indenture; and

     (d) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this
Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes issued hereunder at maturity
or the redemption date, as the case may be.

     In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the
Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

     Section 12.02. Application of Trust Money.

     (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money or U.S. Government
Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held in trust and applied
by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either
directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the
Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, and
interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee, but such money need not
be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

     (b) If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government
Obligations in accordance with Section 12.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any
order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and
the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section
12.01; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be
subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or
U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be.

129

 

ARTICLE 13

Miscellaneous

     Section 13.01. [Intentionally Omitted]

     Section 13.02. Notices.

     (a) Any notice or communication to the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the
Notes Agent is duly given if in writing and (i) delivered in person, (ii) mailed by first-class
mail, postage prepaid, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery or (iii) sent by
facsimile or electronic transmission, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:

c/o ADS Tactical, Inc.

621 Lynnhaven Parkway, Suite 400

Virginia Beach, Virginia 23452

Fax No.: (757) 481-2039

			
	     Attention:	 	Patricia Bohlen

Chief Financial Officer

With a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022-4834

			
	     Fax No:	 	(212) 751-4864

Attention: Kirk A. Davenport, II

If to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust FSB

246 Goose Lane, Suite 105

Guilford, CT 06437

			
	     Fax No.:	 	    (203) 453-1183

			
	     Attention:	 	Joseph O’Donnell

If to the Notes Agent:

Wilmington Trust FSB

246 Goose Lane, Suite 105

Guilford, CT 06437

			
	     Fax No.:	 	    (203) 453-1183

			
	     Attention:	 	Joseph O’Donnell

130

 

The Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Notes Agent, by like notice, may designate additional
or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

     (b) All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be
deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; on the
first date of which publication is made, if by publication; five calendar days after being
deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; the next Business Day after
timely delivery to the courier, if mailed by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery;
when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile or electronic transmission; provided that any
notice or communication delivered to the Trustee or the Notes Agent shall be deemed effective upon
actual receipt thereof.

     (c) Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail or
by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register
or by such other delivery system as the Trustee agrees to accept. Failure to mail a notice or
communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to
other Holders.

     (d) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be
waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event,
and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed
with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action
taken in reliance upon such waiver.

     (e) Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global
Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its
designee), pursuant to the applicable procedures of such Depositary, if any, prescribed for the
giving of such notice.

     (f) The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon notice, instructions or directions
pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured facsimile or electronic transmission; provided,
however, that (i) the party providing such written notice, instructions or directions, subsequent
to such transmission of written instructions, shall provide the originally executed instructions or
directions to the Trustee in a timely manner, and (ii) such originally executed notice,
instructions or directions shall be signed by an authorized representative of the party providing
such notice, instructions or directions. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or
expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reasonable conclusive reliance upon and
compliance with such notice, instructions or directions notwithstanding such notice, instructions
or directions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent notice, instructions or directions.

131

 

     (g) Other than as provided in 13.02(b) above, if a notice or communication is sent
in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the
addressee receives it.

     (h) If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy
to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

     Section 13.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may
communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their
rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar
and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

     Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any
request or application by the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee or the Notes Agent to take any
action under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any of the Security Documents, the
Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee or the Notes Agent:

     (a) an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the
Notes Agent, as the case may be (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05),
stating that, in the opinion of the signer(s), all conditions precedent and covenants, if any,
provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

     (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the
Notes Agent, as the case may be (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05),
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been
complied with; provided that, subject to 5.01(c), no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in
connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by
such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is
attached as Exhibit C.

     Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or
opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture
(other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04) shall include:

     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition;

     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

132

 

     (c) a statement to the effect that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has
made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed
opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of
an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of
fact); and

     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition
or covenant has been complied with.

     Section 13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make reasonable rules
for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

     Section 13.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members,
Partners and Stockholders. No manager, director, officer, employee, incorporator or, stockholder
(other than in its capacity as a Guarantor) of the Issuer or any Guarantors, as such, shall have
any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or such Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture,
the Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note
waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal
securities laws.

     Section 13.08. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY NOTE GUARANTEE
WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

     Section 13.09. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, THE
TRUSTEE AND THE NOTES AGENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

     Section 13.10. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee or the Notes Agent be
responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this
Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable
control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism,
civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions,
loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services; it
being understood that the Trustee and the Notes Agent shall use reasonable efforts which are
consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as
practicable under the circumstances.

133

 

     Section 13.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may
not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not
be used to interpret this Indenture. Notwithstanding the above and any contrary provision in this
Indenture, this Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the
Security Agreement. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Holders, the Trustee and the Notes Agent
acknowledge and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security
Agreement.

     Section 13.12. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the
Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its
successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as
otherwise provided in Section 11.09.

     Section 13.13. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the
Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     Section 13.14. Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of
this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF
transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties
hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the
parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for
all purposes.

     Section 13.15. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents,
Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been
inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and
shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

     Section 13.16. U.S.A. PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in
accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee and the Notes Agent are required
to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that
establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee or the Notes Agent. The parties to
this Indenture agree that they shall provide the Trustee and the Notes Agent with such information
as they may request in order for them to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

     Section 13.17. Payments Due on Non-Business Days. In any case where any Interest
Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not be a
Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment
of interest or principal

134

 

(and premium, if any) need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding
Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or redemption
date or repurchase date, or at the Stated Maturity of the Notes, provided that no interest shall
accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, redemption date, repurchase date
or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.

     Section 13.18. Consent to Jurisdiction. The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby
irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any U.S. federal or New York State court
sitting in New York, New York, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Indenture, and the Issuer and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect
of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court and irrevocably waives
any objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding
brought in such a court or that such court is an inconvenient forum. Nothing herein shall limit the
right of the Trustee or Notes Agent or of any Holder to bring proceedings against the Issuer or any
Guarantor in the courts of any other jurisdiction. Any judicial proceeding by the Issuer or any
Guarantor against the Trustee or Notes Agent or any affiliate of the Trustee or Notes Agent
involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected
with this Indenture shall be brought only in a court in New York, New York.

[Signatures on following page]

135

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	ISSUER

ADS TACTICAL, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Luke M. Hillier
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Luke M. Hillier 	 
	 	 	Title:  	CEO 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	GUARANTOR

ATLANTIC DIVING SUPPLY, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Luke M. Hillier
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Luke M. Hillier 	 
	 	 	Title:  	President 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	GUARANTOR

MAR-VEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Luke M. Hillier
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Luke M. Hillier 	 
	 	 	Title:  	President 	 
	 

Indenture

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Joseph P O’Donnell
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Joseph P O’Donnell 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Notes Agent

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Joseph P O’Donnell
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Joseph P O’Donnell 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 
	 

Indenture

 

 

APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES AND ADDITIONAL NOTES

     Section 1.1 Definitions.

     (a) Capitalized Terms.

     Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in
this Indenture. The following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

     “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a
Regulation S Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary
for such Global Note, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such
transaction and as in effect from time to time.

     “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing
agency.

     “Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Note, means the period of 40 consecutive
days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to
persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance
on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Issuer to the Trustee, and (b)
the date of issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note.

     “Euroclear” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.

     “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) under the Securities Act.

     “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

     “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 501” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

 

     “Transfer Restricted Note” means any Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend.

     “Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required
to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

     (b) Other Definitions.

	 	 	 
	Term:	 	Defined in Section:
	“Agent Members”
	 	2.1(c)
	“Automatic Exchange”
	 	2.3(h)
	“Automatic Exchange Date”
	 	2.3(h)
	“Automatic Exchange Notice”
	 	2.3(h)
	“Automatic Exchange Note Date”
	 	2.3(h)
	“Definitive Notes”
	 	2.1(d)
	“Definitive Notes Legend”
	 	2.3(e)
	“Global Note”
	 	2.1(b)
	“Global Notes Legend”
	 	2.3(e)
	“IAI Global Note”
	 	2.1(b)
	“IAI Notes”
	 	2.1(a)
	“OID Notes Legend”
	 	2.3(e)
	“Regulation S Global Note”
	 	2.1(b)
	“Regulation S Notes”
	 	2.1(a)
	“Restricted Notes Legend”
	 	2.3(e)
	“Rule 144A Global Note”
	 	2.1(b)
	“Rule 144A Notes”
	 	2.1(a)

     Section 2.1 Form and Dating.

     (a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof shall be (i) offered and sold by the Issuer to
the Initial Purchasers and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule
144A Notes”) and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on
Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”). Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among
others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in
accordance with Rule 501 (“IAI Notes”).

     (b) Global Notes. Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more
permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form, numbered from RA-1 upward
(collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the
form of one or more global Notes, numbered from RS-1 upward (collectively, the “Regulation S Global
Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and Restricted
Notes Legend, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby
with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary,
duly executed by the

2

 

Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture. One or more global Notes
in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend
and the Restricted Notes Legend, numbered from RIAI-1 upward (collectively, the “IAI Global Note”)
shall also be issued on the Issue Date, deposited with the Custodian, and registered in the name of
the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the
Trustee as provided in the Indenture to accommodate transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes
to IAIs subsequent to the initial distribution. Beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S
Global Note shall not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global
Note or any other Note without a Restricted Notes Legend until the expiration of the Distribution
Compliance Period. The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and
any Unrestricted Global Note are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively
referred to herein as “Global Notes”. Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding
Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of
Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding
Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect
exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase
or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be
made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with
instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 of this Indenture and Section
2.3(c) below.

     (c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited
with or on behalf of the Depositary.

     The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(c) and
Section 2.2 and pursuant to an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver initially one or more
Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or
Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such
Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian.

     Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under
this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the
Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer,
the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note
for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the
Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written
certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the
Depositary and its Agent Members, the

3

 

operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a
holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

     (d) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests
in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes
(“Definitive Notes”).

     Section 2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery
upon receipt of an Authentication Order (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the date hereof in
an aggregate principal amount of $275,000,000, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture,
Additional Notes and (c) any Unrestricted Global Notes issued in exchange for any of the foregoing
in accordance with this Indenture. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be
authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the
Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or other Unrestricted Global Notes.

     Section 2.3 Transfer and Exchange.

     (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are
presented to the Registrar with a request:

     (i) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or

     (ii) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive
Notes of other authorized denominations,

the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable
requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered
for transfer or exchange:

     (1) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his
attorney duly authorized in writing; and

     (2) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, are accompanied by the following additional
information and documents, as applicable:

     (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for
registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such
Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or

     (B) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Issuer, a certification to
that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or

4

 

     (C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from
registration in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or in reliance upon
another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, (x) a
certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial
Note) and (y) if the Issuer so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence
reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the
applicable legends set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i).

     (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note.
A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon
satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note,
duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to
the Issuer and the Registrar, together with:

     (i) (A) certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note)
that such Definitive Note is being transferred (1) to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A,
(2) to an IAI that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter substantially in the form
of Exhibit B or (3) outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within
the meaning of Regulation S and in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act or
(B) such other certification and Opinion of Counsel as the Issuer shall require; and

     (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian
to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to
reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the
Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to
be credited with such increase,

the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in
accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the
Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased
by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause
to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in
the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Global
Notes are then outstanding and the Global Note has not been previously exchanged for certificated
securities pursuant to Section 2.4, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

     (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. (i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or
beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this
Indenture (including applicable

5

 

restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary
therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver a written order
given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the
participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note
or another Global Note and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a
beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer
shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being
transferred. Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI
Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Regulation S Global
Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, shall be made
only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the
Initial Note from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with
Regulation S, Rule 144 (if available) under the Securities Act, or another applicable exemption
from registration under the Securities Act and that, if such transfer is being made prior to the
expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the interest transferred shall be held
immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial
interest in either the Regulation S Global Note (to the extent provided in Section 2.3(d)) or the
Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed
letter substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trustee.

     (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global
Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its
books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to
which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the
interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records
the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from
which such interest is being transferred.

     (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the
provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole
except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary
to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such
nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

     (iv) Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any responsibilities with
respect to the transfer of beneficial interests within one Global Note.

     (d) Restrictions on Transfer of Regulation S Global Note. (i) Prior to the expiration of the
Distribution Compliance Period, (1) the Regulation S Global Note shall be a temporary global
security for purposes of Rules 903 and 904

6

 

under the Securities Act, whether or not designated as such on the face of such Note, and (2)
interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be held through Euroclear or Clearstream. During
the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note
may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures and only (1) to the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries, (2) so long as such
Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the selling Holder reasonably
believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice
is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (3) in an
offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, (4) pursuant to an exemption from
registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) under the Securities Act
or another available exemption, (5) to an IAI purchasing for its own account, or for the account of
an IAI, in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000, for investment purposes and not with a
view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities
Act or (6) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case
in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States of America.
Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers by an owner of a
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such
interest through the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note shall be made only in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the
transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Initial Note
to the effect that such transfer is being made to (1) a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (2) an IAI purchasing for its own account, or
for the account of such an IAI, in a minimum principal amount of the Notes of $250,000 who takes
delivery through the IAI Global Note. Such written certification shall no longer be required after
the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the IAI Global Note, the transferee
must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trustee.

     (ii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership
interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with
applicable law and the other terms of this Indenture.

     (iii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests
in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in a permanent
Regulation S Global Note that is an Unrestricted Global Note upon certification in the
form provided on the reverse side of the Initial Note to the effect that such beneficial
interests are owned either by non-U.S. persons or by U.S. persons who purchased those
interests pursuant to an exemption from, or in transactions not

7

 

subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. If no such
Regulation S Global Note that is an Unrestricted Global Note is then outstanding, the
Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

     (e) Legends.

     (i) Except as permitted by this Section 2.3(e), each Note certificate evidencing the
Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in
substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each
defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only)
(“Restricted Notes Legend”):

	 	 	THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS
SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED,
TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH
REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN
BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO
OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE
LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY
ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS
THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF
REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE
ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS
OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION
S], ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS
THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
(“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A

8

 

	 	 	“QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT
OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE
TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO
NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING
OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF
ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES OF $250,000 OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S RIGHT PRIOR TO
ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE
DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT.
THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE
HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT
OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE
WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Definitive Notes Legend”):

	 	 	IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER
AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY
REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Each Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Global Notes Legend”):

	 	 	UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY
TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF

9

 

	 	 	TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND
ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE &
CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

	 	 	TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART,
TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND
TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THIS INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE
HEREOF.

	 	 	BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED
AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR
HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO
TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”),
OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION
4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS
UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE
SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE
UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR
ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A
NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE
OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

Each temporary Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Regulation S
Legend”):

	 	 	THIS SECURITY IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION
COMPLIANCE PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN

10

 

	 	 	MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT
PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S.
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE
NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

Any Additional Note issued with original issue discount shall also bear the following additional
legend (“OID Notes Legend”):

	 	 	THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF
THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE
DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTE BY SUBMITTING A WRITTEN REQUEST
FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO: PATRICIA BOHLEN, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, ADS TACTICAL, INC., 621
LYNNHAVEN PARKWAY, SUITE 400, VIRGINIA BEACH, VIRGINIA 23452

     (ii) Subject to Section 2.3(e)(v), upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted
Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange
such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set
forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note
if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was
made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the
reverse side of the Initial Note).

     (iii) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance
Period of any Initial Note or Additional Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all
requirements that such Initial Note or Additional Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend
shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note or Additional
Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

     (iv) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear
the Restricted Notes Legend.

     (v) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Appendix A, the one-year
resale restriction period set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend may be extended, in the
Issuer’s discretion, in the event of one or more issuances of Additional Notes pursuant to
Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The Restricted Notes Legend (including the

11

 

restrictions on resale specified thereon) may be removed solely in the Issuer’s
discretion and at the Issuer’s direction.

     (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a
Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or
canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or
retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial
interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an
interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes
represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and
records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such
Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

     (g) No Obligation of the Trustee.

     (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of
a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or any other Person with
respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any
participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with
respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person
(other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or
repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices
and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under
the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the
Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners
in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the
applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may conclusively rely and
shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon information furnished by the
Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

     (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as
to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under
applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any
transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any
Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation
or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by,
the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance
as to form with the express requirements hereof.

12

 

     (h) Automatic Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted
Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that
the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note may be
automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note without any action
required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date
that is the 366th calendar day after (1) with respect to any Note issued on the Issue Date, the
later of (x) the Issue Date and (y) the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the
Issuer was the owner of such Note or (2) with respect to any Additional Note, if any, the later of
(x) the issue date of such Additional Note and (y) the last date on which the Issuer or any
Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Note, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business
Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Issuer’s
satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuer may (A) direct the Depositary to exchange all of the
outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note to
the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Issuer shall have previously otherwise made eligible for
exchange with DTC, (B) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each
Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register at least 10 calendar days prior to
the Automatic Exchange (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (i) the
Automatic Exchange Date, (ii) the section of the Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange
shall occur, (iii) the “CUSIP” number of the Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note from
which such Holder’s beneficial interests shall be transferred and (iv) the “CUSIP” number of the
Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests shall be transferred, and
(C) on or prior to the date of the Automatic Exchange, deliver to the Trustee for authentication
one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuer, in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Global Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes
to be exchanged. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.3, during the 10-day
period between the Automatic Exchange Notice Date and the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or
exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.3(h) shall be permitted without the prior written
consent of the Issuer. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Issuer shall provide, and the
Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that
the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal
amount of the particular Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note is to be transferred to the
particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian
for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange. The Issuer may request from Holders such
information it reasonably determines is required in order to be able to deliver such

13

 

Officer’s
Certificate. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.3(h), the
aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made
on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or
decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The
Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note from which beneficial interests are transferred
pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be canceled following the Automatic Exchange.

     Section 2.4 Definitive Notes.

     (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to
Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes
in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for
such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 and (i) the Depositary notifies
the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at
any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in
each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or
after the Issuer becomes aware of such cessation, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and the Depositary requests such issuance or (iii) the Issuer, in its sole discretion
and subject to the procedures of the Depositary, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to
cause the issuance of certificated Notes under this Indenture. In addition, any Affiliate of the
Issuer or any Guarantor that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such
Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note, by
providing a written request to the Issuer and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel,
certificates or other information as may be required by this Indenture or the Issuer or Trustee.

     (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this
Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole
or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon
such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of
Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to
this Section shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall
direct. Any certificated Initial Note or Additional Note in the form of a Definitive Note delivered
in exchange for an interest in the Global Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section
2.3(e), bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

     (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b), the registered Holder of a Global Note may
grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold
interests through Agent Members, to

14

 

take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this
Indenture or the Notes.

     (d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.4(a)(i), (ii)
or (iii), the Issuer shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive
Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.

15

 

EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

[INSERT IN TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTE: THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER
JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED,
SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY
INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH
SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF
RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE
DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE
OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE
OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON
WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN
DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE
ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED
EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE
PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS
A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR
THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING
MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR
OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN
INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN
ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE

A-1

 

IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OF $250,000 OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S RIGHT
PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE
DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT. THIS
LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION
DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS
THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING
THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT.]]

[INSERT IN GLOBAL NOTE: UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED
IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
(AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO
ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC,
TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS
OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET
FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND
WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS
SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S.
EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL
RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE,

A-2

 

LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE
CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN
ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS
SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR
SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.]

[INSERT IN DEFINITIVE NOTES: IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE
REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY
REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.]

[IF APPLICABLE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL NOTE: THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR
PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE,
AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTE BY SUBMITTING A
WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO: PATRICIA BOHLEN, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, ADS TACTICAL,
INC., 621 LYNNHAVEN PARKWAY, SUITE 400, VIRGINIA BEACH, VIRGINIA 23452]

[INSERT FOR REGULATION S TEMPORARY NOTES: THIS SECURITY IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY. PRIOR TO
THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN
MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED
SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR CERTIFICATED
NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN
THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

A-3

 

CUSIP [             ]

ISIN [          ]1

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S][IAI][GLOBAL] NOTE

11.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

No. [RA-][RS-][RIAI-][R-]

[$ ] [, as revised by the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached
hereto]2

ADS TACTICAL, INC.

promises to pay to [CEDE & CO]3 [ ] or registered assigns, [$__________ (
Dollars)] [, as revised by the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached
hereto]2 on April 1, 2018.

Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1

Record Dates: March 15 and September 15

Reference is made to further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse side hereof, which
further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

			
	1	 	Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 00101DAA7

Rule 144A Note ISIN: US00101DAA72

Regulation S Note CUSIP: U00728AA0

Regulation S Note ISIN: USU00728AA02

IAI Note CUSIP: 00101DAB5

IAI Note ISIN: US00101DAB55
	 
	2	 	Insert in Global Notes
	 
	3	 	Insert in Definitive Notes

A-4

 

     IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated: March 25, 2011

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	ADS TACTICAL, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

A-5

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

Dated: March 25, 2011

A-6

 

Reverse Side of Note

11.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

ADS Tactical, Inc.

     Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture
referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

     1. INTEREST. The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at
11.00% per annum from and including March 25, 2011 until Stated Maturity. The Issuer shall pay
interest semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such day is not
a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (except to the extent provided in Section 13.17
of the Indenture) (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been
paid or duly provided for, from and including the date of original issuance; provided that the
first Interest Payment Date shall be October 1, 2011. The Issuer shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state
law for the relief of debtors) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on
demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest
in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of
debtors) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from
time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis
of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

     2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are
registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on March 15 or September 15 (whether or not a
Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are
canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in
Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for
such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to
the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register; provided that payment by
wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and
interest, premium on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided
wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent at least ten days prior to the
applicable payment date. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of
America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

     3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wilmington Trust FSB, the Trustee under the
Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar.

A-7

 

The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

     4. INDENTURE AND GUARANTEES. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March
25, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among ADS Tactical, Inc., the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Notes
Agent. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer designated as its 11.00%
Senior Secured Notes due 2018. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to
Sections 2.01, 4.08 and 4.11 of the Indenture. The Notes include (i) $275,000,000 principal amount
of the Initial Notes and (ii) if and when issued in accordance with the Indenture, Additional
Notes. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be considered collectively as a single
class for all purposes of the Indenture and the Security Documents The terms of the Notes include
those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such
terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of
such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the
Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. This Note is guaranteed
by the Guarantors as set forth in the Indenture.

     5. REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE. The Notes are subject to optional redemption, and may be the
subject of an Offer to Purchase, as further described in the Indenture. The Issuer shall not be
required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

     6. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes
may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the
Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents, and Holders shall be required to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by
the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a
Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

     7. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all
purposes.

     8. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees, the Notes, the Security
Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement may be amended or supplemented as provided in the
Indenture.

     9. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section
6.01 of the Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an

A-8

 

Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and
the Holders shall be as set forth in the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

     10. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be
valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

     11. SECURITY. The Notes shall be secured by first priority Liens and security interests,
subject to Permitted Liens, in the Notes Priority Collateral and secured by second-priority Liens
and security interests, subject to Permitted Liens, in the ABL Priority Collateral on the terms and
conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. The
Notes Agent holds the liens in the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in
each case pursuant to the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

     12. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE
INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

     13. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on
Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be
printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as
printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on
the other identification numbers placed thereon.

     The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

ADS Tactical, Inc.

621 Lynnhaven Parkway, Suite 400

Virginia Beach, Virginia 23452

Fax No.: (757) 481-2039

Attention: Patricia Bohlen

                 Chief Financial Officer

A-9

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

     To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

	 	 	 

	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 

	 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

	 	 	 

	and irrevocably appoint

	 	 
	 

	 	 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute
another to act for him.

Date:                                         

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Your Signature:
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this
Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                         

 

			
	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor
acceptable to the Trustee).

A-10

 

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

This certificate relates to $__________ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)
____ book-entry or _____ definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

	•	 	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial
interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered
form of authorized denominations and in an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial
interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the
Indenture; or

	•	 	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note
or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior
to the expiration of the applicable holding period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities
Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with their terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

	 	(1)	 	o	 to the Issuer or subsidiary thereof; or
	 				
	 	(2)	 	o 	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer;
or
	 
	 	(3)	 	o 	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of
1933; or
	 
	 	(4)	 	o 	inside the United States of America to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as
defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own
account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is
given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant
to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
	 
	 	(5)	 	o 	outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the
meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 in compliance with Rule 904
under the Securities Act of 1933 (and if the transfer is being made prior to the
expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes shall be held immediately
thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or

A-11

 

	 	(6)	 	o 	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed
letter containing certain representations and agreements; or
	 
	 	(7)	 	o 	pursuant to Rule 144 or another available exemption from registration under the
Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced
by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided,
however, that if box (4), (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuer or the Trustee may require, prior
to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other
information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of
the Securities Act of 1933.

	 	 	 

	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Your Signature

	 	 	 

	Signature Guarantee:
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Date:                                                             

	 	 
	 

	 	 
	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a
recognized signature guaranty medallion program or
other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee

	 	Signature of Signature
Guarantor

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED

     The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or
an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such
account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities
Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has
requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is
aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to
claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

	 	 	 
	Dated:                                         

	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 

	 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

A-12

 

TO BE COMPLETED IF THE HOLDER REQUESTS AN EXCHANGE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 2.3(d)(iii) OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE

The undersigned represents and warrants that either:

	 	•	 	the undersigned is a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the
Securities Act of 1933); or
	 
	 	•	 	the undersigned is a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the
Securities Act of 1933) who purchased interests in the Notes pursuant to an exemption
from, or in a transaction not subject to the registration requirements under the
Securities Act.

	 	 	 

	Dated:                                         

	 	 
	 

	 	 

A-13

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

     If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09 or
4.12 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[    ] Section 4.09                [    ] Section 4.12

     If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 4.09 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	$                     
	 	(integral multiples of $1,000, provided that the
unpurchased portion must be in a minimum principal
amount of $2,000)

Date:                                         

	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	Your Signature:
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
this Note)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Tax Identification No.:
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

Signature Guarantee*:                                         

 

			
	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor
acceptable to the Trustee).

A-14

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

     The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $. The following exchanges of
a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or
exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have
been made:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Principal	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Amount of	 	Amount of this	 	Signature of
	 	 	Amount of	 	increase in	 	Global Note	 	authorized
	 	 	decrease in	 	Principal	 	following such	 	signatory of
	Date of	 	Principal	 	Amount of this	 	decrease or	 	Trustee or
	Exchange	 	Amount	 	Global Note	 	increase	 	Custodian
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

			
	*	 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-15

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF

TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION

ADS Tactical, Inc.

621 Lynnhaven Parkway, Suite 400

Virginia Beach, Virginia 23452

Fax No.: (757) 481-2039

			
	Attention:	 	Patricia Bohlen

Chief Financial Officer

Wilmington Trust FSB

246 Goose Lane, Suite 105

Guilford, Connecticut 06437

Fax No.: (203) 453-1183

Attention: Joseph O’Donnell

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[ ] principal amount of the 11.00%
Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of ADS Tactical, Inc. (the “Issuer”).

     Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as
follows:

Name: __________________________

Address: _________________________

Taxpayer ID Number: _____________________

     The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

     1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own
account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000
principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes, for investment purposes and not with
a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities
Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase
securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for
which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

     2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless
so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We

B-1

 

agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing
Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the
later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuer or any affiliate of the
Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction
Termination Date”) only (a) to the Issuer, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been
declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements
of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a person we reasonably believe is a
qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or
for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on
Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States of America within
the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor”
within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing
for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case
in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view to,
or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f)
pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act,
subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our
property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their
control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on
resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other
transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale
Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee
substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among
other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for
investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser
acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other
transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (c), (d),
(e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other
information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee.

	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	TRANSFEREE:
	 	                                        ,
	 

	 	by:
	 	                                        

B-2

 

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

     Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [] [ ], 20[], among (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a
subsidiary of ADS Tactical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and Wilmington Trust FSB,
as trustee (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E TH

     WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below)
has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as supplemented on the date
hereof, the “Indenture”), dated as of March 25, 2011, providing for the issuance of an unlimited
aggregate principal amount of 11.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”);

     WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary
shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the
Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the
“Guarantee”); and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and
deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

     1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings
assigned to them in the Indenture.

     2. Guarantor. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture
and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including Article 11
thereof.

     3. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

     4. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL
BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE
INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

C-1

 

     5. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.
Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The
exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF
transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to
the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes.
Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their
original signatures for all purposes.

     6. Headings. The headings of the Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted
for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture
and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

C-2

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[NAME OF GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

C-3exv10w3

Exhibit
10.3

 

$200,000,000

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of March 25, 2011

by and among

ADS TACTICAL, INC.,

and

ATLANTIC DIVING SUPPLY, INC.,

as Borrowers,

Certain other Subsidiaries of the Company,

as Subsidiary Guarantors,

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent

SUNTRUST BANK,

RBS BUSINESS CAPITAL, A DIVISION OF RBS ASSET FINANCE, INC.,

A SUBSIDIARY OF RBS CITIZENS, NA and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

each, as a Syndication Agent

 

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC,

as Sole Lead Arranger, Manager and Bookrunner

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 1.1 Defined Terms
	 	 	1	 
	Section 1.2 Interpretative Provisions
	 	 	35	 
	Section 1.3 Intercreditor Agreement; Etc.
	 	 	37	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 2 CREDIT FACILITIES
	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.1 Revolving Loans
	 	 	38	 
	Section 2.2 Swingline Loans
	 	 	38	 
	Section 2.3 Letters of Credit
	 	 	39	 
	Section 2.4 Procedure for Advance of Loans
	 	 	42	 
	Section 2.5 Repayments and Prepayments
	 	 	44	 
	Section 2.6 Optional Reduction of Commitments
	 	 	45	 
	Section 2.7 Optional Increase of Commitments 
	 	 	46	 
	Section 2.8 Overadvances; Special Agent Advances
	 	 	47	 
	Section 2.9 Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers
	 	 	48	 
	Section 2.10 Appointment of Administrative Borrower as Agent for Requesting Loans and
Receipts of Loans and Statements
	 	 	50	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 3 GENERAL LOAN PROVISIONS
	 	 	51	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.1 Interest
	 	 	51	 
	Section 3.2 Fees
	 	 	53	 
	Section 3.3 Loan Accounts
	 	 	54	 
	Section 3.4 Pro Rata Treatment, Sharing of Payments, Funding by Lenders, Etc.
	 	 	54	 
	Section 3.5 Payments Generally
	 	 	56	 
	Section 3.6 Settlement Procedures
	 	 	57	 
	Section 3.7 Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights
	 	 	58	 
	Section 3.8 Bank Products
	 	 	59	 
	Section 3.9 Defaulting Lenders
	 	 	59	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 4 YIELD PROTECTION
	 	 	61	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.1 Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate
	 	 	61	 
	Section 4.2 Changed Circumstances
	 	 	61	 
	Section 4.3 Increased Costs
	 	 	61	 
	Section 4.4 Capital Requirements
	 	 	62	 
	Section 4.5 Taxes
	 	 	62	 
	Section 4.6 Breakage Indemnity
	 	 	64	 
	Section 4.7 Certificates for Reimbursement
	 	 	65	 
	Section 4.8 Delay in Requests
	 	 	65	 
	Section 4.9 Mitigation; Replacement of Lenders
	 	 	65	 
	Section 4.10 No Requirement of Match Funding
	 	 	66	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 5 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	 	 	66	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit
	 	 	66	 
	Section 5.2 Conditions Precedent to All Loans and Letters of Credit
	 	 	69	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 6 SECURITY INTEREST AND COLLECTION
	 	 	70	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.1 Grant of Security Interest
	 	 	70	 

i

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

continued

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	Section 6.2 Perfection of Security Interests
	 	 	71	 
	Section 6.3 Collection of Accounts
	 	 	75	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 7 COLLATERAL REPORTING AND COVENANTS
	 	 	76	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.1 Collateral Reporting
	 	 	76	 
	Section 7.2 Accounts Covenants
	 	 	77	 
	Section 7.3 Inventory Covenants; Appraisals
	 	 	77	 
	Section 7.4 Equipment and Real Property Covenants
	 	 	78	 
	Section 7.5 Power of Attorney
	 	 	79	 
	Section 7.6 Right to Cure
	 	 	79	 
	Section 7.7 Access to Premises; Field Audits
	 	 	80	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 8 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
	 	 	80	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.1 Corporate Existence, Power and Authority
	 	 	80	 
	Section 8.2 Name; State of Organization; Chief Executive Office; Collateral Locations

	 	 	81	 
	Section 8.3 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
	 	 	81	 
	Section 8.4 Priority of Liens; Title to Properties
	 	 	81	 
	Section 8.5 Tax Returns
	 	 	82	 
	Section 8.6 Litigation
	 	 	82	 
	Section 8.7 Compliance with Other Agreements and Applicable Laws
	 	 	82	 
	Section 8.8 Environmental Compliance
	 	 	82	 
	Section 8.9 Employee Benefits
	 	 	83	 
	Section 8.10 Bank Accounts
	 	 	84	 
	Section 8.11 Intellectual Property
	 	 	84	 
	Section 8.12 Subsidiaries; Affiliates; Capitalization; Solvency
	 	 	85	 
	Section 8.13 Labor Disputes
	 	 	85	 
	Section 8.14 Burdensome Restrictions
	 	 	85	 
	Section 8.15 Material Contracts and Material Government Contracts
	 	 	86	 
	Section 8.16 Real Property
	 	 	86	 
	Section 8.17 Payable Practices
	 	 	86	 
	Section 8.18 Accuracy and Completeness of Information
	 	 	86	 
	Section 8.19 Margin Security and Investment Company Act
	 	 	86	 
	Section 8.20 Insurance
	 	 	87	 
	Section 8.21 Accounts; Inventory
	 	 	87	 
	Section 8.22 Anti-Terrorism Laws
	 	 	87	 
	Section 8.23 Senior Indebtedness
	 	 	87	 
	Section 8.24 Survival of Warranties; Cumulative
	 	 	87	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 9 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
	 	 	88	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.1 Maintenance of Existence
	 	 	88	 
	Section 9.2 New Collateral Locations
	 	 	88	 
	Section 9.3 Compliance with Laws, Regulations, Etc.
	 	 	88	 
	Section 9.4 Payment of Taxes and Claims
	 	 	89	 
	Section 9.5 Insurance
	 	 	89	 
	Section 9.6 Financial Statements and Other Information
	 	 	90	 
	Section 9.7 Compliance with ERISA
	 	 	93	 
	Section 9.8 End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters
	 	 	93	 
	Section 9.9 Intellectual Property
	 	 	93	 

ii

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

continued

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	Section 9.10 After Acquired Real Property
	 	 	94	 
	Section 9.11 Further Assurances
	 	 	95	 
	Section 9.12 Additional Borrowers and Guarantors
	 	 	95	 
	Section 9.13 Use of Proceeds
	 	 	96	 
	Section 9.14 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
	 	 	96	 
	Section 9.15 Post-Closing Conditions
	 	 	97	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 10 NEGATIVE COVENANTS
	 	 	97	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 10.1 Limitations on Indebtedness
	 	 	97	 
	Section 10.2 Limitations on Liens
	 	 	99	 
	Section 10.3 Limitations on Investments
	 	 	101	 
	Section 10.4 Limitations on Fundamental Changes
	 	 	102	 
	Section 10.5 Limitations on Asset Dispositions
	 	 	103	 
	Section 10.6 Limitations on Restricted Payments
	 	 	104	 
	Section 10.7 Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	106	 
	Section 10.8 Limitation on Certain Accounting Changes and Amendments to Organizational
Documents
	 	 	107	 
	Section 10.9 Limitation on Payments and Modifications of Other Indebtedness
	 	 	107	 
	Section 10.10 Limitation on Modifications of Material Contracts and Material Government
Contracts
	 	 	108	 
	Section 10.11 No Further Negative Pledges; Restrictive Agreements
	 	 	108	 
	Section 10.12 Nature of Business
	 	 	108	 
	Section 10.13 Disposal of Subsidiary Interests
	 	 	108	 
	Section 10.14 Limitation on Holdings
	 	 	108	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 11 EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
	 	 	109	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.1 Events of Default
	 	 	109	 
	Section 11.2 Remedies
	 	 	111	 
	Section 11.3 Crediting Payments and Proceeds
	 	 	115	 
	Section 11.4 Proofs of Claim
	 	 	116	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 12 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
	 	 	117	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 12.1 Appointment, Powers and Immunities
	 	 	117	 
	Section 12.2 Reliance by the Administrative Agent
	 	 	117	 
	Section 12.3 Events of Default
	 	 	117	 
	Section 12.4 Wells Fargo in its Individual Capacity
	 	 	118	 
	Section 12.5 Indemnification
	 	 	118	 
	Section 12.6 Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent and Other Lenders
	 	 	118	 
	Section 12.7 Failure to Act
	 	 	119	 
	Section 12.8 Concerning the Collateral and the Related Loan Documents
	 	 	119	 
	Section 12.9 Field Audit, Examination Reports and other Information; Disclaimer by
Lenders
	 	 	119	 
	Section 12.10 Collateral Matters
	 	 	120	 
	Section 12.11 Agency for Perfection
	 	 	121	 
	Section 12.12 Successor Administrative Agent
	 	 	121	 
	Section 12.13 Other Agent Designations
	 	 	122	 

iii

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

continued

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	ARTICLE 13 GUARANTY
	 	 	122	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 13.1 The Guaranty
	 	 	122	 
	Section 13.2 Bankruptcy
	 	 	122	 
	Section 13.3 Nature of Liability
	 	 	123	 
	Section 13.4 Independent Obligation
	 	 	123	 
	Section 13.5 Authorization
	 	 	123	 
	Section 13.6 Reliance
	 	 	123	 
	Section 13.7 Waiver
	 	 	123	 
	Section 13.8 Contribution
	 	 	124	 
	Section 13.9 Limitation on Enforcement
	 	 	124	 
	Section 13.10 Confirmation of Payment
	 	 	125	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 14 MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	125	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 14.1 Notices
	 	 	125	 
	Section 14.2 Amendments and Waivers
	 	 	126	 
	Section 14.3 Costs and Expenses
	 	 	129	 
	Section 14.4 Indemnification
	 	 	130	 
	Section 14.5 Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver
	 	 	130	 
	Section 14.6 Waiver of Notices
	 	 	132	 
	Section 14.7 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
	 	 	132	 
	Section 14.8 Partial Invalidity
	 	 	132	 
	Section 14.9 Confidentiality
	 	 	132	 
	Section 14.10 Successors
	 	 	133	 
	Section 14.11 Successors and Assigns; Participations
	 	 	133	 
	Section 14.12 Term
	 	 	137	 
	Section 14.13 Entire Agreement
	 	 	138	 
	Section 14.14 USA Patriot Act
	 	 	138	 
	Section 14.15 Counterparts, Etc.
	 	 	138	 
	Section 14.16 Amendment and Restatement; No Novation
	 	 	139	 

iv

 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

EXHIBITS

	 	 	 

	Exhibit A

	 	Form of Assignment and Assumption
	Exhibit B

	 	Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
	Exhibit C

	 	Form of Compliance Certificate
	Exhibit D

	 	Form of Information Certificate
	Exhibit E

	 	Form of Joinder Agreement
	Exhibit F

	 	Form of Notice of Borrowing
	Exhibit G

	 	Form of Notice of Prepayment
	Exhibit H

	 	Form of Notice of Conversion or Continuation
	Exhibit I

	 	Form of Note
	Exhibit J

	 	Form of Instrument of Assignment
	Exhibit K

	 	Form of Notice of Assignment

SCHEDULES

	 	 	 

	Schedule 1.1(a)

	 	Lenders and Commitments
	Schedule 1.1(b)

	 	Existing Cash Equivalents
	Schedule 6.1

	 	Commercial Tort Claims
	Schedule 6.2(b)

	 	Chattel Paper; Instruments
	Schedule 8.2

	 	Name; State of Organization; Chief Executive Office; Collateral Locations
	Schedule 8.6

	 	Litigation
	Schedule 8.9

	 	Employee Benefits
	Schedule 8.10

	 	Deposit Accounts; and Securities Accounts
	Schedule 8.11

	 	Intellectual Property
	Schedule 8.12

	 	Subsidiaries; Affiliates; Capitalization; Solvency
	Schedule 8.13

	 	Labor Disputes
	Schedule 8.15

	 	Material Contracts; Material Government Contracts
	Schedule 8.16

	 	Real Property
	Schedule 9.15

	 	Post-Closing Conditions
	Schedule 10.1

	 	Existing Indebtedness
	Schedule 10.2

	 	Existing Liens
	Schedule 10.3

	 	Existing Investments
	Schedule 10.7

	 	Existing Affiliate Transactions

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 25, 2011 is entered
into by and among ADS TACTICAL, INC. (formerly TACTICAL HOLDCORP, INC.), a Delaware corporation
(referred to herein as “Holdings”), ATLANTIC DIVING SUPPLY, INC. (d/b/a ADS, Inc.), a
Virginia corporation (the “Company”), each Subsidiary of the Company, if any, that from
time to time is a party hereto as a “Borrower” in accordance with the terms hereof (together with
Holdings and the Company, the “Borrowers”), each Subsidiary of the Company, if any, that
from time to time is a party hereto as a “Guarantor” in accordance with the term hereof
(collectively, the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), the financial institutions from time to time
party hereto as lenders, whether by execution of this Agreement or an Assignment and Assumption
(collectively, the “Lenders,” as hereinafter further defined) and WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor by merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association), a national
banking association, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the
“Administrative Agent” as hereinafter further defined) and in its capacity as Issuing
Lender for letters of credit hereunder (in such capacity, “Issuing Lender” as hereinafter
further defined).

W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Lenders have made available senior secured revolving credit and letter of credit
facilities to the Borrowers pursuant to the Existing Loan Agreement (as defined below);

     WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders amend and
restate the Existing Loan Agreement, which shall continue the senior revolving credit and letter of
credit facilities to the Borrowers; and

     WHEREAS, each Lender is willing to agree (severally and not jointly) to make loans and provide
financial accommodations to the Borrowers on a pro rata basis according to its Commitment (as
defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents and the
Administrative Agent is willing to act as administrative agent for the Lenders on the terms and
conditions set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and
for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.1 Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have
the respective meanings given to them below:

     “ABL Priority Collateral” has the meaning given to such term in the Intercreditor
Agreement.

     “Accounts” means, as to each Loan Party, all present and future accounts, as defined
in the UCC, of such Loan Party.

     “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose
of resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the
assets of a Person, or all or substantially all of any business unit, division, product line or
line of business of any Person, (b) the acquisition in excess of fifty percent (50%) of all classes
of Capital Stock of any Person, or otherwise

 

 

causing any Person to become a Subsidiary or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other
combination with another Person (other than a Person that is already a Subsidiary).

     “Adjusted Eurodollar Rate” means, with respect to each Interest Period for any
Eurodollar Rate Loan comprising part of the same borrowing (including conversions, extensions and
renewals), the rate per annum determined by dividing (a) the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period by
(b) a percentage equal to: (i) one (1) minus (ii) the Reserve Percentage. For purposes
hereof, “Reserve Percentage” means for any day, that percentage (expressed as a decimal)
which is in effect from time to time under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System (or any successor), as such regulation may be amended from time to time or any
successor regulation, as the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any basic,
supplemental, emergency, special, or marginal reserves) applicable with respect to Eurocurrency
liabilities as that term is defined in Regulation D (or against any other category of liabilities
that includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate of Eurodollar Rate Loans is
determined), whether or not any Lender has any Eurocurrency liabilities subject to such reserve
requirement at that time. Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency
liabilities and as such shall be deemed subject to reserve requirements without benefits of credits
for proration, exceptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to a Lender. The
Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any
change in the Reserve Percentage.

     “Administrative Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity
as administrative agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to the terms hereof and any permitted
replacement or successor agent hereunder.

     “Administrative Agent Payment Account” means the account of the Administrative Agent
as the Administrative Agent may from time to time designate to the Administrative Borrower as the
Administrative Agent Payment Account for purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

     “Administrative Borrower” means the Company, in its capacity as the administrative
borrower on behalf of itself and the other Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.10 and its
successors and assigns in such capacity.

     “Administrative Questionnaire” means an administrative questionnaire in a form
supplied by the Administrative Agent.

     “Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person that directly
or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common
control with such Person, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, includes (a) any
Person which beneficially owns or holds ten percent (10%) or more of any class of Voting Stock of
such Person or other equity interests in such Person, (b) any Person of which such Person
beneficially owns or holds ten percent (10%) or more of any class of Voting Stock or in which such
Person beneficially owns or holds ten percent (10%) or more of the equity interests, (c) any
director or executive officer of such Person and (d) solely for purposes of Section 10.7,
any Affiliate (as described in clause (b) above) of any director or executive officer of the
Company. For the purposes of this definition, the term “control” (including with correlative
meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any
Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction
of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by
agreement or otherwise.

     “Aggregate Commitment” means the aggregate Commitments of all of the Lenders
hereunder, as such amount may be increased, reduced or otherwise modified pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement. The Aggregate Commitment on the Closing Date shall be $200,000,000.

2

 

     “Agreement” means, on any date, this Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement
as originally in effect on the Closing Date and as thereafter amended, supplemented, amended and
restated or otherwise modified from time to time and in effect on such date.

     “Applicable Margin” means for Eurodollar Rate Loans, Base Rate Loans, Letter of Credit
Fees and Commitment Fees, the appropriate applicable percentages corresponding to the Level of
Average Excess Availability determined as of the most recent Calculation Date as shown below:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Applicable Margin for	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Eurodollar Rate	 	 	 	 	 	Applicable Margin
	 	 	 	 	Average Excess	 	Loans / Letter of	 	Applicable Margin	 	for Commitment
	Level	 	Availability	 	Credit Fees	 	for Base Rate Loans	 	Fees
	 	1	 	 	Greater than $65,000,000
	 	 	2.25	%	 	 	1.25	%	 	 	0.500	%
	 	2	 	 	Less than or equal to $65,000,000 but greater than $35,000,000
	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	1.50	%	 	 	0.500	%
	 	3	 	 	Less than or equal to $35,000,000
	 	 	2.75	%	 	 	1.75	%	 	 	0.375	%

     The Applicable Margin shall be determined and adjusted quarterly by the Administrative Agent
on the first day of each calendar quarter (each a “Calculation Date”) based on the
calculation of Average Excess Availability for the immediately preceding calendar quarter;
provided that the initial Applicable Margin shall be based on Level 2 (as shown above) and
shall remain at Level 2 until the first Calculation Date that occurs after June 30, 2011, and,
thereafter, the Level shall be determined by the Average Excess Availability for the applicable
quarterly period. Each Applicable Margin shall be effective from one Calculation Date until the
next Calculation Date.

     “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural Person), including without
limitation, any special purpose entity, that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding
or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course
of its business; provided that any such Approved Fund must be administered, managed or
underwritten by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an
entity that administers or manages a Lender.

     “Arranger” means Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC.

     “Arsenal Venture Partners Investments” means one or more Investments as a limited
partner in the Arsenal Venture Partnership in an aggregate amount not to exceed (a) $4,000,000 in
any twelve (12) consecutive month period or (b) $10,000,000 during the term of this Agreement.

     “Arsenal Venture Partnership” means Arsenal Venture Partnership II, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership.

     “Arsenal Venture Partnership Agreement” means that certain limited partnership
agreement by and among Arsenal Venture Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as
general partner, and

3

 

certain limited partners (including the Company) party thereto, in the draft form attached to
the Responsible Officer’s certificate provided on October 22, 2010 pursuant to Section 5 of the
First Amendment to the Existing Loan Agreement dated as of October 22, 2010 by and among Holdings,
the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto, as
the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in
accordance with, and to the extent permitted by, Section 10.10.

     “Assignment and Assumption” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the
form of Exhibit A hereto (with blanks appropriately completed) delivered to the
Administrative Agent in connection with an assignment of a Lender’s interest hereunder in
accordance with the provisions of Section 14.11.

     “Assignment of Claims Act” means the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as it may be
amended from time to time, together with all regulations promulgated from time to time in respect
thereof.

     “Average Excess Availability” means, as of the end of each calendar quarter, the daily
average amount (calculated for such calendar quarter) of Excess Availability.

     “Bank Product Agreement” means those agreements entered into from time to time by any
Loan Party with a Bank Product Provider in connection with the obtaining of any of the Bank
Products.

     “Bank Product Amount” has the meaning given to such term in the definition of Bank
Products.

     “Bank Product Obligations” has the meaning given to such term in the definition of
Obligations.

     “Bank Product Provider” means any Lender or any of its Affiliates that provides any
Bank Products to any Loan Party; provided, that if, at any time, a Lender ceases to be a
Lender under this Agreement, then, from and after the date on which it ceases to be a Lender
hereunder, neither it nor any of its Affiliates shall constitute Bank Product Providers and the
obligations with respect to Bank Products provided by such former Lender or any of its Affiliates
shall no longer constitute Obligations.

     “Bank Products” means any one or more of the following types or services or facilities
provided to a Loan Party by a Bank Product Provider: (a) credit cards, stored value cards or
purchase cards, (b) cash management or related services, including (i) the automated clearinghouse
transfer of funds for the account of a Loan Party pursuant to agreement or overdraft for any
accounts of a Loan Party maintained at the Administrative Agent or any Bank Product Provider that
are subject to the control of the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Deposit Account Control
Agreement to which the Administrative Agent or such Bank Product Provider, as applicable, is a
party (ii) controlled disbursement services and (iii) E-payables or comparable services, and (c)
Hedge Agreements if and to the extent permitted hereunder. In connection with any Bank Product,
each Bank Product Provider, other than the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, shall provide
written notice to the Administrative Agent (1) prior to entering into a Bank Product Agreement of
(x) their intention to provide such Bank Product, (y) the maximum dollar amount of obligations
arising thereunder (the “Bank Product Amount”) and (z) the methodology to be used by such
parties in determining the obligations under such Bank Product from time to time and (2) in
connection with any Bank Product that is a Hedge Agreement, from time to time but no less
frequently than monthly, the mark-to-market exposure with respect to Bank Products consisting of
Hedge Agreements provided by such Bank Product Provider, giving effect to any netting with respect
to all such Bank Products consisting of Hedge Agreements provided by such Bank Product Provider to
the Loan Parties, as reasonably determined by such Bank Product Provider. The Bank Product Amount
may be changed from time to time upon written notice to the Administrative Agent by the applicable
Bank Product Provider. No new Bank Product may be established at any time that an

4

 

Event of Default exists, or if a reserve against the corresponding Bank Product Obligations
would cause an Overadvance.

     “Bankruptcy Code” means the bankruptcy laws of the United States of America now or
hereafter in effect.

     “Base Rate” means, on any date, the greatest of (a) the rate from time to time
publicly announced by Wells Fargo as its prime rate, with the understanding that the “prime rate”
is one of Wells Fargo’s base rates (not necessarily the lowest of such rates) and serves as the
basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference
thereto (and each change in the prime rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the
day such change in such prime rate occurs), (b) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day
plus one-half percent (0.50%) and (c) the LIBOR Rate for a one month Interest Period on
such day plus one percent (1.00%) (provided that if the LIBOR Rate is not available
on such date as described in Article 4 or otherwise, the most recently available LIBOR Rate
for a one month Interest Period shall be used).

     “Base Rate Loans” means any Loan made to a Borrower that bears interest based on the
Base Rate.

     “Blocked Accounts” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.3(a).

     “Borrowers” has the meaning given to such terms in the preamble hereof.

     “Borrowing Base” means, as of any date of calculation, the amount equal to:

          (a) ninety percent (90%) of Eligible Government Accounts; plus

          (b) eighty-five percent (85%) of Eligible Commercial Accounts; plus

          (c) the least of (i) sixty-five percent (65%) multiplied by the Value of Eligible
Inventory, (ii) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Net Recovery Percentage multiplied by the
Value of Eligible Inventory and (iii) $80,000,000; minus

          (d) Reserves.

     The amounts of Eligible Inventory of any Borrower shall, at the Administrative Agent’s option,
be determined based on the lesser of the amount of Inventory set forth in the general ledger of
such Borrower or the perpetual inventory record maintained by such Borrower.

     “Borrowing Base Certificate” means a borrowing base certificate in substantially the
form of Exhibit B hereto.

     “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which
commercial banks are authorized or required to close under the laws of the State of New York, and a
day on which the Administrative Agent is open for the transaction of business, except that if a
determination of a Business Day shall relate to any Eurodollar Rate Loans, the term Business Day
shall also exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London
interbank market or other applicable Eurodollar Rate market.

     “Calculation Date” has the meaning given to such term in the definition of Applicable
Margin.

5

 

     “Capital Expenditures” means expenditures for the acquisition (including the
acquisition by capitalized lease) or improvement of capital assets, as determined in accordance
with GAAP.

     “Capital Leases” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of (or any agreement
conveying the right to use) any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee
which in accordance with GAAP, is required to be reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of
such Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing and Section 1.2(h), any obligations of a Person
under a lease (whether existing now or entered into in the future) that is not (or would not be) a
Capital Lease under GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date, shall not be treated as a Capital Lease
for any purpose hereunder solely as a result of the adoption of changes in GAAP described in
Accounting Standards Codification 840 (or any successor or substitute Accounting Standards
Codification).

     “Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock or
partnership, limited liability company or other equity interests at any time outstanding, and any
and all rights, warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock or
other interests (but excluding any debt security that is exchangeable for or convertible into such
capital stock).

     “Cash Distribution” means a cash dividend by Holdings on or about the Closing Date to
the Holdings Owners in an aggregate amount not to exceed $231,000,000, to be funded with a portion
of the net proceeds of the Senior Notes and not greater than $15,000,000 of borrowings under the
Credit Facility.

     “Cash Dividends” means, for any applicable period of computation, the aggregate amount
of all Restricted Payments paid in cash by Holdings pursuant to Sections 10.6(c)(ii),
10.6(e), and 10.6(i) during such period. For the avoidance of doubt, “Cash
Dividends” shall not include the Cash Distribution or any dividend paid on or prior to the Closing
Date.

     “Cash Equivalents” means, at any time, (a) any evidence of Indebtedness with a
maturity date of ninety (90) days or less issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the
United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof; provided that the full
faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof; (b) certificates of
deposit or bankers’ acceptances with a maturity of ninety (90) days or less of any financial
institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System having combined capital and surplus and
undivided profits of not less than $1,000,000,000; (c) commercial paper (including variable rate
demand notes) with a maturity of ninety (90) days or less issued by a corporation (except an
Affiliate of any Loan Party) organized under the laws of any State of the United States of America
or the District of Columbia and rated at least A-1 by S&P or at least P-1 by Moody’s; (d)
repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty (30) days for underlying securities of
the types described in clause (a) above entered into with any financial institution having combined
capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $1,000,000,000; (e) repurchase
agreements and reverse repurchase agreements relating to marketable direct obligations issued or
unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or issued by any governmental agency
thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in each case
maturing within ninety (90) days or less from the date of acquisition; provided that the
terms of such agreements comply with the guidelines set forth in the Federal Financial Agreements
of Depository Institutions with Securities Dealers and Others, as adopted by the Comptroller of the
Currency on October 31, 1985; (f) investments in money market funds and mutual funds which invest
substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (e)
above; and (g) those investments identified on Schedule 1.1(b). For the avoidance of
doubt, auction rate securities shall not constitute “Cash Equivalents”.

6

 

     “Cash Taxes” means, for any applicable period of computation, without duplication, the
sum of (a) all federal, state, local and foreign income taxes paid in cash by, or on behalf of, the
Company and its Subsidiaries during such period (net of all income tax refunds and credits received
in cash by, or on behalf of, the Company and its Subsidiaries during such period), which number for
the applicable period of computation shall not be less than zero, determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with applicable law, (b) all federal, state, local and foreign income taxes
paid in cash by, or on behalf of, Holdings during such period (net of all income tax refunds and
credits received in cash by, or on behalf of, Holdings during such period), which number for the
applicable period of computation shall not be less than zero, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with applicable law and (c) Permitted Tax Distributions made during such period.

     “Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the
following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change
in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application
thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided
that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in
connection therewith shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted,
adopted or issued.

     “Change of Control” means an event or series of events by which: 

          (a) at any time, Holdings shall fail to own one hundred percent (100%) of the Capital
Stock of the Company (i) representing the economic interest of the Company and (ii) entitled to
vote in the election of members of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the
Company; or

          (b) Luke M. Hillier and Daniel J. Clarkson shall fail to collectively own twenty percent (20%)
of the Capital Stock of Holdings entitled to vote in the election of members of the board of
directors (or equivalent governing body) of Holdings; or

          (c) prior to an IPO, the Permitted Holders shall fail to collectively own the Capital Stock of
Holdings representing in excess of fifty percent (50%) of (i) the economic interest of Holdings and
(ii) the voting power of Holdings entitled to vote in the election of members of the board of
directors (or equivalent governing body) of Holdings; or

          (d) after an IPO, (i) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, but excluding any
employee benefit plan of such person or its Subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its
capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than the
Permitted Holders becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except that a “person” or “group” shall be deemed to
have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such “person” or “group” has the right to
acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such
right, an “option right”)), directly or indirectly, of (A) more of the Capital Stock of Holdings
entitled to vote for members of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of Holdings
on a fully diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such “person” or “group”
has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right) than the amount of the Capital Stock of
Holdings beneficially owned by the Permitted Holders or (B) more than thirty-five percent (35%) of
the equity securities of the Company entitled to vote in the election of members of the board of
directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Company or (ii) a majority of the board of
directors (or equivalent governing body) of Holdings shall not be Continuing Directors; or

7

 

          (e) except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 10.4 or 10.5, the
Company shall fail to, directly or indirectly, own and control one hundred percent (100%) of each
class of the Capital Stock of each Subsidiary Loan Party; or

          (f) there shall have occurred under any Senior Notes Document or any other indenture or
instrument evidencing any Indebtedness or Capital Stock in excess of $7,500,000 any “change in
control” or similar provision (as set forth in the indenture, agreement or other evidence of such
Indebtedness) obligating the Company to repurchase, redeem or repay all or any part of the
Indebtedness or Capital Stock provided for therein.

     “Closing Date” means March 25, 2011.

     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same now exists or may from
time to time hereafter be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules,
regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

     “Collateral” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.1.

     “Collateral Access Agreement” means an agreement in writing, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, from a lessor of premises to any Loan Party,
or another person to whom any Collateral is consigned or who has custody, control or possession of
any such Collateral or is otherwise the owner or operator of a premises on which any of such
Collateral is located, in favor of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Collateral at such
premises or otherwise in the custody, control or possession of such lessor, consignee or other
person.

     “Commercial Accounts” means all Accounts other than Government Accounts.

     “Commitment” means, at any time, as to each Lender, the principal amount set forth
beside such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(a) or in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement
pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder in accordance with the provisions of
Section 14.11, as the same may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof.

     “Commitment Fee” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.2(a).

     “Commitment Letter” means the letter agreement, dated as of March 4, 2011, by and
among Holdings, the Company, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and Wells Fargo Capital
Finance, LLC, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended,
renewed, restated or replaced.

     “Company” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble and shall include any
successor permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

     “Compliance Certificate” means a compliance certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit C hereto.

     “Continuing Directors” means the directors of Holdings on the Closing Date and each
other director of Holdings, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the
board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of Holdings is recommended by at least 51% of the
then Continuing Directors or such other director receives the vote of (or is otherwise approved by)
the Permitted Holders in his or her election by the shareholders of Holdings.

8

 

     “Copyright” has the meaning given to such term in the definition of “Intellectual
Property”.

     “Credit Facility” means the Loans and Letters of Credit provided to or for the benefit
of any Borrower pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3.

     “Default” means an act, condition or event which with notice or passage of time or
both would constitute an Event of Default.

     “Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any amounts required
to be funded by it under the Agreement within one (1) Business Day of the date that it is required
to do so under the Agreement (including the failure to make available to the Administrative Agent
amounts required pursuant to a Settlement Advance or to make a required payment in connection with
a Letter of Credit), (b) has notified any Borrower (and the Borrowers have notified the
Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent or any other Lender (and such Lender has notified
the Administrative Agent) in writing that it does not intend to comply with all or any portion of
its funding obligations under the Agreement, (c) has made a public statement to the effect that it
does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under the Agreement or under other
agreements generally (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) under which it has
committed to extend credit, (d) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any
other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it under the Agreement within one (1) Business
Day of the date that it is required to do so under the Agreement, unless such other amount is the
subject of a good faith dispute, or (e) (i) becomes or is insolvent or has a parent company that
has become or is insolvent or (ii) becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or
has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, or custodian or appointed for it, or has taken any action
in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding
or appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency
proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, or custodian appointed for it, or has
taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in
any such proceeding or appointment.

     “Default Rate” means the applicable rate set forth in Section 3.1(c).

     “Deferred Revenue Excess” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Eligible
Government Accounts”.

     “Deposit Account Control Agreement” means an agreement in writing, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, by and among the Administrative
Agent, the Loan Party with a deposit account at any bank and the bank at which such deposit account
is at any time maintained which provides that such bank will comply with instructions originated by
the Administrative Agent directing disposition of the funds in the deposit account without further
consent by such Loan Party and has such other terms and conditions as the Administrative Agent may
reasonably require.

     “Disqualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the
terms of any security or other Capital Stock into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event or condition, (a) matures or is mandatorily
redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Capital Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation
or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the
holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to
the prior repayment in full of the Revolving Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and
payable and the termination of the Commitments), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof (other than solely for Qualified Capital Stock) (except as a result of a change of control
or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of
control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Revolving

9

 

Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the
Commitments), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payment of dividends in cash or
(d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Capital Stock that
would constitute Disqualified Capital Stock, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after
the Maturity Date; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued pursuant
to a plan for the benefit of Holdings, the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such
employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock solely because it may
be required to be repurchased by Holdings, the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy
applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

     “Dollars” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

     “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is incorporated or organized under the
laws of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia, other than a Subsidiary owned
directly or indirectly by a Foreign Subsidiary.

     “EBITDA” means, for any applicable period of computation, determined on a consolidated
basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, (a) Net Income for such period
plus (b) without duplication, the sum of the following to the extent deducted in
calculating Net Income:

          (i) Interest Expense for such period,

          (ii) provision for income taxes (including, without limitation, any federal, state, local and
foreign income and similar taxes) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period,

          (iii) depreciation and amortization of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period,

          (iv) any non-cash charges for such period (excluding non-cash charges that are expected to
become cash charges in a future period or that are reserves for future cash charges),

          (v) Transaction Costs for such period,

          (vi) costs and expenses incurred in connection with the relocation of the Company’s
headquarters for such period,

          (vii) financial advisory and other related fees and expenses for such period in an amount
acceptable to the Administrative Agent,

          (viii) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash charges, provided that the
aggregate amount of such extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash charges incurred under this
clause (viii) for such period shall not exceed (A) 10% of EBITDA for such period (calculated
without giving effect to any adjustments made pursuant to clauses (viii) or (ix) herein or clause
(ii) of the proviso at the end of this definition) and (B) when combined with the aggregate amount
of cash restructuring charges, accruals or reserves added pursuant to clause (ix) below and the
aggregate amount of synergies added pursuant to clause (ii) of the proviso at the end of this
definition, 10% of EBITDA for such period (calculated without giving effect to any adjustments made
pursuant to clauses (viii) or (ix) herein or clause (ii) of the proviso at the end of this
definition),

          (ix) cash restructuring charges, accruals and reserves relating to restructuring initiatives
incurred during such period; provided that the aggregate amount of such cash restructuring
charges, accruals and reserves incurred under this clause (ix) for such period shall not exceed (A)
10% of

10

 

EBITDA for such period (calculated without giving effect to any adjustments made pursuant to
clauses (viii) or (ix) herein or clause (ii) of the proviso at the end of this definition) and (B)
when combined with the aggregate amount of extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash charges
added pursuant to clause (viii) above and the aggregate amount of synergies added pursuant to
clause (ii) of the proviso at the end of this definition, 10% of EBITDA for such period (calculated
without giving effect to any adjustments made pursuant to clauses (viii) or (ix) herein or clause
(ii) of the proviso at the end of this definition),

          (x) losses on asset sales, disposals or abandonments outside the ordinary course of business,

          (xi) losses related to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, and

          (xii) amounts paid by the Company on or prior to December 31, 2011 from the Employee Bonus
Pool to its employees as compensation and bonuses,

minus

     (c) without duplication, the sum of the following to the extent included in calculating Net
Income:

          (i) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash gains for such period,

          (ii) non-cash gains for such period, and

          (iii) gains on asset sales, disposals and abandonments outside the ordinary course of
business;

     provided that for purposes of calculating Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Leverage
Ratio for any applicable period during which any Investment, including any Permitted Acquisition or
any Asset Disposition is consummated, (i) income statement items and balance sheet items (whether
positive or negative) attributable to the business or Person acquired in such Permitted Acquisition
or the asset(s) subject to such Asset Disposition shall be included or excluded, as applicable, in
such calculations to the extent relating to such applicable period and the Permitted Acquisition or
Asset Disposition shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of such applicable period,
(ii) EBITDA may be adjusted to include synergies and cost savings (including operating and other
expense reductions) reasonably expected to result from such Investment, including any Permitted
Acquisition or Asset Disposition for such period (which such adjustments are expected to be
realized within twelve (12) months following the date of inclusion of such adjustments) and (iii)
Indebtedness of a business or Person that is retired in connection with such Permitted Acquisition
or Asset Disposition shall be excluded from such calculations and deemed to have been retired as of
the first day of such applicable period, in each case, to the extent that such adjustments in
clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this proviso (and including any adjustments set forth in clauses
(viii) and (ix) above) are made in good faith, are reasonably identifiable and factually
supportable pursuant to documentation delivered to the Administrative Agent and which are
reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided further that the
aggregate amount of adjustments for synergies and cost savings in clause (ii) of the foregoing
proviso shall not exceed (A) 10% of EBITDA for such period (calculated without giving effect to any
adjustments made pursuant to clauses (viii) or (ix) above or clause (ii) of the foregoing proviso)
and (B) when combined with the aggregate amount of extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash
charges added pursuant to clause (viii) above and the aggregate amount of cash restructuring
charges, accruals and reserves added pursuant to clause (ix) above, 10% of EBITDA for such period
(calculated without giving effect to any adjustments made pursuant to clauses (viii) or (ix) above
or clause (ii) of the forgoing proviso). For purposes of this definition, “Asset Disposition”
means

11

 

the disposition of any or all of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether
by sale, lease, transfer or otherwise.

     “Eligible Accounts” means Accounts created by a Borrower that in each case satisfy the
criteria set forth below as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent:

          (a) such Accounts arise from the actual and bona fide sale and delivery of goods by such
Borrower or rendition of services by such Borrower in the ordinary course of its business which
transactions are completed in accordance with the terms and provisions contained in any documents
related thereto;

          (b) such Accounts (i) are evidenced by an invoice delivered to the related account debtor,
(ii) are not unpaid more than sixty (60) days after the original due date therefor and (iii) are
not unpaid more than ninety (90) days after the date of the original invoice thereof;

          (c) such Accounts comply with the following terms and conditions: (i) the amounts shown on
any invoice delivered to the Administrative Agent or schedule thereof delivered to the
Administrative Agent shall be true and complete, (ii) no payments shall be made thereon except
payments immediately delivered to the Administrative Agent to the extent required pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement, (iii) no credit, discount, allowance or extension or agreement for any of
the foregoing shall be granted to any account debtor except for credits, discounts, allowances or
extensions made or given in the ordinary course of each Borrower’s business in accordance with
practices and policies previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent and (iv) none of the
transactions giving rise thereto will violate any applicable foreign, Federal, State or local laws
or regulations, all documentation relating thereto will be legally sufficient under such laws and
regulations and all such documentation will be legally enforceable in accordance with its terms;

          (d) such Accounts do not arise from sales on consignment, guaranteed sale, sale and return,
sale on approval, or other terms under which payment by the account debtor may be conditional or
contingent;

          (e) such Accounts do not consist of percentage of completion accounts or progress billings
(such that the obligation of the account debtors with respect to such Accounts is conditioned upon
such Borrower’s satisfactory completion of any further performance under the agreement giving rise
thereto), bill and hold invoices or retainage invoices, except as to bill and hold invoices, if the
Administrative Agent shall have received an agreement in writing from the account debtor, in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, confirming the unconditional
obligation of the account debtor to take the goods related thereto and pay such invoice;

          (f) such Accounts are not owing by creditors or suppliers;

          (g) there are no facts, events or occurrences which would impair the validity, enforceability
or collectability of such Accounts or reduce the amount payable or materially delay payment
thereunder;

          (h) such Accounts are subject to the first priority, valid and perfected security interest of
the Administrative Agent;

          (i) such Accounts are not subject to any other Liens and any goods giving rise thereto are
not, and were not at the time of the sale thereof, subject to any Liens, in each case other than

12

 

Liens permitted under Section 10.2 that are subordinated to the Lien of the
Administrative Agent pursuant to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

          (j) neither the account debtor nor any officer or employee of the account debtor with respect
to such Accounts is an officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of any Loan Party;

          (k) there are no proceedings or actions which are pending or as to which a Responsible Officer
of any Loan Party has received notice of an imminent proceeding related to the account debtors with
respect to such Accounts which might result in any material adverse change in any such account
debtor’s financial condition (including, without limitation, any bankruptcy, dissolution,
liquidation, reorganization or similar proceeding);

          (l) such Accounts are not owed by an account debtor who has Accounts classified as ineligible
under clause (b) above which constitute more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the total Accounts
of such account debtor;

          (m) the account debtor is not located in a state requiring the filing of a “Notice of Business
Activities Report” or similar report in order to permit such Borrower to seek judicial enforcement
in such State of payment of such Account, unless such Borrower has qualified to do business in such
state or has filed a “Notice of Business Activities Report” or equivalent report for then current
year; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to the extent that such
failure to file and inability to seek judicial enforcement is capable of being remedied without any
material delay or material cost;

          (n) such Accounts do not include any billing for interest, fees or late charges (but the
portion of the Accounts in excess of such amounts shall be deemed Eligible Accounts if such
Accounts are otherwise Eligible Accounts);

          (o) such Accounts are owed by account debtors deemed creditworthy at all times by the
Administrative Agent in good faith in the exercise of its reasonable credit judgment; and

          (p) no portion of any such Accounts is evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument or
by chattel paper.

The criteria for Eligible Accounts set forth above may be changed and any new criteria for Eligible
Accounts may be established by the Administrative Agent in good faith in the exercise of its
reasonable credit judgment in order to address either: (i) an event, condition or other
circumstance arising after the Closing Date, or (ii) an event, condition or other circumstance
existing on the Closing Date to the extent the Administrative Agent has no written notice thereof
from a Borrower prior to the Closing Date, in either case under clause (i) or (ii) which adversely
affects or could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Accounts in the good faith
determination in the exercise of its reasonable credit judgment of the Administrative Agent. Any
Accounts that are not Eligible Accounts shall nevertheless be part of the Collateral. Prior to the
inclusion of any Accounts acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition as Eligible
Accounts, the Administrative Agent or its designee shall have conducted an audit and field
examination with respect to such Accounts, the results of which audit and field examination shall
be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

     “Eligible Assignee” means (a) any Lender, (b) any Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an
Approved Fund or (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) that is approved by the
Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed),
provided that neither Holdings, the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof shall qualify
as an Eligible Assignee.

13

 

     “Eligible Commercial Accounts” means Eligible Accounts consisting of Commercial
Accounts that, in each case, satisfy the additional criteria set forth below as reasonably
determined by the Administrative Agent:

          (a) the chief executive office of the account debtor with respect to such Accounts is located
in the United States of America or, at the Administrative Agent’s option, if the chief executive
office and principal place of business of the account debtor with respect to such Accounts is
located other than in the United States of America, then if either: (i) the account debtor has
delivered to such Borrower an irrevocable letter of credit issued or confirmed by a bank reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and payable only in the United States of America and in
Dollars, sufficient to cover such Account, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent and if required by Section 6.2(f), the original of such letter of
credit has been delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent’s agent and the
issuer thereof, and such Borrower has complied with the other applicable terms of Section
6.2(f) with respect to the assignment of the proceeds of such letter of credit to the
Administrative Agent or naming the Administrative Agent as transferee beneficiary thereunder, as
the Administrative Agent may specify, or (ii) such Account is subject to credit insurance payable
to the Administrative Agent issued by an insurer and on terms and in an amount acceptable to the
Administrative Agent, or (iii) such Account, when aggregated with all such other Accounts, is not
in excess of $2,000,000 and is otherwise acceptable in all respects to the Administrative Agent
(subject to such lending formula with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent may reasonably
determine), then so long as such Account is otherwise an Eligible Account, such Account will be
included as an Eligible Commercial Account;

          (b) such Accounts are not otherwise subject to any potential offset, counterclaim, dispute,
deduction, discount, recoupment, reserve, defense, chargeback, rebate, credit or allowance
(provided that if such Accounts are otherwise Eligible Commercial Accounts, the portion of
such Accounts in excess of the amount at any time and from time to time owed by such Borrower to
such account debtor or claimed owed by such account debtor may be deemed Eligible Commercial
Accounts);

          (c) the aggregate amount of such Accounts owing by a single account debtor do not constitute
more than ten percent (10%) of the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of all otherwise Eligible
Commercial Accounts plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all Eligible Government Accounts (but
the portion of the Accounts not in excess of such percentage shall be deemed Eligible Commercial
Accounts);

          (d) the account debtors with respect to such Accounts are not any foreign government, the
United States of America, any State, political subdivision, department, agency or instrumentality
thereof; and

          (e) such Accounts are owed by account debtors whose total indebtedness to such Borrower does
not exceed the credit limit with respect to such account debtors as determined by such Borrower
from time to time, to the extent such credit limit as to any account debtor is established
consistent with the current practices and policies of such Borrower as of the Closing Date and such
credit limit is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (but the portion of the Accounts
not in excess of such credit limit may be deemed Eligible Commercial Accounts if such Accounts are
otherwise Eligible Commercial Accounts).

     “Eligible Government Accounts” means Eligible Accounts consisting of Government
Accounts but excluding any portion of a Government Account:

14

 

          (a) against which the applicable U.S. Governmental Authority has exercised its right of setoff
or deduction or has formally notified a Borrower of its intention to do so;

          (b) relating to the last payment due to a Borrower under a prime contract between such
Borrower and the applicable U.S. Governmental Authority, unless (i) such contract is a “Fixed Price
Contract” (as defined in Federal Acquisition Regulation Part 16.2, or any successor regulation)
which does not include any provision for progress payments, incentive arrangements, or price
redetermination or (ii) the Administrative Agent has otherwise consented in writing to the
inclusion of such Account as an Eligible Government Contract;

          (c) to the extent such Government Account is offset by a deferred revenue deposit related to
such Government Account (but only to the extent of such deferred revenue deposit; provided,
that to the extent any such deferred revenue deposit exceeds the related Government Account (such
excess, the “Deferred Revenue Excess”), such Deferred Revenue Excess shall reduce the
related Eligible Inventory related to such Government Account on a dollar for dollar basis); and

          (d) as to which such Borrower shall not have executed a Notice of Assignment and an Instrument
of Assignment with respect to the underlying Government Contract and any other agreements,
instruments and documents and performed all acts that the Administrative Agent may reasonably
require to ensure compliance with the Assignment of Claims Act (or any other similar state laws);
provided, however, that the filing of such Notice of Assignment and Instrument of
Assignment with the applicable U.S. Governmental Authority shall not occur until required pursuant
to Section 6.2(h).

     “Eligible Inventory” means, as to each Borrower, Inventory of such Borrower consisting
of finished goods held for resale in the ordinary course of the business of such Borrower, except
to the extent consisting of any of the following as determined by the Administrative Agent:

          (a) work-in-process;

          (b) components which are not part of finished goods;

          (c) spare parts for equipment;

          (d) display items, samples, tooling and packaging and shipping materials;

          (e) supplies used or consumed in such Borrower’s business;

          (f) Inventory located on leased premises or in the possession of a warehouseman or processor,
unless such lessor, warehouseman or processor has delivered a Collateral Access Agreement with
respect thereto or an appropriate Reserve with respect to rent has been established with respect
thereto;

          (g) Inventory located at any premises if the Value of the Inventory located at such premises
is less than $100,000 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion;

          (h) Inventory subject to a Lien of any other Person which Lien is not subordinated to the Lien
of the Administrative Agent pursuant to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

          (i) bill and hold goods;

15

 

          (j) unsalable, unserviceable, obsolete or slow moving Inventory;

          (k) Inventory that is not subject to the first priority, valid and perfected security interest
of the Administrative Agent;

          (l) returned, damaged and/or defective Inventory;

          (m) Inventory subject to a negotiable warehouse receipt or other negotiable Document;

          (n) Inventory purchased or sold on consignment;

          (o) Inventory located outside the United States of America or Inventory that is in transit
(other than Inventory that is otherwise Eligible Inventory and is in transit between domestic
locations of the Borrowers); and

          (p) Inventory related to any Government Account to the extent of any Deferred Revenue Excess.

The criteria for Eligible Inventory set forth above may be changed and any new criteria for
Eligible Inventory may be established by the Administrative Agent in good faith in the exercise of
its reasonable credit judgment in order to address either: (i) an event, condition or other
circumstance arising after the Closing Date or (ii) an event, condition or other circumstance
existing on the Closing Date to the extent the Administrative Agent has no written notice thereof
from the Administrative Borrower prior to the Closing Date, in either case under clause (i) or (ii)
which adversely affects or could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Inventory in the
good faith determination in the exercise of its reasonable credit judgment of the Administrative
Agent. Any Inventory that is not Eligible Inventory shall nevertheless be part of the Collateral.
Prior to the inclusion of any Inventory acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition as
Eligible Inventory, the Administrative Agent or its designee shall have conducted an appraisal and
field examination with respect to such Inventory, the results of which appraisal and field
examination shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

     “Employee Bonus Pool” means an amount up to $9,000,000 reserved from the proceeds of
the Senior Notes which shall be used by the Company to pay employee compensation and bonuses on or
after the Closing Date so long as such employee compensation and bonuses are paid on or before
December 31, 2011.

     “Employee Bonus Pool Reserve” means a Reserve in the amount of the Employee Bonus Pool
established by the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date to reflect payments to be made by the
Company from the Employee Bonus Pool, such payments by the Company to reduce such Reserve on a
dollar-for-dollar basis.

     “Environmental Laws” means all foreign, Federal, State, provincial and local laws
(including common law), legislation, rules, codes, licenses, permits (including any conditions
imposed therein), authorizations, judicial or administrative decisions, injunctions or agreements
between any Loan Party and any Governmental Authority, (a) relating to pollution and the
protection, preservation or restoration of the environment (including air, water vapor, surface
water, ground water, drinking water, drinking water supply, surface land, subsurface land, plant
and animal life or any other natural resource), or to human health or safety, (b) relating to the
exposure to, or the use, storage, recycling, treatment, generation, manufacture, processing,
distribution, transportation, handling, labeling, production, release or disposal, or threatened
release, of Hazardous Materials, or (c) relating to all laws with regard to

16

 

recordkeeping, notification, disclosure and reporting requirements respecting Hazardous
Materials including, without limitation, (i) the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Federal Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act,
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, the Federal Clean Water Act, the Federal Clean Air
Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (including the Hazardous and Solid
Waste Amendments thereto), the Federal Solid Waste Disposal and the Federal Toxic Substances
Control Act, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, and the Federal Safe Drinking
Water Act of 1974, (ii) applicable state counterparts to such laws and (iii) any common law, civil
law or equitable doctrine that may impose liability or obligations for injuries or damages due to,
or threatened as a result of, the presence of or exposure to any Hazardous Materials.

     “Equipment” means, as to each Loan Party, all of such Loan Party’s now owned and
hereafter acquired equipment, as defined in the UCC, wherever located, including all attachments,
accessions and property now or hereafter affixed thereto or used in connection therewith, and
substitutions and replacements thereof, wherever located.

     “Equity Incentive Plan” means the ADS Tactical, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Award Plan
to be adopted after the Closing Date with respect to not more than 15% of the Capital Stock of
Holdings to be allocated and awarded to certain existing and future key employees of Holdings
and/or its Subsidiaries.

     “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, together with all
rules and regulations thereunder or related thereto.

     “ERISA Affiliate” means any person required to be aggregated with the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries under Sections 414(b), 414(c), 414(m) or 414(o) of the Code or Section 4001(b)
of ERISA.

     “ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA
or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Pension Plan, other than events as to which
the requirement of notice has been waived in regulations by the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation, (b) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan that would require the provision
of security pursuant to Section 436(f)(1) of the Code, (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the
Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or a cessation of operations which is
treated as such a withdrawal or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization, (d)
the filing of a written notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as
a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to terminate a Pension Plan, (e) an event or condition which
would likely constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the
appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, (f) the imposition of any liability under Title
IV of ERISA, other than the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation premiums due but not delinquent
under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company or any ERISA Affiliate in excess of $1,000,000, (g)
any other event or condition with respect to a Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA
maintained, or contributed to, by any ERISA Affiliate that would likely result in liability of any
Borrower in excess of $1,000,000, (h) a Pension Plan or a Multiemployer Plan, based on a financial
valuation by the Pension Plan’s or Multiemployer Plan’s, as applicable, actuary at the times
specified by applicable law, determined to be an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical
status within the meanings of Sections 430, 431, or 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 or 305 of
ERISA that would likely result in liability of any Borrower in excess of $1,000,000, and (i) the
conditions exist for the imposition of a lien on any Pension Plan under Section 303(k) of ERISA or
Section 430(k) of the Code.

     “Eurodollar Rate Loans” means any Revolving Loan made to a Borrower that bears
interest based on the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.

17

 

     “Event of Default” has the meaning given to such term in Section 11.1.

     “Excess Availability” means the amount, as determined by the Administrative Agent,
calculated at any date, equal to (a) the lesser of (i) the Aggregate Commitment and (ii) the
Borrowing Base (as set forth in the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered by the
Administrative Borrower) minus (b) the sum of (i) the Total Outstandings as of such date
plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all then outstanding and unpaid trade payables and other
obligations of any Borrower which are outstanding more than thirty (30) days past due as of the end
of the immediately preceding month (other than trade payables or other obligations being contested
or disputed by such Borrower in good faith) plus (iii) without duplication, the amount of
checks issued by such Borrower to pay trade payables and other obligations which are more than
thirty (30) days past due as of the end of the immediately preceding month (other than trade
payables or other obligations being contested or disputed by such Borrower in good faith), but not
yet sent.

     “Excluded Bank Account” means (a) deposit accounts specifically and exclusively used
for, payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of
any Loan Party’s employees, (b) that certain deposit account in existence on the Closing Date with
Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation (or any successor thereto) so long as such account (i) does not
at any time have more than $1,000,000 on deposit therein and (ii) is used solely for the purpose of
the Company’s credit card program with Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, (c) that certain deposit
account in existence on the Closing Date with Standard Chartered Bank (or any successor thereto) so
long as such account does not at any time have more than $250,000 on deposit therein or (d) any
other deposit account or securities account which, individually or in the aggregate, does not at
any time have more than $50,000 on deposit therein.

     “Excluded Property” means, with respect to any Loan Party, (a) any rights or interest
in any contract, lease, permit, license, license agreement, or other agreement covering real or
personal property of any Loan Party if under the terms of such contract, lease, permit, license,
license agreement, or other agreement, or applicable law with respect thereto, the grant of a
security interest or lien therein is prohibited as a matter of law or under the terms of such
contract, lease, permit, license, license agreement, or other agreement has not been obtained
(provided that, (i) the foregoing exclusions of this clause (a) shall in no way be
construed (A) to apply to the extent that any described prohibition or restriction is unenforceable
under Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408, or 9-409 of the UCC or other applicable law, or (B) to apply to
the extent that any consent or waiver has been obtained that would permit the Administrative
Agent’s security interest or lien notwithstanding the prohibition or restriction on the pledge of
such contract, lease, permit, license, license agreement, or other agreement and (ii) the foregoing
exclusion of clause (a) shall in no way be construed to limit, impair, or otherwise affect any of
the Administrative Agent’s, any other Lender’s or any Bank Product Provider’s continuing security
interests in and liens upon any rights or interests of any Loan Party in or to (A) monies due or to
become due under or in connection with any described contract, lease, permit, license, license
agreement, or other agreement, or Capital Stock (including any Accounts or Capital Stock), or (B)
any proceeds from the sale, license, lease, or other dispositions of any such contract, lease,
license, other agreement, or Capital Stock); (b) any United States intent-to-use trademark or
servicemark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a
security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use
trademark applications under applicable federal law, provided that upon submission and acceptance
by the United States Patent and Trademark Office of an amendment to allege use pursuant to 15
U.S.C. Section 1051(c) (or any successor provision) or a statement of use pursuant to 15 U.S.C.
Section 1051(d) (or any successor provision), such intent-to-use trademark application shall be
considered Collateral; (c) in the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act
of 1933 as amended, and the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission (“SEC”) promulgated thereunder, would require (or is replaced with another rule or
regulation, or any other law,

18

 

rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC of separate
financial statements of any affiliate of Holdings due to the fact that such Affiliate’s Capital
Stock or other securities secure the Senior Notes, the Capital Stock or other securities of such
Affiliate, but only the portion of such Capital Stock or securities of such Affiliate to the extent
necessary to not be subject to such requirement (which Capital Stock or other securities of such
Affiliate as a result of such event shall automatically be deemed released and to not be and to not
have been part of the Collateral); or (d) motor vehicles the perfection of a security interest in
which is excluded from the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction.

     “Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender, any
Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any
Loan Party hereunder, (a) any taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however
denominated) or net profits of such Person (and franchise taxes imposed in lieu thereof) by the
jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient (i) is organized or incorporated, (ii)
maintains its principal lending office or, in the case of any Lender or Issuing Lender, its
applicable lending office with respect to this Agreement or (iii) has a present or former
connection other than a connection resulting from entering into this Agreement, receiving any
payment or enforcing any right under this Agreement; (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the
United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which such Lender
or Issuing Lender is located or any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above; (c) any
withholding tax payable (including back-up withholding tax) with respect to payments under the Loan
Documents under laws (including any statute, treaty or regulation) in effect on the Closing Date
(or, in the case of an Eligible Assignee, the date of the Assignment and Assumption or in the case
of a participation, the date the participation is granted); (d) any tax that results from a
designation of a new lending office; (e) any tax that is attributable to failure or inability
(other than as a result of a Change in Law) of the recipient to comply with Sections
4.5(g), 4.5(j) and 4.5(k), except to the extent that such recipient (or its
assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from the
Loan Party with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 4.5(b); and (f) any
taxes that are imposed by reasons of Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and the regulations or
guidance promulgated thereunder (“FATCA”).

     “Existing Loan Agreement” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of
February 18, 2010 by and among Holdings, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, as amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

     “Existing Term Loan Agreement” means that certain Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as
of October 22, 2010 by and among Holdings, the Company, as borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the
lenders party thereto from time to time and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
administrative agent and collateral agent, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time.

     “Facility Increase” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.7.

     “FATCA” has the meaning given to such term in the definition of Excluded Taxes.

     “Federal Funds Rate” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum
equal, for each day during such period, to the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to
the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the
Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such
day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the
quotations for such day on such

19

 

transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal Funds brokers of
recognized standing selected by it.

     “Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated as of March 4, 2011, by and among
Holdings, the Company, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC,
setting forth certain fees payable by the Borrowers in connection with the Credit Facility, as the
same now exists or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or
replaced.

     “Filing Threshold Amount” means $12,500,000 plus proportionate increases
thereto to reflect any Facility Increases.

     “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, as of the last day of each fiscal month of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) (i) EBITDA minus
(ii) Unfinanced Capital Expenditures minus (iii) Cash Taxes minus (iv) Holdings
Payables paid from loans, dividends or other distributions from the Company and its Subsidiaries to
(b) Fixed Charges, in each case, computed for the twelve (12) consecutive fiscal month period then
ending.

     “Fixed Charges” means, for any applicable period of computation, without duplication,
the sum of (a) all Interest Expense paid in cash by the Company and its Subsidiaries for such
period plus (b) Scheduled Indebtedness Payments made by the Company and its Subsidiaries
after the Closing Date during such period plus (c) optional and other payments made by the
Company and its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date during such period on Subordinated Indebtedness
or Specified Unsecured Indebtedness plus (d) all interest paid in cash by Holdings for such
period plus (e) all scheduled principal payments paid by Holdings during such period on
Indebtedness of Holdings plus (f) all optional payments of principal made by Holdings
during such period on Indebtedness of Holdings (excluding any such payments made from proceeds of
an IPO) plus (g) the capital contributions required to be made in connection with the
Arsenal Venture Partners Investment during such period plus (h) any taxes paid or payable
during such period in connection with Arsenal Venture Partners Investments plus (i) Cash
Dividends paid in cash by Holdings after the Closing Date for such period. Except as otherwise
specifically set forth herein, all of the foregoing amounts shall be calculated for the twelve (12)
consecutive fiscal month period then ending; provided that, for the first twelve (12) full
fiscal months following the Closing Date, (i) the amounts in clauses (b), (c), (e), (f) and (i)
above shall be calculated as of the end of each fiscal month occurring in such twelve (12) fiscal
month period based on the actual amount thereof for the total number of fiscal months elapsed since
the Closing Date, (ii) in the case of Interest Expense, there shall be excluded from the
calculation of Interest Expense, all interest paid or payable under the Existing Term Loan
Agreement and (iii) in the case of interest expense on the Senior Notes, there shall be included in
the calculation of such interest expense, the pro forma interest expense accrued on
the Senior Notes for the remaining number of fiscal months in such twelve (12) fiscal month period
following the applicable calculation date. Fixed Charges for any applicable period shall be
calculated taking into account the proviso at the end of the definition of EBITDA.

     “Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction
other than that in which a Loan Party is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this
definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be
deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

     “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America
as in effect from time to time as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the statements and
pronouncements

20

 

of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, which, in each case, are applicable to the
circumstances as of the date of determination consistently applied.

     “Government Accounts” means Accounts owing directly by any U.S. Governmental Authority
to a Borrower under a prime contract entered into between such U.S. Governmental Authority and such
Borrower.

     “Government Contract” means any written agreement, commitment, contract, instrument or
other binding arrangement between the Company or any Subsidiary thereof and any U.S. Governmental
Authority.

     “Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state, province, or other
political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority)
thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative
functions of or pertaining to government.

     “Guarantors” means, collectively, the Subsidiary Guarantors and any other Person that
at any time after the Closing Date becomes a party hereto pursuant to a joinder agreement in
substantially the form of Exhibit E pursuant to which such Person shall become a party to
the Guaranty as a joint and several “Guarantor”.

     “Guaranty” means the guaranty made by the Guarantors of the Obligations under
Article 13 in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

     “Hazardous Materials” means any hazardous, toxic or dangerous substances, materials
and wastes, including hydrocarbons (including naturally occurring or man-made petroleum and
hydrocarbons), flammable explosives, asbestos, urea formaldehyde insulation, radioactive materials,
biological substances, polychlorinated biphenyls, pesticides, herbicides and any other kind and/or
type of pollutants or contaminants, sewage, sludge, industrial slag, solvents and/or any other
similar substances, materials, or wastes and including any other substances, materials or wastes
that are or become regulated under any Environmental Law (including any that are or become
classified as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law).

     “Hedge Agreement” means a “swap agreement” as that term is defined in Section
101(53B)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.

     “Hedge Agreement Reserves” has the meaning given to such term in the definition of
“Reserves”.

     “Holdings” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble.

     “Holdings Owners” has the meaning given to such term in Section 10.6(d)(i).

     “Holdings Payables” means the following amounts payable by Holdings from time to time:
(a) corporate operating (including, without limitation, customary fees and reasonable out of pocket
costs to, and indemnities for the benefit of, directors, officers and employees of Holdings) and
overhead expenses (including, without limitation, rent, utilities, salary, bonus and other
benefits) in the ordinary course of business, (b) fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants,
appraisers and the like, (c) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of Holdings related to any
unsuccessful equity or debt offering of Holdings and (d) franchise taxes and other fees required to
maintain the existence of Holdings.

     “Increase Effective Date” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.7.

21

 

     “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, any liability, whether or not
contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the
whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof) or evidenced by bonds, notes,
debentures or similar instruments, (b) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase
price of any property or services (other than an account payable to a trade creditor (whether or
not an Affiliate) incurred in the ordinary course of business of such Person and payable in
accordance with customary trade practices), (c) all obligations as lessee under leases which have
been, or should be, in accordance with GAAP recorded as Capital Leases, (d) any contractual
obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person to pay or be liable for the payment of any
indebtedness described in this definition of another Person, including, without limitation, any
such indebtedness, directly or indirectly guaranteed, or any agreement to purchase, repurchase, or
otherwise acquire such indebtedness, obligation or liability or any security therefor, or to
provide funds for the payment or discharge thereof, or to maintain solvency, assets, level of
income, or other financial condition, (e) all obligations of any such Person in respect of
Disqualified Capital Stock, (f) all reimbursement obligations and other liabilities of such Person
with respect to surety bonds (whether bid, performance or otherwise), letters of credit, bankers’
acceptances, drafts or similar documents or instruments issued for such Person’s account, (g) all
indebtedness of such Person in respect of indebtedness of another Person for borrowed money or
indebtedness of another Person otherwise described in this definition which is secured by any
consensual lien, security interest, collateral assignment, conditional sale, mortgage, deed of
trust, or other encumbrance on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligations,
liabilities or indebtedness is assumed by or is a personal liability of such Person, all as of such
time, (h) all net obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of such Person (marked to market)
arising under Hedge Agreements, (i) all obligations owed by such Person under License Agreements
with respect to non-refundable, advance or minimum guarantee royalty payments; (j) indebtedness of
any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer to
the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in such
entity, except to the extent that the terms of such indebtedness expressly provide that such Person
is not liable therefor or such Person has no liability therefor as a matter of law, (k) the
principal and interest portions of all rental obligations of such Person under any synthetic lease
or similar off-balance sheet financing where such transaction is considered to be borrowed money
for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP, (l) all
obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to
property purchased by such Person (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under
agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business), and (m) all obligations
of such Person under take or pay or similar arrangements.

     “Indemnitee” has the meaning given to such term in Section 14.4.

     “Information Certificate” means a certificate of the Loan Parties substantially in the
form of Exhibit D hereto.

     “Instrument of Assignment” means each instrument of assignment executed by a Loan
Party with respect to any Material Government Contract to which such Loan Party is a party,
substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto.

     “Intellectual Property” means all of the following in any jurisdiction throughout the
world: (a) patents and patent applications, including all renewals, extensions, continuations,
divisions, reissues, or counter parts thereof, (“Patents”); (b) trademarks, service marks,
trade names, trade dress, logos, Internet domain names and other business identifiers, together
with the goodwill symbolized by any of the foregoing, and all applications, registrations,
renewals, extensions or counter parts thereof, (“Trademarks”); (c) copyrights in all works
of authorship including all registrations, registration applications, renewals, extensions and
reversions (“Copyrights”); (d) all computer software, source code, executable code, data,
databases and documentation thereof; (e) all trade secret rights; (f) all other

22

 

intellectual property or proprietary rights; (g) all rights to sue at law or in equity for any
past, present, or future infringement or other impairment or violation thereof and all proceeds of
the foregoing; (h) all income, royalties, damages or payments now or hereafter due and/or payable
under any of the foregoing or with respect to any of the foregoing; and (i) all licenses or other
written agreements now or hereafter in existence granting any rights in any of the foregoing.

     “Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the
Closing Date by and among the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, the Senior
Notes Agent, Holdings, the Company and the other parties from time to time party thereto, in form
and substance satisfactory in all respects to the Administrative Agent, as such agreement may be
amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms
thereof.

     “Interest Expense” means, for any applicable period of computation, all interest
expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP, it being understood that with the respect to Capital Leases, only the
interest component thereof shall be included in Interest Expense.

     “Interest Period” means for any Eurodollar Rate Loan, a period of approximately one
(1), two (2) or three (3) months duration as the Administrative Borrower on behalf of any Borrower
may elect; provided that:

          (a) the Administrative Borrower on behalf of such Borrower may not elect an Interest Period
that will extend beyond the Maturity Date;

          (b) no such Interest Period shall be less than thirty (30) days;

          (c) the Interest Period shall commence on the date the Revolving Loan is made or continued as,
or converted into, a Eurodollar Rate Loan, and shall expire on the numerically corresponding day in
the calendar month at its end;

          (d) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be
extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar
month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day; and

          (e) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day
for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such
Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such
Interest Period.

     “Inventory” means, as to each Loan Party, all present and future inventory, as defined
in the UCC, of such Loan Party.

     “Investment” means, with respect to a Person, any investment in any other Person,
whether by means of (a) purchase or acquisition of obligations or securities of such other Person,
(b) capital contribution to such other Person, (c) loan or advance to such other Person, (d) making
of a time deposit with such other Person, (e) guarantee or assumption of, or providing any
collateral or letter of credit for, any obligation of such other Person, (f) Acquisition or (g)
otherwise.

     “Investment Property Control Agreement” means an agreement in writing, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, by and among the Administrative
Agent, any Loan Party (as the case may be) and any securities intermediary that maintains a
securities account of such

23

 

Loan Party, acknowledging that such securities intermediary has custody, control or possession
of such securities account on behalf of the Administrative Agent, that it will comply with
entitlement orders originated by the Administrative Agent with respect to such securities account,
and has such other terms and conditions as the Administrative Agent may require.

     “IPO” means an initial public offering of Capital Stock of Holdings or the Company
registered with the Securities Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     “Issuing Lender” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, (a) Wells Fargo in its
capacity as issuer of such Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of such Letters of
Credit hereunder and (b) one additional Lender if Wells Fargo declines or is unable to provide or
arrange a Letter of Credit.

     “Law Enforcement Business Unit” means the state and local law enforcement business of
the Company that provides tactical and operational equipment and services to state and local
government customers for use by law enforcement.

     “Leases” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.16.

     “Lender” means each financial institution signatory hereto as a Lender and each other
Person made a party to this Agreement as a Lender in accordance with Section 14.11.

     “Lending Party” means the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

     “Letter of Credit Documents” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, such Letter
of Credit, any amendments thereto, any documents delivered in connection therewith, any application
therefor, and any agreements, instruments, guarantees or other documents (whether general in
application or applicable only to such Letter of Credit) governing or providing for (a) the rights
and obligations of the parties concerned or at risk with respect to such Letter of Credit or (b)
any collateral security for any obligations related to such Letter of Credit.

     “Letter of Credit Fees” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.2(b).

     “Letter of Credit Limit” means $50,000,000.

     “Letter of Credit Obligations” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate
undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, plus (b) the aggregate
amount of all drawings under Letters of Credit for which the Issuing Lender has not at such time
been reimbursed, plus (c) without duplication, the aggregate amount of all payments made by
each Lender to the Issuing Lender with respect to such Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit
as provided in Section 2.3 for which Borrowers have not at such time reimbursed the
Lenders, whether by way of a Loan or otherwise.

     “Letters of Credit” means all letters of credit (whether documentary or stand-by and
whether for the purchase of inventory, equipment or otherwise) issued by the Issuing Lender for the
account of any Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, and all amendments, renewals, extensions or
replacements thereof.

     “Leverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Total
Indebtedness as of the last day of the fiscal month ending on, or most recently ended prior to,
such date of determination to (b) EBITDA minus Holdings Payables paid from loans, dividends
or other distributions from the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case, for the period
consisting of the immediately preceding twelve consecutive fiscal months of the Company and its
Subsidiaries ending on, or most recently ended prior to, such date of determination.

24

 

     “LIBOR Rate” means, for any Eurodollar Rate Loan for any Interest Period therefor, the
rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters
Screen LIBOR01 Page (or any successor page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in
Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such
Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period; provided that if more than
one rate is specified on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic
mean of all such rates (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%). If, for any
reason, such rate is not available, then “LIBOR Rate” means the rate per annum at which, as
determined by the Administrative Agent, Dollars in an amount comparable to the Loans then requested
are being offered to leading banks at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time), two (2) Business Days
prior to the commencement of the applicable Interest Period for settlement in immediately available
funds by leading banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to the Interest Period
selected.

     “License Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.11.

     “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement,
encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference,
priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever
(including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any
Capital Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

     “Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Letter of Credit
Documents, the Pledge Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, all Deposit Account Control
Agreements, all Investment Property Control Agreements and all other agreements, documents and
instruments now or at any time hereafter executed and/or delivered by any Loan Party in connection
with this Agreement; provided that in no event shall the term “Loan Documents” be deemed to
include any Hedge Agreement or other Bank Product Agreement.

     “Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

     “Loans” means, collectively, the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.

     “Mar-Vel” means Mar-Vel International, Inc., a New Jersey corporation.

     “Mar-Vel Bank Account” means that certain deposit account of Mar-Vel with PNC Bank,
National Association in existence on the Closing Date.

     “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business,
properties, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Holdings and the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or
any other Loan Document; (c) the legality, validity, enforceability, perfection or priority of the
security interests and liens of the Administrative Agent upon the Collateral; (d) a material
portion of the Collateral or the value thereof; (e) the ability of any Loan Party to repay the
Obligations or of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document as and when to be performed; or (f) the ability of the Administrative Agent or any Lender
to enforce the Obligations or realize upon the Collateral or otherwise with respect to the rights
and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document.

     “Material Contract” means (a) any contract or other agreement, written or oral, of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries involving monetary liability of or to any such Person in an
amount in excess of $3,000,000 per annum or (b) any other contract or agreement, written or oral,
of the Company or any of

25

 

its Subsidiaries the breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew of which by any
party thereto could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, in each case, other
than Material Government Contracts.

     “Material Event of Default” means an Event of Default described in Section
11.1(a), (b)(i) (other than Section 9.12), (b)(ii), (b)(iii)
(other than Section 9.6(b)(v)), (e), (f), (g), (h),
(k), (l) (other than with respect to Material Contracts) or (m).

     “Material Government Contract” means any Government Contract, and where applicable,
individual delivery and individual task orders under any Government Contract, (i) listed on
Schedule 8.15 or (ii) (A) involving, or which may involve, monetary liability under open
orders or accounts receivable thereunder in an amount in excess of $3,000,000 over the remaining
term of such contract and (B) that has a remaining term of greater than six (6) months.

     “Material Release or Non-Compliance” means (a) the occurrence of any event involving
the release, spill or discharge of any Hazardous Material or (b) any investigation, proceeding,
complaint, order, directive, claim, citation or notice with respect to any non-compliance with or
violation of any Environmental Law by any Loan Party or the release, spill or discharge of any
Hazardous Material if, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (a) or (b), the release, spill
or discharge, or the alleged or actual non-compliance or violation of Environmental Law by any Loan
Party could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     “Maturity Date” means the earlier to occur of (a) March 25, 2016, (b) the date of
termination of the entire Aggregate Commitment by the Administrative Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.6 or (c) the date on which the Obligations have been accelerated pursuant to
Section 11.2(b) and in connection therewith, the Obligations have become immediately due
and payable and the Aggregate Commitment has been terminated.

     “Maximum Interest Rate” means the maximum non-usurious rate of interest under
applicable Federal or State law as in effect from time to time that may be contracted for, taken,
reserved, charged or received in respect of the indebtedness of a Borrower to the Administrative
Agent or a Lender, or to the extent that at any time such applicable law may thereafter permit a
higher maximum non-usurious rate of interest, then such higher rate.

     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors and assigns.

     “Multiemployer Plan” means a “multi-employer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of
ERISA which is or was at any time during the current year or the immediately preceding six (6)
years contributed to by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which any Loan
Party or any ERISA Affiliate may incur any liability.

     “Net Income” means, for any applicable period of computation, the net income (or net
deficit) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from Net Income (a) the net
income (or loss) of any Person in which the Company or any Subsidiary has a joint interest with a
third party (including the Arsenal Venture Partnership), except to the extent such net income is
actually paid in cash to the Company or such Subsidiary by dividend or other distribution during
such period, and (b) the effects of non-cash adjustments in the inventory, property and equipment,
goodwill, intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items and any other non-cash charges in
the Company’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of
purchase accounting in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of
any amounts thereof, net of taxes.

26

 

     “Net Recovery Percentage” means the fraction, expressed as a percentage, (a) the
numerator of which is the amount equal to the amount of the recovery in respect of the Inventory at
such time on a “net orderly liquidation value” basis as set forth in the most recent acceptable
appraisal of Inventory received by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 7.3,
net of all associated costs and expenses of such liquidation, and (b) the denominator of which is
the applicable original cost of the aggregate amount of the Inventory subject to such appraisal.

     “Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning given to such term in Section 14.2(c).

     “Non-Loan Party” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Loan Party.

     “Note” means any promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto
made by the Borrowers in favor of a Lender evidencing such Lender’s Commitment, and any amendments,
supplements and modifications thereto and replacements or renewals thereof.

     “Notice of Borrowing” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.4(a).

     “Notice of Conversion or Continuation” has the meaning given to such term in
Section 3.1(b)(ii).

     “Notice of Default or Failure of Condition” has the meaning given to such term in
Section 12.3(a).

     “Notice of Prepayment” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.5(b).

     “Noticed Bank Product” means any Bank Product provided by the Administrative Agent or
any of its Affiliates and any other Bank Product for which the applicable Bank Product Provider (a)
has disclosed to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date (which disclosure shall comply
with the information provisions set forth in the definition of “Bank Products”) or (b)
shall have complied with the notice and other information provisions set forth in the definition of
“Bank Products”.

     “Notices of Assignment” means each notice of assignment executed by any Loan Party
with respect to any Material Government Contract to which such Loan Party is a party, substantially
in the form of Exhibit K hereto.

     “Obligations” means (a) any and all Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations, Special Agent
Advances and all other obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of every kind, nature and
description owing by any or all of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent or any Lender
and/or any of their Affiliates or the Issuing Lender, including principal, interest, charges, fees,
costs and expenses, however evidenced, whether as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor or
otherwise, arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or on account of any Letter of
Credit and all other Letter of Credit Obligations, whether now existing or hereafter arising,
whether arising before, during or after the initial or any renewal term of this Agreement or after
the commencement of any case or proceeding with respect to any such Loan Party under the Bankruptcy
Code or any similar statute (including, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the payment
of interest and other amounts which would accrue and become due but for the commencement of such
case, whether or not such amounts are allowed or allowable in whole or in part in such case),
whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or not due, primary or
secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, or secured or unsecured and (b) subject to the priority in
right of payment set forth in Section 11.3, all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness
of every kind, nature and description owing by any or all of the Loan Parties to any Bank Product
Provider arising under or pursuant to any Bank Products, whether now existing or hereafter arising
(collectively, the “Bank Product Obligations”).

27

 

     “OFAC” means the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

     “Other Indebtedness” means, collectively, any Subordinated Indebtedness, any Specified
Unsecured Indebtedness and the Senior Notes.

     “Other Taxes” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.5(c).

     “Overadvance” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.8(a).

     “Participant” has the meaning given to such term in Section 14.11(d).

     “Patent” has the meaning given to such term in the definition of “Intellectual
Property”.

     “Patriot Act” has the meaning given to such term in Section 14.14.

     “Pension Plan” means a pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) subject to
Title IV of ERISA which any Loan Party sponsors, maintains, or to which any Loan Party or ERISA
Affiliate makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

     “Permits” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.7.

     “Permitted Acquisition” means any Acquisition by any Loan Party or any of its
Subsidiaries where:

          (a) the business, assets or division acquired are for use, or the Person acquired is engaged,
in a Permitted Line of Business;

          (b) if the Acquisition involves a merger or other combination with a Loan Party, such Loan
Party is the surviving entity or the continuing or surviving entity shall become a Loan Party if
and when required to do so under Section 9.12;

          (c) such Acquisition shall be non-hostile and shall have been approved, as necessary, by the
target’s board of directors, shareholders or other requisite Persons;

          (d) reasonably prior to such Acquisition, the Administrative Agent shall have received
complete executed or conformed copies of each material document, instrument and agreement to be
executed in connection with such Acquisition together with all Lien search reports and Lien release
letters and other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence the
termination of Liens on the assets or business to be acquired, other than Liens permitted by
Section 10.2;

          (e) not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to such Acquisition, the Administrative Agent
shall have received an acquisition summary with respect to the Person, assets and/or business or
division to be acquired, such summary to include a reasonably detailed description thereof
(including financial information) and operating results (including financial statements for the
most recent twelve (12) month period for which they are available and as otherwise available), the
terms and conditions, including economic terms, of the proposed Acquisition, and the Administrative
Borrower’s calculation of the financial tests set forth in Section 10.3(f), calculated in a
manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

28

 

          (f) any acquired Person which is a Domestic Subsidiary has executed and delivered to the
Administrative Agent this Agreement and to the extent applicable, the Guaranty, and the other
provisions of Section 9.12 have been satisfied; and

          (g) a certificate, in form, scope and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent of a
senior officer of the Administrative Borrower confirming satisfaction of each of the foregoing
conditions precedent shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to such
Acquisition.

     “Permitted Acquisition Consideration” means the aggregate amount of the purchase
price, including, but not limited to, any Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection therewith,
earnouts (valued at the maximum amounts reasonably expected to be payable thereunder as determined
in good faith by the Company’s board of directors), deferred payments, or Capital Stock of the
Company, net of the applicable acquired company’s cash and Cash Equivalents (as shown on its most
recent financial statements delivered in connection with the applicable Permitted Acquisition) to
be paid in connection with any applicable Permitted Acquisition as set forth in the applicable
documentation for such Permitted Acquisition.

     “Permitted Holders” shall mean (a) Luke M. Hillier, (b) Robert Scott LaRose, (c)
Daniel J. Clarkson and (d) any trust, partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other
lawful entity controlled by any or all of the foregoing. The term “control” for purposes of this
definition shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Affiliate”.

     “Permitted Line of Business” shall mean businesses in substantially the same fields as
the businesses conducted by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and
business activities reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto.

     “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means, in respect of any Indebtedness (including
indebtedness existing on the Closing Date or incurred in compliance with Section 10.1) (the
“Original Indebtedness”), any Indebtedness that refinances, refunds, renews, replaces,
defeases or extends, in whole or in part, such Original Indebtedness (or any Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness in respect thereof); provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted
value, if applicable) of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (less any original issue
discount, if applicable) shall not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable)
of the Original Indebtedness except by an amount equal to any premium or other similar amount
reasonably determined by the Company to be required to be paid in connection therewith, accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, and fees and expenses (including any applicable, prepayment penalties)
reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing plus any discounts, commissions, fees and
expenses reasonably incurred in connection therewith and by an amount equal to any existing
commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) the final maturity date and weighted average life of such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be prior to or shorter than that applicable to the
Original Indebtedness, (c) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be required to be
repaid, prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased, whether on one or more fixed dates, upon the
occurrence of one or more events or at the option of any holder thereof (except, in each case, (i)
upon the occurrence of an event of default or a change in control, (ii) upon the sale or other
disposition of any assets securing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, or (iii) as and to the
extent such repayment, prepayment, redemption, repurchase or defeasance would have been required
pursuant to the terms of such Original Indebtedness) prior to the earlier of (A) the maturity date
of such Original Indebtedness and (B) the date that is six months after the Maturity Date; (d) such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall not constitute an obligation of any Subsidiary that shall
not have been (or, in the case of after-acquired Subsidiaries, shall not have been required to
become) an obligor in respect of such Original Indebtedness, and shall not constitute an obligation
of the Company if the Company shall not have been an obligor in respect of such Original
Indebtedness and, in each case, shall constitute an obligation of such Subsidiary or of the Company
only to the extent of their obligations in respect of such Original Indebtedness; (e) any

29

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness of any Subordinated Indebtedness shall be on subordination
terms substantially the same as those applicable to the Original Indebtedness or more favorable to
the Lenders; (f) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be secured by any Lien on any
asset other than (i) the assets that secured such Original Indebtedness (or would have been
required to secure such Original Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof); provided that
if any such assets consisting of Capital Stock or other securities were excluded from the
Collateral securing the Original Indebtedness to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the
requirements of Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, then Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness consisting of
loans which refinance securities may be secured by a Lien on those assets consisting of Capital
Stock or other securities that originally secured such Original Indebtedness or (ii) by any Lien
having a higher priority in respect of the Obligations than the Lien that secured such Original
Indebtedness; and (g) with respect to a refinancing of the Senior Notes, the representative(s) of
the holders of such Indebtedness shall have joined the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with
its terms or entered into an intercreditor agreement with the Administrative Agent on substantially
similar terms as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

     “Permitted Tax Distributions” has the meaning given to such term in Section
10.6(d).

     “Person” or “person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership,
corporation (including any corporation which elects subchapter S status under the Code), limited
liability company, limited liability partnership, business trust, unincorporated association, joint
stock corporation, trust, joint venture or other entity or any government or any agency or
instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.

     “Plan” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) which any
Loan Party sponsors, maintains, or to which it makes, is making, or is obligated to make
contributions, or in the case of a Multiemployer Plan has made contributions at any time during the
immediately preceding six (6) plan years or with respect to which any Loan Party may incur
liability.

     “Pledge Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement dated the
date hereof by and between the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties thereto, which agreement
shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Company,
as such agreement may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in
accordance with the terms thereof.

     “Pro Forma Acquisition Excess Availability” means Excess Availability calculated on a
pro forma basis to include (i) any Eligible Accounts and Eligible Inventory to be
acquired in connection with such Acquisition (determined pursuant to field exams, appraisals or
other methodologies reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), (ii) the borrowing of any
Loans used to finance such Acquisition, as applicable, and (iii) prepayments of the Loans occurring
on the date of such Acquisition made from the proceeds from the incurrence of Indebtedness or the
issuance of Capital Stock of the Company (or a combination thereof) in excess of the Permitted
Acquisition Consideration for such Acquisition.

     “Pro Rata Share” means as to any Lender, the fraction (expressed as a percentage) the
numerator of which is such Lender’s Commitment and the denominator of which is the Aggregate
Commitment, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Section
14.11; provided that if the Aggregate Commitment shall have been terminated, the numerator
shall be the unpaid amount of such Lender’s Loans and its interests in the Letters of Credit and
Swingline Loans and the denominator shall be the aggregate amount of all unpaid Loans and Letters
of Credit.

     “Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital
Stock.

30

 

     “Real Property” means all now owned and hereafter acquired real property of each Loan
Party, including leasehold interests, together with all buildings, structures, and other
improvements located thereon and all rights of any Loan Party in any easements and appurtenances
relating thereto, wherever located.

     “Records” means, as to each Loan Party, all of such Loan Party’s present and future
books of account of every kind or nature, purchase and sale agreements, invoices, ledger cards,
bills of lading and other shipping evidence, statements, correspondence, memoranda, credit files
and other data relating to the Collateral or any account debtor, together with the tapes, disks,
diskettes and other data and software storage media and devices, file cabinets or containers in or
on which the foregoing are stored (including any rights of any Loan Party with respect to the
foregoing maintained with or by any other person).

     “Register” has the meaning given to such term in Section 14.11(c).

     “Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the
partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s
Affiliates.

     “Report” has the meaning given to such term in Section 12.9(a).

     “Required Lenders” means, at any time, at least three (3) Lenders whose Pro Rata
Shares aggregate in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Aggregate Commitments, or if the Aggregate
Commitment shall have been terminated, at least three (3) Lenders to whom in excess of fifty
percent (50%) of the Total Outstandings are owing; provided that the Pro Rata Share of, and
the portion of the Total Outstandings, as applicable, owing or deemed owing to, any Defaulting
Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

     “Reserves” means as of any date of determination, such amounts as the Administrative
Agent may from time to time reasonably establish and revise in good faith in the exercise of its
reasonable credit judgment reducing the amount of Loans and Letters of Credit that would otherwise
be available to any Borrower under the lending formula(s) provided for herein but without
duplication of any other reserves or items that are otherwise addressed or excluded through
eligibility criteria: (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as
determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith in the exercise of its reasonable credit
judgment, adversely affect, or would have a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting, either
(i) the Collateral, its value or the amount that might be received by the Administrative Agent from
the sale or other disposition or realization upon such Collateral, (ii) the assets, business
obligations, liabilities or prospects of any Loan Party or (iii) the security interests and other
rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in the Collateral (including the enforceability,
perfection and priority thereof); (b) to reflect the Administrative Agent’s good faith belief
exercised in its reasonable credit judgment that any collateral report or financial information
furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent is or may have been
incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; (c) in respect of any state of facts
which the Administrative Agent reasonably determines in good faith constitutes a Default or an
Event of Default; or (d) to reflect any restrictions in the Senior Notes Documents on the
incurrence of Indebtedness by the Loan Parties, but only to the extent that such restrictions
reduce, or with the passage of time could reduce, the amounts available to be borrowed hereunder
(including, without limitation as a result of the Loan Parties’ receipt of net proceeds from asset
sales) in order for the Loan Parties to comply with the Senior Notes Documents. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, Reserves may, at the Administrative Agent’s option, be established
to reflect: (A) dilution with respect to the Accounts (based on the ratio of the aggregate amount
of non-cash reductions in such Accounts for any period to the aggregate dollar amount of the sales
for such period) as calculated by the Administrative Agent for any period is or is reasonably
anticipated to be greater than five percent (5%); (B) returns, discounts, claims (including,
without limitation, warranty claims), credits

31

 

and allowances of any nature that are not paid pursuant to the reduction of Accounts; (C)
sales, excise or similar taxes included in the amount of any such Accounts reported to the
Administrative Agent; (D) factors that may negatively impact the Value of Inventory, including,
without limitation, change in salability, obsolescence, seasonality, theft, shrinkage, imbalance,
change in composition or mix, markdowns and vendor chargebacks; (E) testing variances identified as
part of the Administrative Agent’s periodic field examinations; (F) a reserve of up to three
months’ rent and other charges that could be payable to any owner or lessor of premises where any
Collateral is located, other than for those locations where the Administrative Agent has received a
Collateral Access Agreement that the Administrative Agent has accepted in writing; (G) amounts due
or to become due to owners and licensors of material Intellectual Property used by any Borrower;
(H) obligations, liabilities or indebtedness (contingent or otherwise) of Loan Parties to the
Administrative Agent or any Bank Product Provider arising under or in connection with any Bank
Products or as such Affiliate or Person may otherwise require in connection therewith to the extent
that such obligations, liabilities or indebtedness constitute Obligations as such term is defined
herein or otherwise receive the benefit of the security interest of the Administrative Agent in any
Collateral; and (I) reserves with respect to the Service Contract Act (41 U.S.C. 351, et seq., as
amended). The amount of any Reserve established by the Administrative Agent shall have a
reasonable relationship to the event, condition or other matter which is the basis for such reserve
and shall be established by the Administrative Agent in good faith in the exercise of its
reasonable credit judgment and to the extent that such Reserve is in respect of amounts that may be
payable to third parties the Administrative Agent may, at its option, deduct such Reserve from the
Aggregate Commitment, at any time that such limit is less than the amount of the Borrowing Base.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall establish the Employee Bonus Pool
Reserve on the Closing Date and Reserves against the mark-to-market exposure under all Noticed Bank
Products consisting of Hedge Agreements (collectively, the “Hedge Agreement Reserves”).

     “Responsible Officer” means, for any Loan Party, any of the chief executive officer,
chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of such Loan Party.

     “Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash,
securities or other property) with respect to any Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking
fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition,
cancellation or termination of any such Capital Stock or on account of any return of capital to
Holdings or such Subsidiary’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Person thereof),
or payment made to redeem, purchase, repurchase or retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any
outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire any Capital Stock of Holdings or any of
its Subsidiaries, or any setting apart of funds or property for any of the foregoing. It is
understood that any cash payment to an employee made in the nature of compensation, bonuses or
salary pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan or from the Employee Bonus Pool is not a Restricted
Payment.

     “Revolving Loans” means the loans now or hereafter made by or on behalf of any Lender
or by the Administrative Agent for the account of any Lender on a revolving basis (including any
Overadvance) pursuant to the Credit Facility (involving advances, repayments and readvances) as set
forth in Section 2.1.

     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. and its successors and assigns.

     “Sanctioned Entity” means (a) an agency of the government of, (b) an organization
directly or indirectly controlled by, or (c) a person resident in, a country that is subject to a
sanctions program identified on the list maintained and published by OFAC and available at

32

 

http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/programs, or as otherwise published from time to
time as such program may be applicable to such agency, organization or person.

     “Sanctioned Person” means a person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals
or Blocked Persons maintained by OFAC available at
http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn/index.html, or as otherwise published from time to time.

     “Scheduled Indebtedness Payments” means, for any applicable period of computation, the
sum of all scheduled payments of principal on Total Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries for such period (including the principal component of, payments due on Capital Leases
or under any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar
off-balance sheet financing product during such period), determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP (it being understood that Scheduled Indebtedness Payments shall not include
voluntary prepayments or the mandatory prepayments required pursuant to Section 2.5).

     “Secured Parties” means, collectively, (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) the Issuing
Lender, (c) the Lenders, and (d) the Bank Product Providers.

     “Senior Notes” means, collectively the 11% Senior Notes due 2018 in an aggregate
principal amount of not to exceed $275,000,000, which have been issued pursuant to and are subject
to the Senior Notes Indenture.

     “Senior Notes Agent” means Wilmington Trust FSB, together with its successors and
assigns.

     “Senior Notes Documents” means, collectively, the Senior Notes Indenture and all other
loan agreements, indentures, note purchase agreements, promissory notes, guarantees, intercreditor
agreements, assignment and assumption agreements and other instruments and agreements evidencing
the terms of Senior Notes, including a security agreement with a collateral description and Lien
structure similar to that of this Agreement and satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

     “Senior Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of March 25, 2011,
among the Senior Notes Agent, Holdings and the guarantors party thereto.

     “Senior Notes Priority Collateral” means “Notes Priority Collateral”, as such term is
defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.

     “Settlement Advance” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.6(a).

     “Solvent” means, at any time with respect to any Person, that (a) such Person is able
to pay its debts as they mature and has (and has a reasonable basis to believe it will continue to
have) sufficient capital (and not unreasonably small capital) to carry on its business consistent
with its practices as of the Closing Date, and (b) the assets and properties of such Person at a
fair valuation (and including as assets for this purpose at a fair valuation all rights of
subrogation, contribution or indemnification arising pursuant to any guarantees given by such
Person) are greater than the Indebtedness of such Person, and including subordinated and contingent
liabilities computed at the amount, which such Person has a reasonable basis to believe, represents
an amount which can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (and including
as to contingent liabilities arising pursuant to any guarantee the face amount of such liability as
reduced to reflect the probability of it becoming a matured liability).

     “Special Agent Advances” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.8(b).

33

 

     “Specified Unsecured Indebtedness” means Indebtedness permitted pursuant to
Section 10.1(m).

     “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries
that is subordinate in right of payment to the right of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to
receive the prior payment in full of all of the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably
acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

     “Subsidiary” or “subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any
corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other limited or general
partnership, trust, association or other business entity of which an aggregate of at least a
majority of the outstanding Voting Stock of such Person is, at the time, directly or indirectly,
owned by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Except as otherwise set forth
in this Agreement, all references to a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a reference to a Subsidiary
of the Company.

     “Subsidiary Guarantor” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble hereof and
shall include any other Person that at any time after the Closing Date becomes party to a guarantee
in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, with respect to the
Obligations or who is the owner of any property that is security for the Obligations.

     “Subsidiary Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrowers (other than Holdings and
the Company) and the Subsidiary Guarantors and “Subsidiary Loan Party” means any such Person.

     “Swingline Lender” means Wells Fargo, in its capacity as swingline lender hereunder,
and its successors and assigns.

     “Swingline Limit” means $10,000,000.

     “Swingline Loans” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2(a).

     “Taxes” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.5(a).

     “Threshold Amount” means the greater of (a) $25,000,000 and (b) the lesser of 15% of
the (i) Borrowing Base and (ii) the Aggregate Commitment.

     “Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, all Indebtedness of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and all
Indebtedness of Holdings, determined in accordance with GAAP.

     “Total Outstandings” means, as of any date of calculation, the aggregate principal
amount of all Loans, Special Agent Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding as of such
date.

     “Trademark” has the meaning given to such term in the definition of “Intellectual
Property”.

     “Transaction Costs” means all arrangement, underwriting, upfront and similar fees and
out-of-pocket expenses paid by the Borrowers in connection with the Credit Facility and any fees,
charges and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions, any IPO or other potential
equity investment, Permitted Acquisition, Investment, recapitalization or issuance or repayment of
Indebtedness, in each case including any such transaction undertaken but not completed (including,
without limitation, any legal fees and expenses and due diligence fees and expenses), which such
fees and expenses are approved by the Administrative Agent.

34

 

     “Transactions” means, collectively, (a) the payment of the Cash Distribution as
permitted pursuant to Section 10.6(c)(i), (b) the repayment of certain existing
Indebtedness of the Borrowers (including the loans under the Existing Term Loan Agreement), (c) the
entry into this Agreement and the making or continuation of initial Loans, and the issuance or
continuation of Letters of Credit, hereunder on the Closing Date, (d) the issuance of the Senior
Notes by Holdings, and (e) the payment of the Transaction Costs and other fees and expenses in
connection with the foregoing items.

     “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York, and any
successor statute, as in effect from time to time.

     “Unfinanced Capital Expenditures” means, for any applicable period of computation,
Capital Expenditures made by the Company and its Subsidiaries during such period (other than
Capital Expenditures related to the relocation of the Company’s headquarters), which Capital
Expenditures are not financed from the proceeds of any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) or any
issuance of Capital Stock by the Company or any Subsidiary to fund such Capital Expenditure.

     “U.S. Governmental Authority” means the federal government of the United States of
America or any agency or instrumentality thereof or any state of the United States of America
approved by the Administrative Agent or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

     “Value” means, as determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith in the exercise
of its reasonable credit judgment, with respect to Inventory, the lower of (a) cost computed on a
first-in first-out basis in accordance with GAAP or (b) market value, provided that for
purposes of the calculation of the Borrowing Base, (i) the Value of the Inventory shall not
include: (A) the portion of the value of Inventory equal to the profit earned by any Affiliate on
the sale thereof to any Borrower or (B) write-ups or write-downs in value with respect to currency
exchange rates and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the cost of the
Inventory shall be computed in the same manner and consistent with the most recent appraisal of the
Inventory received and accepted by the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date, if any.

     “Variable Interest Entity” means any entity, other than a Subsidiary of Holdings or
the Company, that Holdings or the Company, as applicable, in its reasonable judgment, is required
to consolidate for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, including the Financial
Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46(R).

     “Voting Stock” means with respect to any Person, (a) one (1) or more classes of
Capital Stock of such Person having general voting powers to elect at least a majority of the board
of directors, managers or trustees of such Person, irrespective of whether at the time Capital
Stock of any other class or classes have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of
any contingency, and (b) any Capital Stock of such Person convertible or exchangeable without
restriction at the option of the holder thereof into Capital Stock of such Person described in
clause (a) of this definition.

     “Wells Fargo” means Wells Fargo, Bank National Association, successor by merger to
Wachovia Bank, National Association.

     Section 1.2 Interpretative Provisions.

          (a) All terms used herein that are defined in Article 1, Article 8 or Article 9 of the UCC
shall have the meanings given therein unless otherwise defined in this Agreement.

35

 

          (b) All references to the plural herein shall also mean the singular and to the singular shall
also mean the plural unless the context otherwise requires.

          (c) All references to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to the
definitions set forth in the recitals hereto, or to any other person herein, shall include their
respective successors and assigns.

          (d) The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder”, “this Agreement” and words of similar import
when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not any particular
provision of this Agreement and as this Agreement now exists or may hereafter be amended, modified,
supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

          (e) The word “including” when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without
limitation” and the word “will” when used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the same
meaning and effect as the word “shall”.

          (f) An Event of Default shall exist or continue or be continuing until such Event of Default
is waived in accordance with Section 14.2.

          (g) All references to the term “good faith” used herein when applicable to the Administrative
Agent or any Lender shall mean, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the
UCC, honesty in fact in the conduct or transaction concerned. The Loan Parties shall have the
burden of proving any lack of good faith on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender
alleged by any Loan Party at any time.

          (h) Any accounting term used in this Agreement shall have, unless otherwise specifically
provided herein, the meaning customarily given in accordance with GAAP, and all financial
computations hereunder shall be computed unless otherwise specifically provided herein, on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as consistently applied and using the same method for
inventory valuation as used in the preparation of the financial statements of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries and the Company and its Subsidiaries most recently received by the Administrative
Agent prior to the Closing Date. If the Company notifies the Administrative Agent that it is
required to report under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), or has
elected to do so through an early-adoption policy, “GAAP” shall mean international financial
reporting standards pursuant to IFRS (provided that after such conversion, (i) the Company
cannot elect to report under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and (ii) the Company
shall reconcile the two financial computation methods under IFRS and GAAP in a manner reasonably
acceptable to the Administrative Agent). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
GAAP or any interpretations or other pronouncements by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or
otherwise, the term “unqualified opinion” as used herein to refer to opinions or reports provided
by accountants shall mean an opinion or report that is unqualified and also does not include any
explanation, supplemental comment or other comment concerning the ability of the applicable person
to continue as a going concern or the scope of the audit, except as otherwise specifically
prescribed herein. If at any time any change in GAAP (including the reclassification of any
operating lease as a Capital Lease and the conversion to IFRS described above) would affect the
computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either
Administrative Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the
Lenders, the Issuing Lender and Administrative Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such
ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP
(subject to the approval of the Required Lenders), and it being understood that after any change in
GAAP is approved by the Required Lenders, the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principles shall be excluded from Net Income; provided that until so amended, (i) such
ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP

36

 

prior to such change therein and (ii) the Administrative Borrower shall provide to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this
Agreement (at the same time as the delivery of any annual or monthly financial statements given in
accordance with the provisions of Section 9.6) or as reasonably requested hereunder setting
forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after
giving effect to such change in GAAP. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all
terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of
amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having
a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Borrower or any
Subsidiary thereof at “fair value”, as defined therein.

          (i) All time references in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be to Eastern
Daylight or Eastern Standard Time, as then in effect, from time to time unless otherwise indicated.
In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word
“from” means “from and including”, the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding” and the
word “through” means “to and including”.

          (j) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references herein to any agreement,
document or instrument shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, modifications,
supplements, extensions, renewals, restatements or replacements with respect thereto, but only to
the extent the same are not prohibited by the terms hereof or of any other Loan Document, and (ii)
references to any statute or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and
regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, recodifying, supplementing or
interpreting the statute or regulation.

          (k) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and
shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

          (l) This Agreement and other Loan Documents may use several different limitations, tests or
measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements
are cumulative and shall each be performed in accordance with their terms.

          (m) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of negotiations among and have
been reviewed by counsel to the Administrative Agent and the other parties, and are the products of
all parties. Accordingly, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be construed
against the Administrative Agent or the Lenders merely because of the Administrative Agent’s or any
Lender’s involvement in their preparation.

     Section 1.3 Intercreditor Agreement; Etc.

          (a) Each of the Lenders hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed the
Intercreditor Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof. Each Lender (and each person
that becomes a Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 14.11) hereby authorizes and directs
Wells Fargo to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of such Lender and agrees that
Wells Fargo may take such actions on its behalf as is contemplated by the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement.

          (b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Liens granted to the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent, for the
benefit of the Secured Parties, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the
Intercreditor Agreement), are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the
event of any conflict

37

 

between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement), the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall
govern and control.

          (c) In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement), the terms of this Agreement shall govern and
control.

ARTICLE 2

CREDIT FACILITIES

     Section 2.1 Revolving Loans. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions contained
herein, each Lender severally (and not jointly) agrees to make its Pro Rata Share of Revolving
Loans in Dollars to the Borrowers from time to time from the Closing Date to the Maturity Date in
amounts requested (or deemed to be requested) by the Administrative Borrower on behalf of the
Borrowers; provided that, subject to the terms of Section 2.8, after giving effect
to any Revolving Loan (a) the Total Outstandings shall not at any time exceed the lesser of (i) the
Borrowing Base and (ii) the Aggregate Commitment and (b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount
of all Revolving Loans of each Lender, together with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of all Swingline Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations, shall not
exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may
borrow, repay and reborrow Revolving Loans until the Maturity Date.

     Section 2.2 Swingline Loans.

          (a) Availability. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement
(including, without limitation, Section 12.3(a)), the Swingline Lender may, but shall not
be obligated to, make loans to each Borrower in Dollars (each such loan, a “Swingline
Loan”) from time to time from the Closing Date to the Maturity Date in amounts requested by the
Administrative Borrower on behalf of each such Borrower up to the aggregate principal amount not to
exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swingline Limit; provided that, subject to
the terms of Section 2.8, after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, such Swingline Loan
shall not cause the Total Outstandings to exceed the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base and (ii) the
Aggregate Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow, repay
and reborrow the applicable Swingline Loans hereunder. Each such Swingline Loan shall be requested
by the Administrative Borrower pursuant to Section 2.4(a) and shall be made available by
the Swingline Lender to the relevant Borrower in accordance with Section 2.4(b).

          (b) Refunding.

          (i) Swingline Loans shall be refunded by Lenders in accordance with the settlement
procedures set forth in Section 3.6(b).

          (ii) The applicable Borrowers shall pay to the Swingline Lender on demand the amount of
such Swingline Loans to the extent amounts received from Lenders are not sufficient to repay
in full the outstanding Swingline Loans requested or required to be refunded. In addition,
the applicable Borrowers hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to charge any account
maintained by such applicable Borrowers with the Swingline Lender (up to the amount
available therein) in order to immediately pay the Swingline Lender the amount of the
applicable Swingline Loans to the extent amounts received from Lenders are not sufficient to
repay in full the outstanding Swingline Loans requested or required to be refunded. If any
portion of any such amount paid to the Swingline Lender shall be recovered by or on behalf
of the applicable

38

 

Borrowers from the Swingline Lender in bankruptcy or otherwise, the loss of the amount
so recovered shall be ratably shared among all Lenders in accordance with their respective
Pro Rata Share (unless the amounts so recovered by or on behalf of such applicable Borrowers
pertain to a Swingline Loan extended after the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default of which the Swingline Lender has received notice in the manner required
pursuant to Section 14.1 and which such Event of Default has not been waived by the
Required Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable).

          (iii) Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to refund Swingline Loans
in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.2 and Section 3.6 is absolute
and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including,
without limitation, non-satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article 5.
Further, each Lender agrees and acknowledges that if prior to the refunding of any
outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to this Section 2.2 and Section 3.6,
one of the events described in Section 11.1(f) or (g) shall have occurred,
each Lender will, on the date the applicable Revolving Loan would have been made, purchase
an undivided participating interest in any Swingline Loan to be refunded in an amount equal
to its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount of such Swingline Loan. Each Lender will
immediately transfer to the Swingline Lender, in immediately available funds, the amount of
its participation and upon receipt thereof the Swingline Lender will deliver to such Lender
a certificate evidencing such participation dated the date of receipt of such funds and for
such amount. Whenever, at any time after the Swingline Lender has received from any Lender
such Lender’s participating interest in a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender receives any
payment on account thereof, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender its
participating interest in such amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest
payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s participating interest
was outstanding and funded).

          (c) Defaulting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Section 2.2, the Swingline Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swingline Loans at a
time when any other Lender is a Defaulting Lender, unless the Swingline Lender has entered into
arrangements reasonably satisfactory to it to eliminate the Swingline Lender’s risk (after giving
effect to Section 3.9(b)) with respect to any such Defaulting Lender’s funding obligations
hereunder, including by cash collateralizing such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share (after giving
effect to Section 3.9(b)) of the applicable outstanding Swingline Loans. On demand by the
Swingline Lender or the Administrative Agent from time to time, the Borrowers shall cash
collateralize each Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Swingline Loans on terms
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender. Any such cash
collateral shall be deposited in a separate account with the Administrative Agent as collateral for
the payment and performance of each Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of outstanding Swingline
Loans. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive
right of withdrawal, over such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the
Administrative Agent to reimburse the Swingline Lender immediately for each Defaulting Lender’s Pro
Rata Share of any Swingline Loans which have not otherwise been refunded by the Borrowers or such
Defaulting Lender pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.2.

     Section 2.3 Letters of Credit.

          (a) Letters of Credit. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions contained herein
and in the Letter of Credit Documents (including, without limitation, Section 12.3(a)), at
the request of the Administrative Borrower on behalf of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, the
Administrative Agent agrees to cause the Issuing Lender to issue, and the Issuing Lender agrees to
issue one or more Letters of Credit in Dollars, for the ratable risk of each Lender according to
its Pro Rata Share, containing terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative
Agent and the Issuing Lender.

39

 

          (b) Requests for Letters of Credit. The Administrative Borrower requesting a Letter
of Credit on behalf of any Loan Party shall give the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender at
least two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice of the Administrative Borrower’s request for the
issuance of a Letter of Credit on such Loan Party’s behalf together with an application, in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent, for the
issuance of the Letter of Credit and such other Letter of Credit Documents as may be reasonably
required by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender. Such notice shall be irrevocable and
shall (i) specify the original face amount of the Letter of Credit requested (which shall be in a
minimum amount of $50,000, unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing
Lender) or identify the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, (ii) the effective
date (which date shall be a Business Day and in no event shall be a date less than ten (10) days
prior to the Maturity Date) of issuance of such requested Letter of Credit (or such amendment,
renewal or extension), (iii) whether such Letter of Credit may be drawn in a single or in partial
draws, (iv) the date on which such requested Letter of Credit is to expire (which such date shall
be a Business Day and shall not be more than one year from the date of issuance or occur after the
Maturity Date; provided, however, that (A) a Letter of Credit may be subject to
automatic extension for additional one year periods pursuant to the terms of the Letter of Credit
Documents reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Lender and (B) such Letter of Credit may have an
expiration date after the Maturity Date if (x) each of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing
Lender consent in writing prior to the issuance thereof, (y) all Letter of Credit Obligations
associated with any such Letter of Credit are cash collateralized or otherwise supported in a
manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender on or prior to
the Maturity Date and (z) except with respect to drawings made under such Letter of Credit on or
prior to the Maturity Date, each Lender, other than the Issuing Lender, shall be released on the
Maturity Date from its obligation to participate in such Letter of Credit)), (v) the purpose for
which such Letter of Credit is to be issued, (vi) the name and address of the beneficiary of the
requested Letter of Credit, (vii) such other information as shall be necessary to enable the
Issuing Lender to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit and (viii) the proposed
terms of the Letter of Credit. In no event shall a Letter of Credit be issued, amended, renewed or
extended unless the forms and terms of the proposed Letter of Credit (as amended, renewed or
extended, as the case may be) are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Issuing
Lender. The renewal or extension of, or increase in the amount of, any Letter of Credit shall, for
purposes hereof, be treated in all respects the same as the issuance of a new Letter of Credit
hereunder.

          (c) Conditions Precedent. In addition to being subject to the satisfaction of the
applicable conditions precedent contained in Article 5 and the other terms and conditions
contained herein, no Letter of Credit shall be available unless each of the following conditions
precedent have been satisfied in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent: (i)
the form and terms of the proposed Letter of Credit shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender, (ii) as of the date of issuance, no order of any
court, arbitrator or other Governmental Authority shall purport by its terms to enjoin or restrain
money center banks generally from issuing letters of credit of the type and in the amount of the
proposed Letter of Credit, and no law, rule or regulation applicable to money center banks
generally and no request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any
Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over money center banks generally shall prohibit, or
request that the Issuing Lender refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the
issuance of such Letter of Credit, (iii) after giving effect to the issuance of such Letter of
Credit, the Letter of Credit Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Limit, and (iv)
subject to the terms of Section 2.8, after giving effect to the issuance of such Letter of
Credit, the Total Outstandings at such time shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the Borrowing Base
at such time and (B) the Aggregate Commitment at such time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
issuance or continuation of any Letter of Credit on the Closing Date that replaces or continues a
letter of credit issued under the Existing Loan Agreement shall not be subject to this Section
2.3(c).

40

 

          (d) Reimbursement. Each Borrower shall, subject to the next succeeding sentence,
reimburse immediately the Issuing Lender for any draw under any Letter of Credit issued for the
account of such Borrower and pay the Issuing Lender the amount of all other charges and fees
payable to the Issuing Lender in connection with any Letter of Credit issued for the account of
such Borrower immediately when due, irrespective of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which
such Borrower may have at any time against the Issuing Lender or any other Person. Each drawing
under any Letter of Credit or other amount payable in connection therewith when due, if such
drawing is not reimbursed by the Borrowers as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, shall
constitute a request by the Borrower for whose account such Letter of Credit was issued to the
Administrative Agent for a Base Rate Loan in the amount of such drawing or other amount then due,
and shall be made by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders as a Revolving Loan (or
Special Agent Advance, as the case may be). The date of such Revolving Loan (or Special Agent
Advance, as applicable) shall be the date of the drawing or, as to other amounts, the due date
therefor. Any payments made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the
Issuing Lender and/or Related Parties in connection with any Letter of Credit shall constitute
additional Revolving Loans to such Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.3 (or Special Agent
Advances as the case may be).

          (e) Assumption of Risk. Each Loan Party assumes all risks with respect to the acts or
omissions of the drawer under or beneficiary of any Letter of Credit. None of the Administrative
Agent or any Lender shall be responsible for paying any foreign, Federal, State or local taxes,
duties or levies relating to any goods subject to any Letter of Credit or any documents, drafts or
acceptances thereunder. The provisions of this Section 2.3(e) shall survive the payment of
Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

          (f) Inventory. In connection with Inventory purchased pursuant to any Letter of
Credit, Loan Parties shall, at the Administrative Agent’s request, instruct all suppliers,
carriers, forwarders, customs brokers, warehouses or others receiving or holding cash, checks,
Inventory, documents or instruments in which the Administrative Agent holds a security interest
that upon the Administrative Agent’s request, such items are to be delivered to the Administrative
Agent and/or subject to the Administrative Agent’s order, and if they shall come into such Loan
Party’s possession, to deliver them, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, to the Administrative
Agent in their original form. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Administrative Agent shall
not exercise such right to request such items so long as no Default or Event of Default shall exist
or have occurred and be continuing. Except as the Administrative Agent may otherwise specify, the
Loan Parties shall designate the Issuing Lender as the consignee on all bills of lading and other
negotiable and non-negotiable documents for Inventory purchased pursuant to any Letter of Credit.

          (g) Loan Party as Account Party. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably authorizes and
directs the Issuing Lender to name such Loan Party as the account party therein and to deliver to
the Administrative Agent all instruments, documents and other writings and property received by the
Issuing Lender pursuant to the Letter of Credit and to accept and rely upon the Administrative
Agent’s instructions and agreements with respect to all matters arising in connection with the
Letter of Credit or the Letter of Credit Documents with respect thereto. Nothing contained herein
shall be deemed or construed to grant to any Loan Party any right or authority to pledge the credit
of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in any manner. The Loan Parties shall be bound by any
reasonable interpretation made in good faith by the Administrative Agent, or the Issuing Lender
under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or any documents, drafts or acceptances
thereunder, notwithstanding that such interpretation may be inconsistent with any instructions of
any Loan Party.

          (h) Participations. Immediately upon the issuance or amendment of any Letter of
Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally purchased and received,

41

 

without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation therein equal to such
Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the liability with respect to such Letter of Credit and the obligations
of the applicable Borrowers with respect thereto (including all Letter of Credit Obligations with
respect thereto). Each Lender shall absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably assume, as primary
obligor and not as surety, and be obligated to pay to the Issuing Lender therefor and discharge
when due, its Pro Rata Share of all of such obligations arising under such Letter of Credit.
Without limiting the scope and nature of each Lender’s participation in any Letter of Credit, to
the extent that the Issuing Lender has not been reimbursed or otherwise paid as required hereunder
or under any such Letter of Credit, each such Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender its Pro Rata
Share of such unreimbursed drawing or other amounts then due to the Issuing Lender in connection
therewith. If such amount is not made available by a Lender when due, the Administrative Agent
shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender with interest thereon, for each
day from the date such amount was due until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative
Agent at the interest rate then payable by any Borrower in respect of Loans that are Base Rate
Loans.

          (i) Obligations Absolute. The obligations of the Borrowers to pay the applicable
Letter of Credit Obligations and the obligations of the Lenders to make payments to the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender with respect to Letters of Credit shall
be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances, whatsoever, notwithstanding the occurrence
or continuance of any Default, Event of Default, the failure to satisfy any other condition set
forth in Article 5 or any other event or circumstance. Any reimbursement pursuant to
Section 2.3(f) shall not relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrowers to
reimburse the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit or make any other payment in connection
therewith.

          (j) Defaulting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Section 2.3, no Issuing Lender shall be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit at a time
when any other Lender is a Defaulting Lender, unless such Issuing Lender has entered into
arrangements reasonably satisfactory to it to eliminate such Issuing Lender’s risk (after giving
effect to Section 3.9(b)) with respect to any such Defaulting Lender’s reimbursement
obligations hereunder, including by cash collateralizing such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share
(after giving effect to Section 3.9(b)) of the liability with respect to such Letter of
Credit. On demand by the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent from time to time, the
Borrowers shall cash collateralize each Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding
Letter of Credit Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the
Issuing Lender which, in any case, shall be in an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%)
of such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations
plus such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of any fees and expenses payable
in connection therewith through the end of the latest expiration date of the Letters of Credit
giving rise to such Letter of Credit Obligations. Any such cash collateral shall be deposited in a
separate account with the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of
each Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations. The
Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of
withdrawal, over such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent
to reimburse the Issuing Lender immediately for each Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any
drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not otherwise been reimbursed by the Borrowers or such
Defaulting Lender pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.3.

     Section 2.4 Procedure for Advance of Loans.

          (a) Requests for Borrowing.

42

 

          (i) Requested Loans. To request a Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan on behalf
of a Borrower, the Administrative Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable
prior written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto (a “Notice of
Borrowing”) not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) on the same Business Day as each Base Rate
Loan and each Swingline Loan and (ii) at least three (3) Business Days before each
Eurodollar Rate Loan, of its intention to borrow, specifying (A) the date of such borrowing,
which shall be a Business Day, (B) the amount of such borrowing, which shall be, (x) with
respect to Base Rate Loans (other than Swingline Loans) in an aggregate principal amount of
$1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof, (y) with respect to Eurodollar
Rate Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000
in excess thereof and (z) with respect to Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount
of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, (C) whether such Loan is to
be a Revolving Loan or Swingline Loan, (D) in the case of a Revolving Loan, whether the
Loans are to be Eurodollar Rate Loans or Base Rate Loans, and (E) in the case of a
Eurodollar Rate Loan, the duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto. A Notice of
Borrowing received after 11:00 a.m. shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Any
Loan or any portion thereof as to which the Administrative Borrower has not duly specified
an interest rate as provided herein shall be deemed a Base Rate Loan in the case of a
Revolving Loan, and any Eurodollar Rate Loan for which the Administrative Borrower fails to
specify an Interest Period shall be deemed to have an Interest Period of one (1) month. The
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of each Notice of Borrowing.

          (ii) Revolving Loans Deemed to be Requested.

          (A) Unless payment is timely made by the Borrowers pursuant to Section
3.5(a) or otherwise as set forth in Section 3.5(b), on the date when any
Obligation (whether principal, interest, fees, costs, expenses, other charges,
Letter of Credit Obligations or Obligations in respect of Bank Products) shall
become due, the Administrative Borrower shall be deemed to have requested Revolving
Loans that bear interest based on the Base Rate on such date in the amount of
Obligations then due. The proceeds of such Revolving Loans shall be disbursed as
direct payment of the relevant Obligations. In addition, the Administrative Agent
may, at its option, charge such Obligations against any operating, investment or
other account of the Company maintained with the Administrative Agent or any of its
Affiliates.

          (B) If the Company establishes a controlled disbursement account with the
Administrative Agent or any Affiliate thereof, then the presentation for payment of
any check or other item of payment drawn on such account at a time when there are
insufficient funds to cover such check or other payment shall be deemed to be a
request for Revolving Loans that bear interest based on the Base Rate on such date
of presentation in the amount of the check and items presented for payment. The
proceeds of such Revolving Loans may be disbursed directly to the controlled
disbursement account or to such other appropriate account as determined by the
Administrative Agent in consultation with the Administrative Borrower.

          (b) Disbursement of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans. Not later than 1:00 p.m. on
the proposed borrowing date, (i) each Lender will make available to the Administrative Agent, for
the account of the applicable Borrower, at the office of the Administrative Agent in funds
immediately available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Revolving
Loans to be made on such borrowing date and (ii) the Swingline Lender will make available to the
Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Borrower, at the office of the
Administrative Agent in funds immediately

43

 

available to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Loans to be made on such borrowing date.
The Borrowers hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to disburse the proceeds of
each borrowing requested pursuant to this Section 2.4 in immediately available funds by
crediting or wiring such proceeds to the deposit account of such Borrower identified in writing to
the Administrative Agent or as may be otherwise agreed upon in writing by the Administrative
Borrower and the Administrative Agent from time to time. Subject to Section 3.6, the
Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to disburse the portion of the proceeds of any
Revolving Loan requested (or deemed requested) pursuant to this Section 2.4 to the extent
that any Lender has not made available to the Administrative Agent its Pro Rata Share of such
Revolving Loan. Revolving Loans to be made for the purpose of refunding Swingline Loans shall be
made by the Lenders as provided in Section 2.2(b).

          (c) Authorization to Make Loans. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders are
authorized to make the Loans based upon telephonic or other instructions received from anyone
purporting to be an officer of the Administrative Borrower or any Borrower or other authorized
person or if such Loans are necessary to satisfy any Obligations. All Loans and Letters of Credit
under this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been made to, and at the request of and
for the benefit of, any Borrower when deposited to the credit of any Borrower or otherwise
disbursed or established in accordance with the instructions of the Administrative Borrower or in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     Section 2.5 Repayments and Prepayments.

          (a) Repayment on Maturity Date. The Borrowers hereby agree to repay the outstanding
principal amount of (i) all Revolving Loans in full on the Maturity Date, and (ii) all Swingline
Loans in accordance with Section 2.2(b), together, in each case, with all accrued but
unpaid interest thereon.

          (b) Optional Prepayments. The Borrowers may at any time and from time to time prepay
Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, in whole or in part, with irrevocable prior written notice to
the Administrative Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit G (a “Notice of
Prepayment”) given not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) on the same Business Day as each Base Rate
Loan and each Swingline Loan prepayment and (ii) at least three (3) Business Days before each
Eurodollar Rate Loan prepayment, specifying the date and amount of prepayment and whether the
prepayment is of Eurodollar Rate Loans, Base Rate Loans, Swingline Loans or a combination thereof,
and, if of a combination thereof, the amount allocable to each. Upon receipt of such notice, the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender. If any such notice is given, the amount
specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date set forth in such notice. Partial
prepayments shall be in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in
excess thereof with respect to Base Rate Loans (other than Swingline Loans), $5,000,000 or a whole
multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans and $100,000 or a
whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof with respect to Swingline Loans. A Notice of
Prepayment received after 11:00 a.m. shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Each such
repayment shall be accompanied by any amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 4.6.

          (c) Mandatory Prepayments.

          (i) Except as provided in Section 2.8, if at any time the Total Outstandings
exceed the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base and (ii) the Aggregate Commitment, the Borrowers
shall repay promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days or such longer period as
the Administrative Agent may agree) upon the earlier of (A) any Responsible Officer of the
Administrative Borrower obtaining knowledge thereof and (B) demand from the Administrative
Agent, by payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, an amount
equal

44

 

to such excess with each such repayment applied first to the principal amount
of outstanding Swingline Loans, second to the principal amount of outstanding
Revolving Loans and third, with respect to any Letters of Credit then outstanding,
to a payment of cash collateral into a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative
Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders in an amount requested by the Administrative Agent
which, in any case, will not be in excess of an amount equal to one hundred five percent
(105%) of the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations.

          (ii) If at any time any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall receive proceeds
from (A) any insurance or condemnation award payable by reason of theft, loss, physical
destruction or damage, taking or similar event with respect to any Collateral or (B) the
sale (or series of sales) or other disposition of Collateral (excluding any sale or
disposition permitted pursuant to (x) Section 10.5(k), but only to the extent the
proceeds thereof are not required to be prepaid pursuant to such Section 10.5(k), or
(y) Section 10.5(l)), the Borrowers shall prepay Loans in an amount equal to one
hundred percent (100%) of such proceeds, which proceeds shall promptly upon receipt thereof
be deposited into a Blocked Account and payments therefrom shall be applied by the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders first to the principal amount of
outstanding Swingline Loans and second to the principal amount of outstanding
Revolving Loans, without a corresponding reduction of the Aggregate Commitment. With respect
to any proceeds described in clauses (A) or (B) of the prior sentence that constitute
Collateral other than ABL Priority Collateral, at the option of the Company, and so long as
no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company may reinvest or cause
to be reinvested all or any portion of such proceeds in assets useful for its business
within three hundred and sixty-five (365) days of the receipt of such proceeds (provided if
prior to the expiration of such three hundred and sixty-five (365) day period, the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such
proceeds, such three hundred and sixty-five (365) day reinvestment period shall be extended
by one hundred eighty (180) days); provided further that if any such
proceeds are not so reinvested within such reinvestment period or are no longer intended to
be so reinvested at any time after delivery of a notice of reinvestment election, an amount
equal to any such proceeds shall be promptly applied to the prepayment of the Loans as set
forth in this Section 2.5(c)(ii).

          (d) Limitation on Prepayment of LIBOR Rate Loans. The Borrowers may not prepay any
Eurodollar Rate Loan on any day other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable
thereto unless such prepayment is accompanied by any amount required to be paid pursuant to
Section 4.6.

          (e) Hedge Agreements. No repayment or prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.5
shall affect any Loan Party’s obligations under any Hedge Agreement entered into with a Bank
Product Provider.

     Section 2.6 Optional Reduction of Commitments. The Administrative Borrower shall
have the right to terminate or permanently reduce the unused portion of the Aggregate Commitment at
any time or from time to time upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to
the Administrative Agent (which shall notify the Lenders thereof as soon as practicable) of each
such termination or reduction, which notice shall specify the effective date thereof and the amount
of any such reduction which shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of
$1,000,000 in excess thereof and shall be irrevocable and effective upon receipt by the
Administrative Agent; provided that no such reduction or termination shall be permitted if
after giving effect thereto, and to any prepayments of the Loans made on the effective date
thereof, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitment after such proposed
reduction.

45

 

     Section 2.7 Optional Increase of Commitments. At any time following the Closing Date,
the Administrative Borrower shall have the right, from time to time and upon not less than fifteen
(15) Business Days (or such shorter period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its
sole discretion) prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (which notice shall not obligate
the Borrowers to increase the Aggregate Commitment) to increase the Aggregate Commitment (each such
increase, a “Facility Increase”); provided that:

          (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from
any such requested Facility Increase or borrowings thereunder;

          (b) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall
be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations
and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Facility Increase and after giving
effect thereto, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate
solely to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true
and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date); provided that any
representation or warranty that is qualified as to “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or
similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in
all respects on such respective dates;

          (c) each Facility Increase shall be in an aggregate principal amount of at least $5,000,000 or
a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof;

          (d) the aggregate amount of all Facility Increases made pursuant to this Section 2.7
shall not exceed $50,000,000;

          (e) Facility Increases shall not increase or otherwise affect the Letter of Credit Limit or
the Swingline Limit;

          (f) the Commitment of any Lender shall not be increased without the approval of such Lender;

          (g) in connection with each proposed Facility Increase, the Borrowers shall first provide all
then existing Lenders with an opportunity to commit to such Facility Increase on a ratable basis
(provided that no Lender shall have an obligation to commit to all or a portion of the proposed
Facility Increase) and, if, within ten (10) Business Days after the Administrative Borrower has
delivered notice thereof to such existing Lenders, sufficient commitments cannot be obtained from
such existing Lenders (it being agreed that any Lender that does not deliver a notice of such
Lender’s intention to commit to such Facility Increase within such period shall be deemed to have
declined to commit to such Facility Increase), then the Borrowers may seek commitments from other
Eligible Assignees that are reasonably acceptable to both the Administrative Agent and the
Borrowers or from existing Lenders in an amount in excess of such Lender’s ratable share of such
Facility Increase;

          (h) in the event that any existing Lender or any new lender commits to such requested Facility
Increase, (i) any new lender will execute an accession agreement to this Agreement, (ii) the
Commitment of any existing Lender that has committed to provide any of the requested increase shall
be increased, (iii) the Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders shall be adjusted, (iv) the Borrowers shall
make such borrowings and repayments as shall be necessary to affect the reallocation of the
Commitments (and the Borrowers shall pay any amounts due under Section 4.6 in connection
therewith), and (v) other changes shall be made to the Loan Documents as may be necessary to
reflect the aggregate amount, if any, by which the Lenders have agreed to increase their respective
Commitments or make new commitments in response to the Administrative Borrower’s request for an
increase pursuant to this Section 2.7 and which

46

 

other changes do not adversely affect the rights of those Lenders not participating in the
increase other than a change in the Lenders’ Pro Rata Shares to reflect the Facility Increase;

          (i) if the Aggregate Commitment is increased in accordance with this Section 2.7, the
Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall determine the effective date (the “Increase
Effective Date”) and the final allocation of such Facility Increase and the Administrative
Agent shall promptly notify the Administrative Borrower and the Lenders of the final allocation of
such Facility Increase and Increase Effective Date;

          (j) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received any fees and expenses payable
by the Loan Parties in respect of such Facility Increase; and

          (k) each Facility Increase shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, and shall be secured by the Collateral and guaranteed by Guarantors pursuant to the
terms hereof.

     Section 2.8 Overadvances; Special Agent Advances.

          (a) Additional Loans. No Loan shall be made nor shall any Letter of Credit be
provided to any Borrower intentionally and with actual knowledge that such Loan or Letter of Credit
would cause the Total Outstandings to exceed the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base and (ii) the
Aggregate Commitment (such excess, an “Overadvance”), without the prior consent of all of
the Lenders, except, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein and unless its
authority has been revoked in writing by the Required Lenders or an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing (other than as a result of such Overadvance), the Administrative Agent
may require the Lenders to honor requests for such additional Loans or the Issuing Lender may
provide such additional Letters of Credit, intentionally and with actual knowledge that such Loans
or Letters of Credit will cause an Overadvance, as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or
advisable in its discretion; provided that:

          (i) the aggregate principal amount of all additional Loans and additional Letters of
Credit to any Borrower that may be made or provided after obtaining such actual knowledge of
such Overadvance shall not exceed the lesser of (A) five percent (5%) of the Aggregate
Commitment and (B) $10,000,000;

          (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans and Letters
of Credit (including the additional Loans and additional Letters of Credit made pursuant to
this Section 2.8(a)), plus (B) the amount of Special Agent Advances made
pursuant to Section 2.8(b) then outstanding, shall not exceed the Aggregate
Commitment; and

          (iii) no such additional Loan or Letter of Credit shall be outstanding more than
forty-five (45) days after the date such additional Loan or Letter of Credit is made or
issued (as the case may be), in each case, except as the Required Lenders may otherwise
agree.

Each Lender shall provide the amount of its Pro Rata Share of any such additional Loans or Letters
of Credit pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Such additional Loans and Letters of Credit
shall bear interest at the interest rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans (including any Default
Rate, if then applicable).

          (b) Special Agent Advances. The Administrative Agent may, at its option, from time to
time, at any time on or after an Event of Default and for so long as the same is continuing or upon
any other failure of a condition precedent to the Loans and Letters of Credit hereunder, make such

47

 

disbursements and advances (“Special Agent Advances”) which the Administrative Agent,
in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable either (i) to preserve or protect the
Collateral or any portion thereof, (ii) to enhance the likelihood or maximize the amount of
repayment by the Loan Parties of the Loans or any other Obligations or (iii) to pay any other
amount chargeable to any Loan Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents consisting of costs, fees and expenses and payments to any Issuing Lender in respect
of any Letter of Credit Obligations; provided that (A) the aggregate principal amount of
the Special Agent Advances outstanding at any time shall not exceed the lesser of (x) five percent
(5%) of the Aggregate Commitment and (y) $10,000,000, (B) the aggregate principal amount of the
Special Agent Advances outstanding at any time, plus the then outstanding principal amount
of the Loans and Letters of Credit (including the additional Loans and the additional Letters of
Credit made pursuant to Section 2.8(a)), shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitment and (C)
no such Special Agent Advance shall be outstanding more than forty five (45) days after the date
such Special Agent Advance is made, except as the Required Lenders may otherwise agree. The
Special Agent Advances shall be repayable on demand and together with all interest thereon shall
constitute Obligations secured by the Collateral. Special Agent Advances shall not constitute
Loans but shall otherwise constitute Obligations hereunder. Interest on Special Agent Advances
shall be payable at the interest rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans plus two percent
(2%), and shall be payable on demand. Each Lender agrees that it shall make available to the
Administrative Agent, upon the Administrative Agent’s demand, in immediately available funds, the
amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of each such Special Agent Advance not to exceed such
Lender’s Commitment. If such funds are not promptly made available to the Administrative Agent by
such Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such funds, on demand from such
Lender together with interest thereon for each day from the date such payment was due until the
date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent at the Federal Funds Rate for each day during
such period and if such amounts are not paid within three (3) days of the Administrative Agent’s
demand, at the highest interest rate provided for in Section 3.1 applicable to Base Rate
Loans. The Required Lenders may at any time by written notice to the Administrative Agent (x)
revoke the Administrative Agent’s authority to make further Special Agent Advances and (y) instruct
the Administrative Agent to demand repayment of outstanding Special Agent Advances from the Loan
Parties. Absent such revocation, the Administrative Agent’s determination that funding of a
Special Agent Advance is appropriate shall be conclusive.

     Section 2.9 Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers.

          (a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents to the contrary,
each Borrower, jointly and severally, in consideration of the financial accommodations to be
provided by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, for the mutual benefit, directly and indirectly, of each Borrower and in consideration
of the undertakings of the other Borrowers to accept joint and several liability for the
Obligations, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as a
co-debtor, joint and several liability with the other Borrowers, with respect to the payment and
performance of all of the Obligations, it being the intention of the parties hereto that all of the
Obligations shall be the joint and several obligations of each Borrower without preferences or
distinction among them. The Borrowers shall be liable for all amounts due to the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement, regardless of which Borrower actually receives the
Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations or other extensions of credit hereunder or the amount of such
Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations or other extensions of credit received or the manner in which
the Administrative Agent or any Lender accounts for such Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations or
other extensions of credit on its books and records. The Obligations of the Borrowers with respect
to Loans made to one of them, and the Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several
liability of one of the Borrowers hereunder with respect to Loans made to the other of the
Borrowers hereunder, shall be separate and distinct obligations, but all such other Obligations
shall be primary obligations of all the Borrowers.

48

 

          (b) If and to the extent that any Borrower shall fail to make any payment with respect to any
of the Obligations as and when due or to perform any of the Obligations in accordance with the
terms thereof, then in each such event, the other Borrowers will make such payment with respect to,
or perform, such Obligation.

          (c) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to the extent permitted by law, each
Borrower (in its capacity as a joint and several obligor in respect of the Obligations of the other
Borrower) hereby waives notice of acceptance of its joint and several liability, notice of
occurrence of any Event of Default (except to the extent notice is expressly required to be given
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), or of any demand for any payment under this Agreement or
the other Loan Documents, notice of any action at any time taken or omitted by the Administrative
Agent or any Lender under or in respect of any of the Obligations hereunder, any requirement of
diligence and, generally, all demands, notices and other formalities of every kind in connection
with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Borrower hereby assents to, and waives
notice of, any extension or postponement of the time for the payment of any of the Obligations, the
acceptance of any partial payment thereon, any waiver, consent or other action or acquiescence by
the Administrative Agent or any Lender at any time or times in respect of any default by the other
Borrowers in the performance or satisfaction of any term, covenant, condition or provision of this
Agreement, any and all other indulgences whatsoever by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in
respect of any of the obligations hereunder, and the taking, addition, substitution or release, in
whole or in part, at any time or times, of any security for any of such obligations or the
addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, of the other Borrowers. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, each Borrower (in its capacity as a joint and several obligor in
respect of the obligations of the other Borrowers) assents to any other action or delay in acting
or any failure to act on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, including, without
limitation, any failure strictly or diligently to assert any right or to pursue any remedy or to
comply fully with applicable laws or regulations thereunder which might, but for the provisions of
this Section 2.9, afford grounds for terminating, discharging or relieving such Borrower,
in whole or in part, from any of its obligations under this Section 2.9, it being the
intention of each Borrower that, so long as any of the Obligations hereunder remain unsatisfied,
the obligations of such Borrower under this Section 2.9 shall not be discharged except by
payment or performance and then only to the extent of such payment or performance. The obligations
of each Borrower under this Section 2.9 shall not be diminished or rendered unenforceable
by any winding up, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, reconstruction or similar proceeding
with respect to any other Borrower. The joint and several liability of each Borrower hereunder
shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any absorption, merger, amalgamation or any
other change whatsoever in the name, membership, constitution or place of formation of any other
Borrower or any of the Lenders.

          (d) Each Borrower hereby agrees that to the extent that another Borrower shall have paid more
than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Borrower shall be entitled to seek
and receive contribution from and against any other Borrower hereunder which has not paid its
proportionate share of such payment. Each Borrower’s right of contribution shall be subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in clause (g) of this Section. The provisions of this clause (d)
shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Borrower to the Administrative
Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Borrower shall remain liable to the Administrative
Agent and the other Secured Parties for the full amount of the Obligations of such Borrower
hereunder.

          (e) The provisions of this Section 2.9 are made for the benefit of the Lenders and
their successors and assigns and, subject to Section 11.2, may be enforced by them from
time to time against any Borrower as often as occasion therefor may arise and without requirement
on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender first to marshal any of its claims or to
exercise any of its rights against the other Borrowers or to exhaust any remedies available to it
against the other Borrowers or to

49

 

resort to any other source or means of obtaining payment of any of the Obligations hereunder
or to elect any other remedy.

          (f) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any of the other Loan
Documents, to the extent the obligations of a Borrower shall be adjudicated to be invalid or
unenforceable for any reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable state or
federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the obligations of such Borrower
hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under applicable law (whether
federal or state and including, without limitation, the Bankruptcy Code).

          (g) With respect to the Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of
the Borrowers hereunder with respect to Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations or other extensions of
credit made to the other Borrowers hereunder, each Borrower waives, until the Obligations shall
have been paid in full (other than indemnities and contingent Obligations which have not yet
accrued) and this Agreement shall have been terminated, any right to enforce any right of
subrogation or any remedy which the Administrative Agent or any Lender now has or may hereafter
have against any Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor of all or any part of the Obligations, and
any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to the
Administrative Agent or any Lender. Any claim which any Borrower may have against any other
Borrower with respect to any payments to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under
any of the other Loan Documents are hereby expressly made subordinate and junior in right of
payment, without limitation as to any increases in the Obligations arising hereunder or thereunder,
to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations. Upon the occurrence of any Event of
Default and for so long as the same is continuing, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may
proceed directly and at once, without notice (to the extent notice is waivable under applicable
law), against (i) with respect to Obligations of the Borrowers, any of them or (ii) with respect to
Obligations of any Borrower, to collect and recover the full amount, or any portion of the
applicable Obligations, without first proceeding against the other applicable Borrowers or any
other Person, or against any security or collateral for the Obligations. Each Borrower consents
and agrees that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be under no obligation to marshal
any assets in favor of the Borrowers or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations.

     Section 2.10 Appointment of Administrative Borrower as Agent for Requesting Loans and
Receipts of Loans and Statements.

          (a) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and constitutes the Administrative Borrower as
its agent and attorney-in-fact to request and receive Loans and Letters of Credit pursuant to this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents from the Administrative Agent or any Lender in the name or
on behalf of such Borrower. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders may disburse the Loans to
such bank account of the Administrative Borrower or a Borrower or otherwise make such Loans to a
Borrower and provide such Letters of Credit to a Borrower as the Administrative Borrower may
designate or direct, without notice to any other Loan Party. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, the Administrative Agent may at any time and from time to time require
that Loans to or for the account of any Borrower be disbursed directly to an operating account of
such Borrower.

          (b) The Administrative Borrower hereby accepts the appointment by the Borrowers to act as the
agent and attorney-in-fact of the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.10. The
Administrative Borrower shall ensure that the disbursement of any Loans to each Borrower requested
by or paid to or for the account of the Company, or the issuance of any Letter of Credit for a
Borrower hereunder, shall be paid to or for the account of such Borrower.

50

 

          (c) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably appoints and constitutes the Administrative Borrower as
its agent to receive statements on account and all other notices from the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders with respect to the Obligations or otherwise under or in connection with this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents.

          (d) Any notice, election, representation, warranty, agreement or undertaking by or on behalf
of any other Loan Party by the Administrative Borrower shall be deemed for all purposes to have
been made by such Loan Party, as the case may be, and shall be binding upon and enforceable against
such Loan Party to the same extent as if made directly by such Loan Party.

ARTICLE 3

GENERAL LOAN PROVISIONS

     Section 3.1 Interest.

          (a) Interest Rate Options. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for
the benefit of the Lenders, interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans (including,
without limitation Overadvances made pursuant to Section 2.8(a)) and Special Agent Advances
as follows:

          (i) as to Base Rate Loans, a rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable
Margin then in effect for Base Rate Loans;

          (ii) as to Eurodollar Rate Loans, a rate equal to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate
plus the Applicable Margin then in effect for Eurodollar Rate Loans;

          (iii) as to Swingline Loans, a rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable
Margin then in effect for Base Rate Loans; and

          (iv) as to Special Agent Advances, the rate described in Section 2.8(b).

     All interest accruing hereunder on and after the date of any Event of Default or the Maturity
Date shall be payable on demand.

          (b) Base Rate and Eurodollar Rate Loans.

          (i) The Administrative Borrower on behalf of any Borrower shall select Base Rate Loans
or Eurodollar Rate Loans and the Interest Period applicable thereto at the time a Notice of
Borrowing is given pursuant to Section 2.4 or at the time a Notice of Conversion or
Continuation is given pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(ii).

          (ii) The Borrowers shall have the option to (A) convert at any time following the third
Business Day after the Closing Date all or any portion of any outstanding Base Rate Loans
(other than Swingline Loans) in a principal amount equal to $1,000,000 or any whole multiple
of $500,000 in excess thereof into one or more Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) upon the
expiration of any Interest Period, (x) convert all or any part of its outstanding Eurodollar
Rate Loans in a principal amount equal to $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in
excess thereof into Base Rate Loans (other than Swingline Loans) or (y) continue such
Eurodollar Rate Loans as Eurodollar Rate Loans; provided that, in the case of a
conversion of Base Rate Loans into, or the continuation of, Eurodollar Rate Loans, no Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Whenever any Borrower desires to convert
or continue Loans as provided above, the Administrative Borrower on behalf of such Borrower
shall give the Administrative Agent

51

 

irrevocable prior written notice substantially in the form attached as Exhibit
H hereto (a “Notice of Conversion or Continuation”) not later than 11:00 a.m.
three (3) Business Days before the day on which a proposed conversion or continuation of
such Loan is to be effective specifying (1) the Loans to be converted or continued, and, in
the case of any Eurodollar Rate Loan to be converted or continued, the last day of the
then-current Interest Period therefor, (2) the effective date of such conversion or
continuation (which shall be a Business Day), (3) the principal amount of such Loans to be
converted or continued, and (4) the Interest Period to be applicable to such converted or
continued Eurodollar Rate Loan. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders
of such notice.

          (iii) No more than five (5) Interest Periods may be in effect at any one time with
respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans.

          (iv) Any Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be automatically continued as a Eurodollar Rate
Loan with an Interest Period of one (1) month upon the last day of the applicable Interest
Period, unless the Administrative Agent has received a request to continue or convert such
Eurodollar Rate Loan in accordance with the terms hereof.

          (c) Default Rate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i)
immediately, automatically and without notice to the Borrowers, upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a), (f) or (g), or
(ii) at Required Lenders’ option and upon prior written notice by the Administrative Agent to the
Administrative Borrower, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of
Default, (A) the Borrowers shall no longer have the option to request Eurodollar Rate Loans or
Letters of Credit, (B) all outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans shall bear interest at a rate per
annum of two percent (2%) in excess of the rate (including the Applicable Margin) then applicable
to Eurodollar Rate Loans until the end of the applicable Interest Period and thereafter at a rate
equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the rate (including the Applicable Margin) then applicable
to Base Rate Loans and (z) all outstanding Base Rate Loans and other Obligations arising hereunder
or under any other Loan Document shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%)
in excess of the rate (including the Applicable Margin) then applicable to Base Rate Loans or such
other Obligations arising hereunder or under any other Loan Document. Interest shall continue to
accrue on the Obligations after the filing by or against any Borrower of any petition seeking any
relief in bankruptcy or under any act or law pertaining to insolvency or debtor relief, whether
state, federal or foreign.

          (d) Maximum Interest. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, in no event whatsoever shall the aggregate of all
amounts that are contracted for, charged or received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and that are deemed
interest under applicable law exceed the Maximum Interest Rate (including, to the extent
applicable, the provisions of Section 5197 of the Revised Statutes of the United States of America
as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 85, as amended). In no event shall any Borrower or Guarantor be
obligated to pay interest or such amounts as may be deemed interest under applicable law in amounts
which exceed the Maximum Interest Rate. In the event any interest or deemed interest is charged or
received in excess of the Maximum Interest Rate (such excess amount, the “Excess”), each
Borrower and Guarantor acknowledges and stipulates that any such charge or receipt shall be the
result of an accident and bona fide error, and that any Excess received by the Administrative Agent
or any Lender shall be first, applied to the payment of then outstanding and unpaid
principal hereunder; second, applied to the payment of the other Obligations then
outstanding and unpaid; and third, returned to such Borrower or Guarantor. All monies paid
to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents,
whether at maturity or by prepayment, shall be subject to any rebate of unearned interest as and to
the extent required by applicable

52

 

law. For the purpose of determining whether or not any Excess has been contracted for,
charged or received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, all interest at any time contracted
for, charged or received from any Borrower or Guarantor in connection with this Agreement or any of
the other Loan Documents shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated,
allocated and spread during the entire term of this Agreement in accordance with the amounts
outstanding from time to time hereunder and the Maximum Interest Rate from time to time in effect
in order to lawfully charge the maximum amount of interest permitted under applicable laws. The
provisions of this Section 3.1 shall be deemed to be incorporated into each of the other
Loan Documents (whether or not any provision of this Section 3.1 is referred to therein).

          (e) Interest Payment and Computations. Interest on Base Rate Loans shall be payable
by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders, monthly in arrears not later than the first day of each calendar month. Interest on any
Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be payable on the last day of each applicable Interest Period. Interest
on Base Rate Loans bearing interest based on the “prime rate” shall be calculated on the basis of
actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 days. All other computations of interest and fees
hereunder shall be made on the basis of actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days. The
interest rate on non-contingent Obligations (other than Eurodollar Rate Loans) shall change
simultaneously with each change in the Base Rate.

     Section 3.2 Fees.

          (a) Commitment Fee. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the
account of the Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lender from and after the date such Lender became
a Defaulting Lender), a fee on the unused amount of the Aggregate Commitments (a “Commitment
Fee”), which shall be payable on the first day of each calendar month in arrears, determined by
multiplying: (i) the amount, if any, by which (A) the Aggregate Commitment exceeds (B) the average
daily amount of Total Outstandings (other than outstanding Swingline Loans and Special Agent
Advances) during the immediately preceding calendar month (or part thereof) by (ii) the Applicable
Margin. The obligation of the Borrowers to pay any Commitment Fees that remain unpaid shall
survive the termination of this Agreement.

          (b) Letter of Credit Fee. In consideration for the issuance of Letters of Credit
hereunder, the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders
(other than any Defaulting Lender from and after the date such Lender became a Defaulting Lender),
a fee at a per annum rate for each day from the date of issuance thereof to the date of expiration
equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect for letter of credit fees (the “Letter of Credit
Fees”) on the average daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all of such Letters of
Credit for the immediately preceding calendar month (or part thereof), payable in arrears as of the
first day of each succeeding calendar month, computed for each day from the date of issuance to the
date of expiration. The obligation of the Borrowers to pay any Letter of Credit Fees that remain
unpaid shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

          (c) Letter of Credit Fronting Fee. In addition to the Letter of Credit Fees provided
above, the Borrowers shall pay to the Issuing Lender for its own account (without sharing with the
Lenders) a letter of credit fronting fee of one-fourth of one percent (0.25%), payable in arrears
as of the first day of each succeeding calendar month, of the average daily maximum amount
available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit computed at a per annum rate for each day from
the date of issuance to the date of expiration thereof, negotiation fees agreed to by the Borrowers
and the Issuing Lender from time to time, the customary charges from time to time of the Issuing
Lender with respect to the issuance,

53

 

amendment, transfer, administration, cancellation and conversion of, and drawings under, such
Letters of Credit and in the case of documentary Letters of Credit, the Issuing Lender’s customary
processing fees.

          (d) Other Fees. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent the other fees
and amounts payable to the Administrative Agent as set forth in the Fee Letter in the amounts and
at the times specified therein. To the extent payment in full of the applicable fee is received by
the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers on or about the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent
shall pay to each Lender its share of such fees in accordance with the terms of the arrangements
of the Administrative Agent with such Lender.

     Section 3.3 Loan Accounts. The Loans made by each Lender (and the purchases by such
Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans) hereunder shall be evidenced by
one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the
ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and
each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the
Lenders to the Borrowers (and the purchases by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit
and Swingline Loans) and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error
in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder
to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the
accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative
Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall
control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the
Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the
Administrative Agent) a Note which shall evidence such Lender’s Commitment in addition to such
accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Notes and endorse thereon the date,
amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

     Section 3.4 Pro Rata Treatment, Sharing of Payments, Funding by Lenders, Etc.

          (a) Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement or as otherwise agreed by the
Lenders: (i) the making and conversion of Loans shall be made among the Lenders based on their
respective Pro Rata Shares as to the Loans and (ii) each payment on account of any Obligations to
or for the account of one or more of the Lenders in respect of any Obligations due on a particular
day shall be allocated among the Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) entitled to such payments
based on their respective Pro Rata Shares and shall be distributed accordingly.

          (b) Each Loan Party agrees that, in addition to (and without limitation of) any right of
setoff, banker’s lien or counterclaim the Administrative Agent or any Lender may otherwise have,
while any Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each of their
respective Affiliates shall be entitled, at its option (but subject, as among the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders, to the provisions of Section 12.3(b) and Section 3.4(c)), to
offset balances held by it for the account of such Loan Party at any of its offices, in Dollars or
in any other currency, against any principal of or interest on any Loans owed to such Person or any
other amount payable to such Person hereunder (regardless of whether such balances are then due to
such Loan Party), in which case it shall promptly notify the Administrative Borrower and the
Administrative Agent thereof; provided that such Person’s failure to give such notice shall
not affect the validity thereof.

          (c) Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement, if any Lender (including the
Administrative Agent) shall obtain from any Loan Party payment of any principal of or interest on
any Loan owing to it or payment of any other amount under this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents through the exercise of any right of setoff, banker’s lien or counterclaim or similar
right or otherwise (other than from the Administrative Agent as provided herein), and, as a result
of such

54

 

payment, such Lender shall have received more than its Pro Rata Share of the principal of the
Loans or more than its share of such other amounts then due hereunder or thereunder by any Loan
Party to such Lender than the percentage thereof received by any other Lender, it shall promptly
pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, the amount of such excess and
simultaneously purchase from such other Lenders a participation in the Loans or such other amounts,
respectively, owing to such other Lenders (or such interest due thereon, as the case may be) in
such amounts, and make such other adjustments from time to time as shall be equitable, to the end
that all the Lenders shall share the benefit of such excess payment (net of any expenses that may
be incurred by such Lender in obtaining or preserving such excess payment) in accordance with their
respective Pro Rata Shares or as otherwise agreed by the Lenders. To such end all the Lenders
shall make appropriate adjustments among themselves (by the resale of participations sold or
otherwise) if such payment is rescinded or must otherwise be restored.

          (d) Each Loan Party agrees that any Lender purchasing a participation (or direct interest) as
provided in this Section 3.4 may exercise, in a manner consistent with this Section
3.4, all rights of setoff, banker’s lien, counterclaim or similar rights with respect to such
participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct holder of Loans or other amounts (as the
case may be) owing to such Lender in the amount of such participation.

          (e) Nothing contained herein shall require any Lender to exercise any right of setoff,
banker’s lien, counterclaims or similar rights or shall affect the right of any Lender to exercise,
and retain the benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to any other Indebtedness or
obligation of any Loan Party. If, under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
law, any Lender receives a secured claim in lieu of a setoff to which this Section 3.4
applies, such Lender shall, to the extent practicable, assign such rights to the Administrative
Agent for the benefit of Lenders and, in any event, exercise its rights in respect of such secured
claim in a manner consistent with the rights of Lenders entitled under this Section 3.4 to
share in the benefits of any recovery on such secured claim.

          (f) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the
proposed date of any borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent
such Lender’s share of such borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has
made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.4(b) and may, in
reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount.
In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable borrowing available to
the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to pay to
the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for
each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers to, but
excluding, the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be
made by such Lender, the greater of the daily average Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by
the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and
(ii) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrowers, the interest rate applicable to Base
Rate Loans. If the Borrowers and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent
for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the
Borrowers the amount of such interest paid by the Borrowers for such period. If such Lender pays
its share of the applicable borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall
constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such borrowing. Any payment by the Borrowers shall be
without prejudice to any claim the Borrowers may have against a Lender that shall have failed to
make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

          (g) Nothing in this Section 3.4 or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents shall be deemed to require the Administrative Agent to advance funds on behalf of any
Lender or to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment hereunder or to
prejudice

55

 

any rights that any Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by any
Lender hereunder in fulfilling its Commitment.

     Section 3.5 Payments Generally.

          (a) Except as otherwise provided in clause (b) below, each payment by the Borrowers on account
of the principal of or interest on the Loans or of any fee, commission or other amounts payable to
the Lenders under this Agreement shall be made not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date specified for
payment under this Agreement to the Administrative Agent Payment Account, in Dollars, in
immediately available funds and shall be made without any set-off, counterclaim or deduction
whatsoever. Any payment received after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed to have been made on the next
succeeding Business Day for all purposes hereunder. If any payment under this Agreement shall be
specified to be made upon a day which is not a Business Day, it shall be made on the next
succeeding day which is a Business Day and such extension of time shall in such case be included in
computing any interest if payable along with such payment. All principal, interest, fees, costs,
expenses and other charges provided for in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents may be
charged directly to the loan account(s) of any applicable Borrower maintained by the Administrative
Agent in the manner set forth in clause (b) below and the Administrative Agent shall notify the
applicable Borrower from time to time or upon the request of any such Borrower, of any charge to
such Borrower’s loan account for interest, fees, costs, expenses and other charges (other than
principal).

          (b) All amounts that shall have been swept into the Administrative Agent Payment Account
pursuant to Section 6.3(a) as of the end of a Business Day shall be applied to the
Obligations at the beginning of the next Business Day. If, as a result of such application, a
credit balance exists in the Administrative Agent Payment Account, the balance shall not accrue
interest in favor of the Company. The Company irrevocably waives the right to direct the
application of any payments or Collateral proceeds, and agrees that the Administrative Agent shall
have the continuing, exclusive right to apply and reapply the same against the Obligations then due
and owing, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in
Section 11.3, all amounts applied to repay the Obligations pursuant to this Section
3.5(b) shall be applied in the manner determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole
discretion.

          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless so directed
by the Administrative Borrower, or unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Administrative Agent shall not apply any payments which it receives (or any amounts
applied to repay the Obligations pursuant to clause (b) above) to any Eurodollar Rate Loans, except
(i) on the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable to any such Eurodollar Rate Loans or
(ii) in the event that there are no outstanding Base Rate Loans; provided that the
Administrative Agent will attempt to honor any written request received from the Administrative
Borrower to hold such payment until the expiration of the applicable Interest Period, it being
understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have no liability for any failure to do
so.

          (d) To the extent that any Loan Party makes a payment or payments to the Administrative Agent
for the benefit of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent receives any payment or proceeds of
Collateral which payments or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to
be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any
other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to
the extent of such payment or proceeds repaid, the Obligations or part thereof intended to be
satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or proceeds
had not been received by the Administrative Agent. This Section 3.5(d) shall remain
effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may be taken by the Administrative Agent or any
Lender in reliance upon such payment or

56

 

proceeds. This Section 3.5 shall survive the payment of the Obligations and the
termination of this Agreement.

     Section 3.6 Settlement Procedures.

          (a) In order to administer the Credit Facility in an efficient manner and to minimize the
transfer of funds between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, at
its option, subject to the terms of this Section 3.6, make available, on behalf of Lenders,
the full amount of the Revolving Loans requested or charged to any Borrower’s loan account(s) or
otherwise to be advanced by Lenders pursuant to the terms hereof, without requirement of prior
notice to Lenders of the proposed Revolving Loans (each such advance by the Administrative Agent, a
“Settlement Advance”).

          (b) With respect to (i) all Swingline Loans and (ii) all Revolving Loans made by the
Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders as provided in this Section 3.6, the amount of
each Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such outstanding Loans shall be computed weekly, and shall be
adjusted upward or downward on the basis of the amount of the outstanding Loans as of 5:00 p.m. on
the Business Day immediately preceding the date of each settlement computation; provided
that the Administrative Agent retains the absolute right at any time or from time to time to make
the above described adjustments at intervals more frequent than weekly. The Administrative Agent
shall deliver to each of the Lenders after the end of each week, or at such lesser period or
periods as the Administrative Agent shall determine, a summary statement of the amount of
outstanding Loans for such period (such week or lesser period or periods being hereinafter referred
to as a “Settlement Period”). If the summary statement is sent by the Administrative Agent
and received by a Lender prior to 12:00 noon, then such Lender shall make the settlement transfer
described in this Section 3.6 by no later than 3:00 p.m. on the same Business Day and if
received by a Lender after 12:00 noon, then such Lender shall make the settlement transfer by not
later than 3:00 p.m. on the next Business Day following the date of receipt. If, as of the end of
any Settlement Period, the amount of a Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Loans is more
than such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Loans as of the end of the previous Settlement
Period, then such Lender shall forthwith (but in no event later than the time set forth in the
preceding sentence) transfer to the Administrative Agent by wire transfer in immediately available
funds the amount of the increase. Alternatively, if the amount of a Lender’s (other than a
Defaulting Lender) Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Loans in any Settlement Period is less than
the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Loans for the previous Settlement
Period, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith transfer to such Lender by wire transfer in
immediately available funds the amount of the decrease. The obligation of each of the Lenders to
transfer such funds and effect such settlement shall be irrevocable and unconditional and without
recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and each Lender
agrees to mark its books and records at the end of each Settlement Period to show at all times the
dollar amount of its Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Loans and Letters of Credit. Each Lender
shall only be entitled to receive interest on its Pro Rata Share of the Loans to the extent such
Loans have been funded by such Lender. Because the Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders may
be advancing and/or may be repaid Loans prior to the time when Lenders will actually advance and/or
be repaid such Loans, interest with respect to Loans shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent
in accordance with the amount of Loans actually advanced by and repaid to each Lender and the
Administrative Agent and shall accrue from and including the date such Loans are so advanced to,
but excluding, the date such Loans are either repaid by the Borrowers or actually settled with the
applicable Lender as described in this Section 3.6. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees
that its obligation to refund Loans in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.6 is
absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including,
without limitation, non-satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article 5. Further,
each Lender agrees and acknowledges that if prior to the refunding of any outstanding Loans
pursuant to this Section 3.6, one of the events described in Section 11.1(f) or
(g) shall have occurred, each Lender will, on the date the applicable Loan would have been

57

 

made, purchase an undivided participating interest in any Loan to be refunded in an amount
equal to its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount of such Loan.

          (c) To the extent that the Administrative Agent has made any such amounts available and the
settlement described above shall not yet have occurred, upon repayment of any Revolving Loans by a
Borrower or with the collected proceeds on deposit in the Administrative Agent Payment Account as
described in Section 3.5(b), the Administrative Agent may apply such amounts repaid
directly to any amounts made available by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section
3.6. In lieu of weekly or more frequent settlements, the Administrative Agent may, at its
option, at any time require each Lender to provide the Administrative Agent with immediately
available funds representing its Pro Rata Share of each Revolving Loan, prior to the Administrative
Agent’s disbursement of such Revolving Loan to Borrower. In such event, all Revolving Loans under
this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their Pro Rata
Shares.

          (d) If the Administrative Agent is not funding a particular Revolving Loan to a Borrower (or
the Administrative Borrower for the benefit of such Borrower) pursuant to subsections (a)
and (b) above on any day, but is requiring each Lender to provide the Administrative Agent
with immediately available funds on the date of such Revolving Loan as provided in subsection
(c) above, the Administrative Agent may assume that each Lender will make available to the
Administrative Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loan requested or otherwise made
on such day and the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to,
cause a corresponding amount to be made available to or for the benefit of such Borrower on such
day. If the Administrative Agent makes such corresponding amount available to a Borrower and such
corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender, the
Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such
Lender together with interest thereon for each day from the date such payment was due until the
date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent at the Federal Funds Rate for each day during
such period and if such amounts are not paid within three (3) days of the Administrative Agent’s
demand, at the highest interest rate provided for in Section 3.1 applicable to Base Rate
Loans. During the period in which such Lender has not paid such corresponding amount to the
Administrative Agent, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any
of the other Loan Documents, the amount so advanced by the Administrative Agent to or for the
benefit of any Borrower shall, for all purposes hereof, be a Revolving Loan made by the
Administrative Agent for its own account. Upon any such failure by a Lender to pay the
Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall promptly thereafter notify the Administrative
Borrower of such failure and Borrowers shall pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative
Agent for its own account within five (5) Business Days of the Administrative Borrower’s receipt of
such notice.

          (e) Nothing in this Section 3.6 or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents shall be deemed to require the Administrative Agent to advance funds on behalf of any
Lender (including, without limitation, a Defaulting Lender) or to relieve any Lender from its
obligation to fulfill its Commitment hereunder or to prejudice any rights that any Borrower may
have against any Lender as a result of any default by any Lender hereunder in fulfilling its
Commitment. In the event that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be
entitled to refrain from remitting settlement amounts to the Defaulting Lender and, instead, shall
be entitled to elect to implement the provisions set forth in Section 3.9.

     Section 3.7 Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights. The
obligation of each Lender hereunder is several, and no Lender shall be responsible for any default
by any other Lender in the other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested (or deemed requested)
hereunder nor shall the Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of the
default by any other Lender in the other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan hereunder. Nothing
contained in this Agreement or any of the

58

 

other Loan Documents and no action taken by the Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto shall be
deemed to constitute the Lenders to be a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other
kind of entity. The amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate and
independent debt, and subject to Section 12.3, each Lender shall be entitled to protect and
enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement and it shall not be necessary for any other Lender
to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

     Section 3.8 Bank Products. Each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed a third party
beneficiary hereof and of the provisions of the other Loan Documents solely for purposes of any
reference in a Loan Document to the parties for whom the Administrative Agent is acting. The
Administrative Agent hereby agrees to act as agent for such Bank Product Providers and, by virtue
of entering into a Bank Product Agreement, the applicable Bank Product Provider shall be
automatically deemed to have appointed the Administrative Agent as its agent and to have accepted
the benefits of the Loan Documents; it being understood and agreed that the rights and benefits of
each Bank Product Provider under the Loan Documents consist exclusively of such Bank Product
Provider’s being a beneficiary of the Liens and security interests (and, if applicable, guarantees)
granted to the Administrative Agent and the right to share in payments and collections out of the
Collateral as more fully set forth herein. In addition, each Bank Product Provider, by virtue of
entering into a Bank Product Agreement, shall be automatically deemed to have agreed that the
Administrative Agent shall have the right, but shall have no obligation, to establish, maintain,
relax, or release reserves in respect of the Bank Product Obligations and that if reserves are
established there is no obligation on the part of the Administrative Agent to determine or insure
whether the amount of any such reserve is appropriate or not. In connection with any such
distribution of payments or proceeds of the Collateral, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled
to assume no amounts are due or owing to any Bank Product Provider (including, without limitation,
Bank Product Providers that provide Noticed Bank Products and any other Bank Product Provider)
unless such Bank Product Provider has provided a written certification (setting forth a reasonably
detailed calculation) to the Administrative Agent as to the amounts that are due and owing to it
and such written certification is received by the Administrative Agent a reasonable period of time
prior to the making of such distribution. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to
calculate the amount due and payable with respect to any Bank Products, but may rely upon the
written certification of the amount due and payable from the relevant Bank Product Provider. In
the absence of an updated certification, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that
the amount due and payable to the relevant Bank Product Provider is the amount last certified to
the Administrative Agent by such Bank Product Provider as being due and payable (less any
distributions made to such Bank Product Provider on account thereof). The Loan Parties may obtain
Bank Products from any Bank Product Provider, although no Loan Party is required to do so. Each
Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that the providing of Bank Products by any Bank Product Provider
is in the sole and absolute discretion of such Bank Product Provider. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, no provider or holder of any Bank
Product shall have any voting or approval rights hereunder (or be deemed a Lender) solely by virtue
of its status as the provider or holder of such agreements or products or the Obligations owing
thereunder, nor shall the consent of any such provider or holder be required (other than in their
capacities as Lenders, to the extent applicable) for any matter hereunder or under any of the other
Loan Documents, including as to any matter relating to the Collateral or the release of Collateral
or Guarantors.

     Section 3.9 Defaulting Lenders.

          (a) Reallocation of Payments. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to
transfer to a Defaulting Lender any payments made by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent for
the Defaulting Lender’s benefit or any collections or proceeds of Collateral that would otherwise
be remitted hereunder to the Defaulting Lender, and, in the absence of such transfer to the
Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent shall transfer any such payments (A) first, to the
Swingline Lender to the extent of

59

 

any Swingline Loans that were made by the Swingline Lender and that were required to be, but
were not, repaid by the Defaulting Lender, (B) second, to the Issuing Lender, to the extent of the
portion of the Letter of Credit Obligations that were required to be, but were not, repaid by the
Defaulting Lender, (C) third, to each non-Defaulting Lender ratably in accordance with their
Commitments (but, in each case, only to the extent that such Defaulting Lender’s portion of a Loan
(or other funding obligation) was funded by such other non-Defaulting Lender), (D) fourth, to a
suspense account maintained by the Administrative Agent, the proceeds of which shall be retained by
the Administrative Agent and may be made available to be re-advanced to or for the benefit of any
Borrower as if such Defaulting Lender had made its portion of such Loans (or other funding
obligations) hereunder, and (E) fifth, from and after the date on which all other Obligations have
been paid in full, to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 11.3. Subject to
the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may hold and, in its sole discretion, re-lend to any
Borrowers for the account of such Defaulting Lender the amount of all such payments received and
retained by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender.

          (b) Reallocation of Pro Rata Shares to Reduce Fronting Exposure. During any period in
which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each
non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Swingline Loans or Letters of
Credit pursuant to Sections 2.2 and 2.3, the “Pro Rata Share” of each
non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Commitment of such Defaulting
Lender; provided that (i) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date
the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Default or Event of Default exists and (ii)
the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations
in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (A)
the Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (B) the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of the Loans of that Lender.

          (c) General. The provisions of this Section 3.9 shall remain effective with
respect to such Defaulting Lender until the earlier of (y) the date on which the non-Defaulting
Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall have waived, in writing, the application
of this Section 3.9 to such Defaulting Lender, or (z) the date on which such Defaulting
Lender makes payment of all amounts that it was obligated to fund hereunder, pays to the
Administrative Agent all amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender in respect of the amounts that it
was obligated to fund hereunder, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, provides adequate
assurance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent of its ability to perform its future
obligations hereunder. The operation of this Section 3.9 shall not be construed to
increase or otherwise affect the Commitment of any Lender, to relieve or excuse the performance by
such Defaulting Lender or any other Lender of its duties and obligations hereunder or to relieve or
excuse the performance by any Borrower of its duties and obligations hereunder to the
Administrative Agent or to the Lenders other than such Defaulting Lender. Any failure by a
Defaulting Lender to fund amounts that it was obligated to fund hereunder shall constitute a
material breach by such Defaulting Lender of this Agreement and shall entitle the Loan Parties, at
their option, to arrange for a substitute Lender to assume the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender
in the manner set forth in Section 4.9(b). In the event of a direct conflict between the
priority provisions of this Section 3.9 and any other provision contained in this Agreement
or any other Loan Document, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such provisions be read
together and construed, to the fullest extent possible, to be in concert with each other. In the
event of any actual, irreconcilable conflict that cannot be resolved as aforesaid, the terms and
provisions of this Section 3.9 shall control and govern.

60

 

ARTICLE 4

YIELD PROTECTION

     Section 4.1 Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate. If the Administrative
Agent shall determine in good faith (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and
conclusive and binding on all parties hereto) that on any date by reason of circumstances affecting
the London interbank market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest
rate applicable to Eurodollar Rate Loans on the basis provided for in the definition of Adjusted
Eurodollar Rate, the Administrative Agent shall on such date give notice (such notice, the “Initial
Notice”) to the Administrative Borrower and each Lender of such determination. Thereafter, no
Loans may be made as, or converted to, Eurodollar Rate Loans, until such time as the Administrative
Agent notifies the Administrative Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to
such Initial Notice no longer exist (in which case the Administrative Agent shall give prompt
notice to the Administrative Borrower and the Lenders). Upon receipt of the Initial Notice, the
Administrative Borrower may revoke any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Continuation or Conversion
then submitted by it. If the Administrative Borrower does not revoke such notice, the Lenders
shall make, convert or continue such Loans, as proposed by the Administrative Agent, in the amount
specified in such notice submitted by the Administrative Borrower, but such Loans shall be made,
converted or continued as Base Rate Loans instead of Eurodollar Rate Loans.

     Section 4.2 Changed Circumstances. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, if (i) any change in any law or interpretation thereof by any Governmental Authority makes
it unlawful for a Lender to make or maintain a Eurodollar Rate Loan or to maintain any Commitment
with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, (ii) the Required Lenders determine in good faith (which
determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties
hereto) that it has become impracticable as a result of a circumstance that adversely affects the
London interbank market or the position of such Lender in such market or (iii) the Required Lenders
determine that the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a
proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of
funding such Loan, then, in each case, such Lender or Lenders shall give notice thereof to the
Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower and may (A) declare that Eurodollar Rate Loans
will not thereafter be made by such Lender, such that any request for Eurodollar Rate Loans from
such Lender shall be deemed to be a request for a Base Rate Loan, unless such Lender’s declaration
has been withdrawn (and it shall be withdrawn promptly upon the cessation of the circumstances
described in clause (i) or (ii) above) and (B) require that all outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans
made by such Lender be converted to Base Rate Loans immediately, in which event all outstanding
Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender shall be so converted.

     Section 4.3 Increased Costs. If any Change in Law shall: (a) impose, modify or deem
applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement
against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by,
any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate) or the
Issuing Lender; (b)(i) subject any Lender or the Issuing Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever
with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or
any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or (ii) change the basis of taxation of payments to such
Lender or the Issuing Lender in respect thereof (in each case of clause (i) or (ii), except for
Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 4.5 or Excluded Taxes and the imposition of, or any
change in the rate of, any taxes payable by such Lender or the Issuing Lender described in
Section 4.5(d)); or (c) impose on any Lender, the Issuing Lender or the London interbank
market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement, Eurodollar Rate Loans made by
such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein, and the result of any of the
foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate
Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such
Lender or the Issuing Lender of

61

 

participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its
obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum
received by such Lender or the Issuing Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any
other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the Issuing Lender, Borrowers will pay to such
Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will
compensate such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, for such additional costs
incurred or reduction suffered.

     Section 4.4 Capital Requirements. If any Lender or the Issuing Lender determines in
good faith that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the Issuing Lender or any lending office
of such Lender or such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital
requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the
Issuing Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s holding
company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitment of such Lender or the Loans
made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit
issued by the Issuing Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Lender or such
Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law
(taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s policies and the policies of such
Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time
to time Borrowers will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Lender or such Lender’s
or the Issuing Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

     Section 4.5 Taxes.

          (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any of the Obligations shall be made free and
clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any setoff, counterclaim,
defense, duties, taxes, levies, imposts, fees, deductions, charges, withholdings, liabilities,
restrictions or conditions of any kind imposed by any Governmental Authority, excluding all
Excluded Taxes (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, fees, deductions, charges,
withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “Taxes”).

          (b) If any Taxes shall be required by law to be deducted from or in respect of any sum payable
in respect of the Obligations to any Lender, the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent (i) the
sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions
(including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.5), such
Lender, the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount
equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the relevant
withholding agent shall make such deductions, (iii) the relevant withholding agent shall pay the
full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with
applicable law and (iv) the relevant withholding agent shall deliver to the Administrative Agent
and the Borrower evidence of such payment.

          (c) In addition, each Loan Party agrees to pay any present or future stamp or documentary
taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies of the United States or any
political subdivision thereof or any applicable foreign jurisdiction, and all liabilities with
respect thereto, in each case arising from any payment made hereunder or under any of the other
Loan Documents or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to,
this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (collectively, “Other Taxes”).

          (d) Each Loan Party shall indemnify each Lender, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative
Agent for the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Taxes and Other Taxes imposed by
any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 4.5) paid by such Lender, the

62

 

Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) and any liability (including
for penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not
such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be made
within ten (10) days from the date such Lender, the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent (as
the case may be) makes written demand therefor (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement
setting forth the basis for such demand and a calculation of the amount thereof in reasonable
detail) in accordance with customary practice of such Lender, the Issuing Lender or the
Administrative Agent. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the
Administrative Borrower by a Lender, the Issuing Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent)
or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing Lender,
shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Loan Parties shall
not be obligated to make any payment in respect of, or indemnify any Lender, the Issuing Lender or
the Administrative Agent for, any penalties, interest or similar liabilities attributable to any
Taxes to the extent such penalties, interest or similar liabilities are attributable to the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of such Lender, Issuing Lender or Administrative Agent, as
applicable.

          (e) As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes or Other Taxes by any Loan Party, such
Loan Party or the withholding agent shall furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, at
its address referred to herein, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment
thereof.

          (f) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreements of any Loan Party hereunder or
under any of the other Loan Documents, the agreements and obligations of such Loan Party contained
in this Section 4.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment in full
of the Obligations.

          (g) Any Foreign Lender (including a Foreign Lender that is an Issuing Lender) that is entitled
to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the
applicable Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a
party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall deliver to
the Administrative Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the Closing
Date or, in the case of a Lender that is an assignee or transferee of an interest under this
Agreement (unless the respective Lender was already a Lender hereunder immediately prior to such
assignment or transfer) on or prior to the date of assignment, and at such other time or times
prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Borrower or the
Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as is reasonably requested by the recipient),
whichever of the following is applicable (but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do
so): (i) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming exemption from, or
a reduction to, withholding tax under an income tax treaty, or any successor form, (ii) duly
completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI claiming exemption from withholding
because the income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or any successor form,
(iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio
interest under Sections 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code, a certificate of the Foreign Lender to the
effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the
Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of a Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the
Code or a “controlled foreign corporation” described and Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and duly
completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming exemption from withholding under
the portfolio interest exemption or any successor form, (iv) duly completed copies of Internal
Revenue Service Form W-81MY (together with all required attachments and supporting documents) or
(v) any other applicable form, certificate or document prescribed by applicable law as a basis for
claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States withholding tax duly completed together
with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit a Borrower
to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made. Unless the Administrative Borrower
and the

63

 

Administrative Agent have received forms or other documents reasonably satisfactory to them
indicating that payments hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents to or for a Foreign
Lender are not subject to United States withholding tax or are subject to such tax at a rate
reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent shall withhold
amounts required to be withheld by applicable requirements of law from such payments at the
applicable statutory rate.

          (h) Any Lender, Issuing Lender or Administrative Agent claiming any additional amounts payable
pursuant to this Section 4.5 shall use its reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal
policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its applicable lending
office if the making of such a change would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, any such
additional amounts that would be payable or may thereafter accrue and would not, in the sole
determination of such Lender, Issuing Lender or Administrative Agent, as applicable, be otherwise
disadvantageous to such Lender.

          (i) If the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or any Lender determines, in its sole
discretion, that it has received a refund (including by way of Tax offset) of an additional amount
from any Loan Party pursuant to Section 4.5(b), the Administrative Agent, the Issuing
Lender or such Lender shall pay to such Loan Party an amount equal to such refund, net of all
out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or such Lender, as the case
may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority
with respect to such refund. Each Loan Party, upon request of the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Lender or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Loan Party (plus any
penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Lender or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.
This paragraph shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or
any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which
it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

          (j) The Administrative Agent and each Lender (including Issuing Lender), that is not a Foreign
Lender (each such Lender, a “U.S. Lender”) that is (A) a party hereto on the Closing Date
or (B) becomes an assignee or transferee of any interest under this Agreement, shall (w) on or
prior to the date such U.S. Lender or Administrative Agent becomes a party hereunder, (x) on or
prior to the date on which any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete, (y) after
the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certification previously
delivered by it, and (z) from time to time if requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent,
provide Borrower and Administrative Agent with two completed originals of Form W-9 (certifying that
such U.S. Lender is entitled to an exemption from U.S. backup withholding tax) or any successor
form.

          (k) Each Lender, Issuing Lender and Administrative Agent shall provide any forms,
documentation, or other information as shall be prescribed by the IRS to demonstrate that the
relevant Lender has complied with the applicable requirements of FATCA (including, without
limitation, those contained in Sections 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), so that
such payments made to such Lender, Issuing Lender or Administrative Agent, respectively, hereunder
would not be subject to U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed by FATCA.

     Section 4.6 Breakage Indemnity. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent
its customary administrative charge and to each Lender all losses, expenses and liabilities
(including any interest paid by such Lender to the Lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry
its Eurodollar Rate Loans and any loss, expense or liability sustained by such Lender in connection
with the liquidation or redeployment of such) that it sustains (a) if for any reason (other than a
default by such Lender) a borrowing of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified
therefor in a request for

64

 

borrowing, or a conversion to, or continuation of, any Eurodollar Rate Loan does not occur on
a date specified therefor in a request for conversion or continuation, (b) if any prepayment or
other principal payment of, or any conversion of, any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans occurs on a date
prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan, or (c) if any prepayment of
any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given
by a Borrower (or on its behalf by the Administrative Borrower). This covenant shall survive the
termination or non-renewal of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.

     Section 4.7 Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing
Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing
Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in Sections 4.3 or
4.4 (together with the calculations of such amount or amounts) and delivered to the
Administrative Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such
Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate
within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

     Section 4.8 Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the
Issuing Lender to demand compensation pursuant to Sections 4.3 or 4.4 shall not
constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s right to demand such compensation;
provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Lender
pursuant to this such Sections for any increased costs incurred or reductions occurring more than
one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case
may be, becomes aware of the event giving rise to such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s claim for
compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or
reductions is retroactive, then the one hundred eighty (180) day period referred to above shall be
extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

     Section 4.9 Mitigation; Replacement of Lenders.

          (a) If Section 4.2 applies, any Lender requests compensation under Sections
4.2, 4.3 or 4.4, or the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to
any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section
4.5, then such Lender shall promptly, and in any event if so requested by the Administrative
Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to
designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder, to assign its
rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates or to take such
other actions as such Lender or the Administrative Agent determines, if, in the judgment of such
Lender, such designation, assignment or other action (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable
pursuant to such Sections in the future and (ii) would not subject the Administrative Agent or such
Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and the Administrative Agent or such Lender would not
suffer any economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage. Nothing in this Section 4.9 shall
affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrowers or the rights of the Administrative
Agent or such Lender pursuant to this Section 4.9. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay on
demand all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in
connection with any such designation or assignment.

          (b) If Section 4.2 applies, any Lender requests compensation under Section
4.2, 4.3 or 4.4, any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, or the Borrowers are
required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or Governmental Authority pursuant to
Section 4.5, then within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter, the Administrative
Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative
Agent, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to assign and delegate (and such Lender shall
be obligated to assign and delegate), without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the
restrictions contained in Section 14.11), all of its interests, rights and obligations
under this Agreement to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations; provided
that (i) the Administrative Borrower has received the prior written consent of the Administrative
Agent and the

65

 

Issuing Lender, in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions of Section 14.11,
(ii) the Administrative Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee
specified in Section 14.11, (iii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount
equal to the outstanding principal amount of its Loans and participations in Letter of Credit
Obligations and Swingline Loans that it has funded, if any, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees
and other amounts payable to it hereunder (other than, in the case of a Defaulting Lender, Bank
Product Obligations owed thereto), from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal)
and the Administrative Borrower (in the case of accrued interest, fees and other amounts, including
amounts under Section 4.6), (iv) such assignment will result in a reduction in such
compensation and payments, and (v) such assignment does not conflict with applicable laws or
regulations. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior
thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the
Administrative Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Nothing in this
Section 4.9 shall impair any rights that any Borrower or the Administrative Agent may have
against any Lender that is a Defaulting Lender.

     Section 4.10 No Requirement of Match Funding. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be required to
acquire Dollar deposits in the London interbank market or any other offshore Dollar market to fund
any Eurodollar Rate Loan or to otherwise match fund any Obligations as to which interest accrues
based on the Eurodollar Rate. All of the provisions of this Article 4 shall be deemed to
apply as if the Administrative Agent, each Lender or any Participant had acquired such deposits to
fund any Eurodollar Rate Loan or any other Obligation as to which interest is accruing at the
Eurodollar Rate by acquiring such Dollar deposits for each Interest Period in the amount of the
Eurodollar Rate Loans or other applicable Obligations.

ARTICLE 5

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     Section 5.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit. The
obligation of the Lenders to make the initial Loans or of Issuing Lender to issue the initial
Letters of Credit hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of, or waiver of, immediately prior to
or concurrently with the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit of each of
the following conditions precedent:

          (a) the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of this Agreement, (ii) for
the account of each Lender requesting a promissory note, a Note and (iii) counterparts of all other
Loan Documents and all instruments and documents (including, without limitation, the Information
Certificate) required to be delivered hereunder, in each case conforming to the requirements
hereunder and thereunder and executed by a duly authorized officer or director of each party
thereto or of the general partner of any partnership party thereto, and in each case in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent
acknowledges and agrees that the drafts of the Pledge Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement
circulated for review on or about January 21, 2011 are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
(subject to modifications satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers to reflect
changes to the terms of the Transaction agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers
subsequent to January 21, 2011);

          (b) the Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent, (i) all releases, terminations and such other documents as the Administrative
Agent may reasonably request to evidence and effectuate the termination of the Existing Term Loan
Agreement, including, but not limited to, a payoff letter, and (ii) the termination and release by
Wells Fargo as lender under the Existing Term Loan Agreement of any interest in and to any assets
and properties of each Loan Party, duly authorized, executed and delivered by it or each of them,
including, but not limited to, (A) UCC termination statements for all UCC financing statements
previously filed by it

66

 

or any of them or their predecessors, as secured party and any Loan Party, as debtor and (B)
satisfactions and discharges of any mortgages, deeds of trust or deeds to secure debt by any Loan
Party in favor of it or any of them, in form acceptable for recording with the appropriate
Governmental Authority;

          (c) the Loan Parties shall have adopted all requisite corporate action and proceedings in
connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Administrative Agent shall
have received all information and copies of all documents, which the Administrative Agent may
reasonably have requested in connection therewith and, where requested by the Administrative Agent
or its counsel, the Loan Parties shall have used their commercially reasonable efforts to cause
such documents to be certified by appropriate corporate officers of Governmental Authority (and
including a copy of the certificate of incorporation or formation of each Loan Party which shall
set forth the same complete corporate name of such Loan Party as is set forth herein and
certificates of good standing in (i) the state of organization, (ii) the state where such Loan
Party’s principal place of business is located and (iii) each state where such Loan Party owns
material real property, in each case, certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent
Governmental Authority), the bylaws or articles of each Loan Party and resolutions of the board of
directors (or equivalent governing body) of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the Loan
Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby);

          (d) the Administrative Agent or its counsel shall have received, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (i) all consents with respect to Intellectual
Property, solely to the extent such consent is necessary or desirable to perfect the Administrative
Agent’s security in and Lien upon such Intellectual Property, and (ii) all necessary Collateral
Access Agreements;

          (e) the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) all filings and recordations that are
necessary to perfect the security interest of the Administrative Agent in the Collateral, (ii) all
instruments constituting Collateral other than Senior Notes Priority Collateral and (iii) evidence,
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that upon such filings
and recordations, the Administrative Agent will have a valid perfected (A) first priority Lien upon
all of the ABL Priority Collateral and (B) second priority Lien upon all of the Senior Notes
Priority Collateral;

          (f) the Administrative Agent shall have received and reviewed Lien and judgment search results
for the jurisdiction of organization of each Loan Party; and the jurisdiction of the chief
executive office of each Loan Party, which search results shall be in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

          (g) the Administrative Agent shall have received a duly completed and executed Instrument of
Assignment and Notice of Assignment for each Material Government Contract, to the extent not
previously obtained prior to March 1, 2011;

          (h) the Administrative Agent shall have received reasonable evidence (including confirmation
by the Senior Notes Agent) that the Senior Notes Agent has received originals of certificates
representing all of the issued and outstanding certificated shares (or similar units) of the
Capital Stock of each Loan Party (other than Holdings) and each Subsidiary of each Loan Party which
certificated shares (or similar units) are required to be pledged under the Senior Notes Indenture,
in each case, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate duly executed in blank
by the registered owner thereof;

          (i) the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence of insurance and loss payee
endorsements required hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and certificates of insurance policies and/or
endorsements naming the Administrative Agent as loss payee and additional insured;

67

 

          (j) the Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, customary opinion letters of special legal counsel to the
Loan Parties, with respect to the Loan Parties, which such opinions shall permit reliance by
successors and permitted assigns of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders subject to
customary limitations;

          (k) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, executed by an authorized officer of the Company
certifying that (i) no Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred since December 31, 2010, (ii)
neither the Company nor Holdings shall have paid any Cash Dividend since December 31, 2010 and
(iii) immediately after giving effect to this Agreement (including the initial extensions of credit
hereunder), the other Loan Documents, and all the transactions contemplated therein or thereby to
occur on such date, (A) no Default or Event of Default exists, (B) all representations and
warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material
respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as
of the Closing Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate
solely to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true
and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date); provided that any
representation or warranty that is qualified as to “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or
similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in
all respects on such respective dates, (C) Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are
Solvent and (D) the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are Solvent;

          (l) the Administrative Agent shall have received an initial Borrowing Base Certificate
including, inter alia, calculations demonstrating that Excess Availability as of
the Closing Date is not less than $45,000,000, in each case, after giving pro forma
effect to (A) the payment of fees and expenses of the Transactions, (B) the initial Revolving Loans
made or to be made and Letters of Credit issued or to be issued in connection with the Transactions
and (C) the payment of the Cash Distribution;

          (m) the pro forma capital and ownership structure, the shareholding arrangements and the
management of the Company and its Subsidiaries (and all agreements relating thereto) shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; it being understood that such structure,
arrangements and management of the Company and its Subsidiaries as described in the “Marketing
Information” (as such term is defined in the Commitment Letter) previously delivered to the
Administrative Agent is satisfactory;

          (n) the Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory thereto, (i) an opening pro forma balance sheet of the Borrowers as of
the Closing Date prepared after giving effect to the Transactions; (ii) projected pro
forma financial budgets for Holdings and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the
Transactions, which shall be quarterly for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 and annually
thereafter for the term of the Loan Agreement, with the results and assumptions set forth therein
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (and not inconsistent
with information provided to the Lenders prior to the Closing Date); (iii) monthly financial detail
for the projected Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio calculations and Borrowing Base calculations; (iv)
audited financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ending December
31, 2010 (including the accompanying notes thereto); (v) financial statement reconciliation detail
on a historical and projected basis from Holdings to the Company; and (vi) supporting back-up
detail for EBITDA adjustments, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent;

          (o) the Administrative Agent shall have completed, to its reasonable satisfaction, its review
of all Material Contracts and Material Government Contracts (and any amendments thereto) delivered
on or after March 1, 2011;

68

 

          (p) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate provided by the Company that
sets forth information required by the Patriot Act including, without limitation, the identity of
each Loan Party, the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow the
Administrative Agent or any Lender, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with
the Act, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders;

          (q) substantially simultaneously with the closing of this Agreement, the Senior Notes shall
have been issued on the terms and conditions set forth in the Senior Notes Indenture. The
Administrative Agent shall have received final certified copies of the Senior Notes Documents, duly
executed by the parties thereto, together with all material agreements, instruments and other
documents delivered in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request,
including certification by a Responsible Officer of the Company that such documents are in full
force and effect as of the Closing Date;

          (r) the Loan Parties shall have received governmental, shareholder and third party consents
(including, to the extent applicable, consents from third parties with respect to Material
Contracts) and approvals necessary in connection with the Transactions unless the absence of any
such consent or approval could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

          (s) the Administrative Agent shall have received a reasonably satisfactory funds flow
memorandum in connection with the Transactions setting forth the sources and uses and accompanied
by payment instructions therefor; and

          (t) the Borrower shall have paid all fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder,
including without limitation, under the Fee Letter and all fees and expenses invoiced on or before
the Business Day prior to the Closing Date.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Administrative Borrower and the Lenders that the
conditions specified in Section 5.1 have been satisfied or waived and that the Closing Date
has occurred, and such notice, absent manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding.

     Section 5.2 Conditions Precedent to All Loans and Letters of Credit. The obligation
of the Lenders to make the Loans, including the initial Loans, or of the Issuing Lender to issue
any Letter of Credit, including the initial Letters of Credit, is subject to the further
satisfaction of, or waiver of, immediately prior to or concurrently with the making of each such
Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit of each of the following conditions precedent:

          (a) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall
be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations
and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the making of each such Loan or providing
each such Letter of Credit and after giving effect thereto, except to the extent that such
representations and warranties expressly relate solely to an earlier date (in which case such
representations and warranties shall have been true and correct on and as of such earlier date);
provided that any representation or warranty that is qualified as to “materiality”,
“Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any
qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates;

          (b) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing on and as of
the date of the making of such Loan or providing each such Letter of Credit and after giving effect
thereto; and

69

 

          (c) Total Outstandings (after giving effect to such requested Loan or Letter of Credit) shall
not exceed the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base and (ii) the Aggregate Commitment.

ARTICLE 6

SECURITY INTEREST AND COLLECTION

     Section 6.1 Grant of Security Interest. To secure payment and performance of all
Obligations, each Loan Party hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for itself and the benefit
of the Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in, a Lien upon, and a right of set off
against, and hereby pledges to the Administrative Agent, for itself and the benefit of the Secured
Parties, as security, of such Loan Party’s right, title and interest in and to the following,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired or existing, and wherever located (together with all other
collateral security for the respective Obligations at any time granted to or held or acquired by
the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party, collectively, the “Collateral”):

          (a) all Accounts;

          (b) all Inventory;

          (c) all deposit accounts and securities accounts;

          (d) all tax refunds, rebates or other similar payments or credits;

          (e) all contracts, contract rights, general intangibles, including, without limitation, all
payment intangibles and Intellectual Property, commercial tort claims described on Schedule
6.1, chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), documents, instruments
and supporting obligations;

          (f) all goods, including, without limitation, Equipment;

          (g) all Real Property and fixtures;

          (h) all books and records and related data processing software;

          (i) all documents;

          (j) all letters of credit, banker’s acceptances and similar instruments and including all
letter-of-credit rights;

          (k) all supporting obligations and all present and future liens, security interests, rights,
remedies, title and interest in, to and in respect of other Collateral, including (i) rights and
remedies under or relating to guaranties, contracts of suretyship, letters of credit and credit and
other insurance related to the Collateral, (ii) rights of stoppage in transit, replevin,
repossession, reclamation and other rights and remedies of an unpaid vendor, lienor or secured
party, (iii) goods described in invoices, documents, contracts or instruments with respect to, or
otherwise representing or evidencing, other Collateral, including returned, repossessed and
reclaimed goods, and (iv) deposits by and property of account debtors or other persons securing the
obligations of account debtors;

          (l) all (A) investment property (including securities, whether certificated or uncertificated,
securities accounts, security entitlements, commodity contracts or commodity accounts) and (B)
monies, credit balances, deposits and other property of any Loan Party now or hereafter held or

70

 

received by or in transit to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or its Affiliates or at any
other depository or other institution from or for the account of any Loan Party, whether for
safekeeping, pledge, custody, transmission, collection or otherwise; and

          (m) all accessions to, substitutions for and all replacements, products and proceeds of any of
the items described in clauses (a) through (l) above, in any form, including without limitation
insurance proceeds, all claims against third parties for loss or damage to or destruction of or
other involuntary conversion of any kind or nature of any or all of the other Collateral, letters
of credit and letter of credit rights.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall in no event include more than 65% of the issued
and outstanding shares of Foreign Subsidiaries owned directly by a Domestic Subsidiary and shall
not include any shares of Foreign Subsidiaries that are not owned directly by a Domestic
Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the security interests granted under
this Section 6.1 shall not extend to, and the “Collateral” shall not include, any Excluded
Property.

     Section 6.2 Perfection of Security Interests.

          (a) Each Loan Party irrevocably and unconditionally authorizes the Administrative Agent (or
its agent) to prepare and file at any time and from time to time such financing statements,
together with any amendments and continuations with respect thereto, with respect to the Collateral
naming the Administrative Agent or its designee as the secured party and such Loan Party as debtor,
as the Administrative Agent may require, and including any other information with respect to such
Loan Party or otherwise as the Administrative Agent may determine, and as may be required by
Article 9 of the UCC to perfect the security interest granted by such Loan Party to the
Administrative Agent under this Agreement which authorization shall apply to all financing
statements filed on, prior to or after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, any
financing statement that describes the Collateral as “all personal property” or “all assets” of
such Loan Party or that describes the Collateral in some other manner as the Administrative Agent
reasonably deems necessary. Each Loan Party hereby ratifies and approves all financing statements
naming the Administrative Agent or its designee as secured party and such Loan Party, as the case
may be, as debtor with respect to the Collateral (and any amendments with respect to such financing
statements) filed by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date and
ratifies and confirms the authorization of the Administrative Agent to file such financing
statements (and amendments, if any). Each Loan Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to
adopt on behalf of such Loan Party any symbol required for authenticating any electronic filing.
In the event that the description of the Collateral in any financing statement naming the
Administrative Agent or its designee as the secured party and any Loan Party as debtor includes
assets and properties of such Loan Party that do not at any time constitute Collateral, whether
hereunder, under any of the other Loan Documents or otherwise, the filing of such financing
statement shall nonetheless be deemed authorized by such Loan Party to the extent of the Collateral
included in such description and it shall not render the financing statement ineffective as to any
of the Collateral or otherwise affect the financing statement as it applies to any of the
Collateral. In no event shall any Loan Party at any time file, or permit or cause to be filed, any
continuation, amendment or termination with respect to any financing statement naming the
Administrative Agent or its designee as secured party and such Loan Party as debtor.

          (b) No Loan Party has any chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic) or instruments as of
the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 6.2(b). In the event that any Loan Party
shall be entitled to or shall receive any chattel paper or instrument after the Closing Date, Loan
Parties shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days or such longer period as the
Administrative Agent may agree) notify the Administrative Agent thereof in writing. Promptly upon
the receipt thereof by or on behalf of any Loan Party (including by any agent or representative),
such Loan

71

 

Party shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Administrative Agent, all such tangible
chattel paper and instruments (other than any tangible chattel paper or instruments which are
Senior Notes Priority Collateral), accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly
executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify, in each case except as
the Administrative Agent may otherwise agree. At the Administrative Agent’s option, each Loan
Party shall, or the Administrative Agent may at any time on behalf of any Loan Party, cause the
original of any such instrument or chattel paper to be conspicuously marked in a form and manner
acceptable to the Administrative Agent with the following legend referring to chattel paper or
instruments as applicable: “This [chattel paper][instrument] is subject to the security interest of
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the Administrative Agent and any sale, transfer,
assignment or encumbrance of this [chattel paper][instrument] violates the rights of such secured
party.” Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, no such notice or delivery shall be
required if the amount of such chattel paper or instruments, individually or in the aggregate, is
less than $500,000, except upon the occurrence of any of the circumstances described in Section
6.2(h)(ii)(A), (B) or (C).

          (c) In the event that any Loan Party shall at any time hold or acquire an interest in any
electronic chattel paper or any “transferable record” (as such term is defined in Section 201 of
the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or in Section 16 of the
Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction), such Loan Party
shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days or such longer period as the
Administrative Agent may agree) notify the Administrative Agent thereof in writing. Promptly upon
the Administrative Agent’s request, such Loan Party shall take, or cause to be taken, such actions
as the Administrative Agent may request to give the Administrative Agent control of such electronic
chattel paper under Section 9-105 of the UCC and control of such transferable record under Section
201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may
be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as in effect in such jurisdiction.

          (d) No Loan Party owns or holds, directly or indirectly, beneficially or as record owner or
both, any deposit account, as of the Closing Date, or other similar account with any bank or other
financial institution, as of the Closing Date, in each case except for the deposit accounts
identified on Schedule 8.10. Subject to Section 6.3(a), Loan Parties shall not,
directly or indirectly, after the Closing Date open, establish or maintain any deposit account
(other than an Excluded Bank Account) unless on or before the opening of such deposit account, such
Loan Party shall have obtained a Deposit Account Control Agreement with respect to such deposit
account, duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Loan Party and the bank at which such
deposit account is opened and maintained.

          (e) No Loan Party owns or holds, directly or indirectly, beneficially or as record owner or
both, any investment property, as of the Closing Date, or have any investment account, securities
account, commodity account, futures account or other similar account with any bank or other
financial institution or other securities intermediary, commodity intermediary or futures
intermediary as of the Closing Date, in each case except for investment, securities and commodities
accounts identified on Schedule 8.10 and securities identified on Schedule 8.12.

          (i) In the event that any Loan Party shall be entitled to or shall at any time after
the Closing Date hold or acquire any certificated securities (other than any certificated
securities that are Senior Notes Priority Collateral), such Loan Party shall promptly (and
in any event within five (5) Business Days) endorse, assign and deliver the same to the
Administrative Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly
executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify. If any
securities, now or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party are uncertificated and are issued to
such Loan Party or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof (other than any uncertificated
securities that are Senior Notes Priority

72

 

Collateral), such Loan Party shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business
Days) notify the Administrative Agent thereof and shall as the Administrative Agent may
specify, either cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the
Administrative Agent as to such securities, without further consent of any Loan Party or
such nominee, or arrange for the Administrative Agent to become the registered owner of the
securities.

          (ii) Loan Parties shall not, directly or indirectly, after the Closing Date open,
establish or maintain any investment account, securities account, commodity account, futures
account or any other similar account (other than an Excluded Bank Account) with any
securities intermediary, commodity intermediary or futures intermediary unless each of the
following conditions is satisfied: the Administrative Agent shall have received prior
written notice of the intention of such Loan Party to open or establish such account which
notice shall specify in reasonable detail and specificity the name of the account, the owner
of the account, the name and address of the securities intermediary, commodity intermediary
or futures intermediary at which such account is to be opened or established, the individual
at such intermediary with whom such Loan Party is dealing and the purpose of the account,
the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary (as the case may be) where such
account is opened or maintained shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent,
and on or before the opening of such investment account, securities account or other similar
account with a securities intermediary, commodity intermediary or futures intermediary, such
Loan Party shall as the Administrative Agent may specify either (A) execute and deliver, and
cause to be executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, an Investment Property
Control Agreement with respect thereto duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Loan
Party and such securities intermediary, commodity intermediary or futures intermediary or
(B) arrange for the Administrative Agent to become the entitlement holder with respect to
such investment property on terms and conditions acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

          (f) Loan Parties are not the beneficiary or otherwise entitled to any right to payment under
any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar instrument as of the Closing Date. In the
event that any Loan Party shall be entitled to or shall receive any right to payment under any
letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or any similar instrument whether as beneficiary thereof or
otherwise after the Closing Date, such Loan Party shall promptly (and in any event within two (2)
Business Days or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree) notify the
Administrative Agent thereof in writing. Such Loan Party shall immediately, as the Administrative
Agent may specify, either (i) deliver, or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, with
respect to any such letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar instrument, the written
agreement of the issuer and any other nominated person obligated to make any payment in respect
thereof (including any confirming or negotiating bank), in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, consenting to the assignment of the proceeds of the
letter of credit to the Administrative Agent by such Loan Party and agreeing to make all payments
thereon directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent may otherwise direct or
(ii) cause the Administrative Agent to become, at the Borrowers’ expense, the transferee
beneficiary of the letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar instrument (as the case may
be).

          (g) The Loan Parties do not have any commercial tort claims as of the Closing Date. In the
event that any Loan Party shall at any time after the Closing Date have any such commercial tort
claims (excluding any commercial tort claim where a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party has
reasonably determined that the amount likely to be recovered in respect of such claim will not
exceed $500,000), such Loan Party shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days or
such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree) notify the Administrative Agent thereof
in writing, which notice shall (i) set forth in reasonable detail the basis for and nature of such
commercial tort claim and (ii) include the express grant by such Loan Party to the Administrative
Agent of a security interest in such

73

 

commercial tort claim (and the proceeds thereof). In the event that such notice does not
include such grant of a security interest, the sending thereof by such Loan Party to the
Administrative Agent shall be deemed to constitute such grant to the Administrative Agent. Upon
the sending of such notice, any commercial tort claim described therein shall constitute part of
the Collateral and shall be deemed included therein. Without limiting the authorization of the
Administrative Agent provided in Section 6.2(a) or otherwise arising by the execution by
such Loan Party of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent is
hereby irrevocably authorized from time to time and at any time to file such financing statements
naming the Administrative Agent or its designee as secured party and such Loan Party as debtor, or
any amendments to any financing statements, covering any such commercial tort claim as Collateral.
In addition, each Loan Party shall promptly upon the Administrative Agent’s request, execute and
deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Administrative Agent such other agreements,
documents and instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require in connection with
such commercial tort claim.

          (h) Material Government Contracts.

          (i) No Loan Party is party to any Material Government Contract except for Material
Government Contracts identified on Schedule 8.15 (as such schedule may be updated
from time to time after the Closing Date to reflect (x) the addition of any new Material
Government Contracts entered into after the Closing Date and (y) the deletion of any
Material Government Contracts upon the expiration or termination thereof after the Closing
Date or if any scheduled Government Contract is no longer a Material Government Contract).
In the event that any Loan Party shall at any time after the Closing Date become a party to
any Material Government Contract, such Loan Party shall promptly (and in any event within
five (5) Business Days) deliver to the Administrative Agent (A) a copy of such Material
Government Contract and (B) a duly executed and completed Instrument of Assignment and
Notice of Assignment with respect to such Material Government Contract. In addition, in the
event that any Material Government Contract is terminated or amended in any manner
materially adverse to the Company and its Subsidiaries, the Loan Parties shall promptly (and
in any event within five (5) Business Days) notify the Administrative Agent thereof in
accordance with Section 9.6(b)(ii).

          (ii) If and only if (A) at any time, Excess Availability is less than the Filing
Threshold Amount, (B) a Material Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
(C) any other Event of Default (other than a Material Event of Default) shall have occurred
and be continuing without waiver or cure for sixty (60) consecutive days after the
occurrence thereof (which sixty (60) consecutive days shall be inclusive of any applicable
grace period with respect to such Event of Default required to elapse in order for the
corresponding Default, if any, to mature into such Event of Default), then, in any such case
(but only in such case), the Administrative Agent may deliver all Instruments of Assignment
and all Notices of Assignment to the applicable U.S. Governmental Authority for each
Material Government Contract and the Loan Parties shall use their commercially reasonable
efforts to have such Notices of Assignment acknowledged in writing by the applicable U.S.
Governmental Authority.

          (i) Except as set forth in Schedule 8.2, the Loan Parties do not have any goods,
documents of title or other Collateral in the custody, control or possession of a third party as of
the Closing Date, except for goods located in the United States in transit to a location of a Loan
Party set forth in Schedule 8.2 in the ordinary course of business of such Loan Party in
the possession of the carrier transporting such goods. In the event that any goods, documents of
title or other Collateral are at any time after the Closing Date in the custody, control or
possession of such carriers, Loan Parties shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business
Days or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree) notify the Administrative Agent
thereof in writing. Promptly upon the Administrative

74

 

Agent’s request, Loan Parties shall take all reasonable steps to deliver to the Administrative
Agent a Collateral Access Agreement duly authorized, executed and delivered by such person and the
Loan Party that is the owner of such Collateral.

          (j) Loan Parties shall take any other actions reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent
from time to time to cause the attachment, perfection and first priority of, and the ability of the
Administrative Agent to enforce, the security interest of the Administrative Agent in any and all
of the Collateral (subject only to the Liens permitted under Section 10.2 and as described
in the Intercreditor Agreement), including, without limitation, (i) executing, delivering and,
where appropriate, filing financing statements and amendments relating thereto under the UCC and
other applicable law, to the extent, if any, that any Loan Party’s signature thereon is required
therefor, (ii) causing the Administrative Agent’s name to be noted as secured party on any
certificate of title for a titled good if such notation is a condition to attachment, perfection or
priority of, or ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the security interest of the
Administrative Agent in such Collateral, (iii) complying with any provision of any statute,
regulation or treaty of the United States as to any Collateral if compliance with such provision is
a condition to attachment, perfection or priority of, or ability of the Administrative Agent to
enforce, the security interest of the Administrative Agent in such Collateral, and (iv) obtaining
the consents and approvals of any Governmental Authority or third party, including, without
limitation, any consent of any licensor, lessor or other person obligated on Collateral.

          (k) Neither the Borrowers nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to take action (i)
outside the United States to perfect a security interest in any Collateral located outside the
United States or (ii) to perfect a security interest if the Administrative Agent (in the case of
ABL Priority Collateral) or the Senior Notes Agent (in the case of the Senior Notes Priority
Collateral) determines in good faith that the burden or cost of obtaining the perfection is
excessive when compared to the benefit of such perfection.

     Section 6.3 Collection of Accounts.

          (a) The Borrowers shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days or such longer
period as the Administrative Agent may agree) deposit and direct their respective account debtors
to directly remit all payments on Accounts and all payments constituting proceeds of Inventory or
other Collateral in the identical form in which such payments are made, whether by cash, check or
other manner, into one or more deposit accounts of the Borrowers subject to a Deposit Account
Control Agreement (the “Blocked Accounts”). Each Deposit Account Control Agreement entered
into with respect to a Blocked Account shall provide that all payments to the Blocked Accounts
shall be swept daily to the Administrative Agent Payment Account. Each Loan Party agrees that all
payments made to such Blocked Accounts or other funds received and collected by the Administrative
Agent or any Lender, whether in respect of the Accounts, as proceeds of Inventory or other
Collateral or otherwise shall be treated as payments to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in
respect of the Obligations and therefore shall constitute the property of the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders to the extent of then outstanding Obligations. All payments to the Blocked
Accounts shall be swept daily to the Administrative Agent Payment Account and applied to repay the
Obligations in the manner set forth in Section 3.5. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts
on deposit in the Mar-Vel Bank Account shall not be required to be swept to the Administrative
Agent Payment Account until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

          (b) For purposes of calculating (i) the amount of the Loans available to each Borrower and
(ii) interest on the Obligations, such payments will be applied (conditional upon final collection)
to the Obligations on the Business Day of receipt by the Administrative Agent of immediately
available funds in the Administrative Agent Payment Account provided such payments and notice
thereof

75

 

are received in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s usual and customary practices as in
effect from time to time and within sufficient time to credit such Borrower’s loan account on such
day, and if not, then on the next Business Day.

          (c) The Borrowers, promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days or such longer
period as the Administrative Agent may agree) upon the request of the Administrative Agent, shall
deliver to the Administrative Agent a schedule of all deposit accounts (other than deposit accounts
described in clause (a) of the definition of Excluded Bank Account), that are maintained by the
Loan Parties, which schedule shall include, with respect to each depository (i) the name and
address of such depository, (ii) the account name and number(s) maintained with such depository and
(iii) a contact person at such depository.

          (d) Each Loan Party and their respective employees, agents and Subsidiaries shall, acting as
trustee for the Administrative Agent, receive, as the property of the Administrative Agent, any
monies, checks, notes, drafts or any other payment relating to and/or proceeds of Collateral (other
than Senior Notes Priority Collateral) which come into their possession or under their control and
immediately upon receipt thereof, shall deposit or cause the same to be deposited in a Blocked
Account, or remit the same or cause the same to be remitted, in kind, to the Administrative Agent.
In no event shall the same be commingled with any Loan Party’s other funds. The Borrowers agree to
reimburse the Administrative Agent on demand for any amounts owed or paid to any bank or other
financial institution at which a Blocked Account or any other deposit account or investment account
is established or any other bank, financial institution or other person involved in the transfer of
funds to or from the Blocked Accounts arising out of the Administrative Agent’s payments to or
indemnification of such bank, financial institution or other person. The obligations of the
Borrowers to reimburse the Administrative Agent for such amounts pursuant to this Section
6.3(d) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

COLLATERAL REPORTING AND COVENANTS

     Section 7.1 Collateral Reporting.

          (a) The Administrative Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent with the following
documents in a form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

          (i) as soon as available after the end of each month (but in any event within ten (10)
Business Days after the end thereof), on a monthly basis (A) a Borrowing Base Certificate,
(B) perpetual Inventory reports and Inventory reports by location and category (and
including the amounts of Inventory and the Value thereof at any leased locations and at
premises of warehouses, processors or other third parties), (C) agings of accounts
receivable (together with a reconciliation to the previous month’s aging and general ledger)
and agings of accounts payable (and including information indicating the amounts owing to
owners and lessors of leased premises, warehouses, processors and other third parties from
time to time in possession of any Collateral) and (D) schedules of sales made, credits
issued and cash received, as well as purchases made; and

          (ii) such other reports as to the Collateral as the Administrative Agent shall
reasonably request from time to time.

          (b) If any Loan Party’s records or reports of the Collateral are prepared or maintained by an
accounting service, contractor, shipper or other agent, such Loan Party hereby

76

 

irrevocably authorizes such service, contractor, shipper or agent to deliver such records,
reports, and related documents to the Administrative Agent and to follow the Administrative Agent’s
instructions with respect to further services at any time that an Event of Default exists or has
occurred and is continuing.

          (c) If Excess Availability falls below the Threshold Amount or an Event of Default exists or
has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent will require more frequent reporting of
certain of the foregoing information set forth in this Section 7.1, such frequency to be
determined in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion (including, without limitation,
delivery of weekly Borrowing Base Certificates).

     Section 7.2 Accounts Covenants.

          (a) The Administrative Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent promptly of: (i) any
material delay in any Borrower’s performance of any of its material obligations to any account
debtor or the assertion of any material claims, offsets, defenses or counterclaims by any account
debtor, or any material disputes with account debtors, in each case, where the amount in
controversy is $1,000,000 or more, or any settlement, adjustment or compromise thereof, (ii) all
material adverse information known to any Loan Party relating to the financial condition of any
account debtor obligated in respect of Accounts having an aggregate value of $1,000,000 or more and
(iii) any event or circumstance which, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Loan
Party, would cause any then existing Accounts having a value of $1,000,000 or more to no longer
constitute Eligible Accounts. No credit, discount, allowance or extension or agreement for any of
the foregoing shall be granted to any account debtor, except in the ordinary course of any Loan
Party’s business in accordance with practices and policies or as otherwise disclosed to the
Administrative Agent. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Loan
Parties may settle, adjust or compromise any claim, offset, counterclaim or dispute with any
account debtor. At any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Administrative Agent shall, at its option, have the exclusive right to settle, adjust or compromise
any claim, offset, counterclaim or dispute with account debtors or grant any credits, discounts or
allowances.

          (b) The Administrative Agent shall have the right at any time or times, in the name of any
applicable Loan Party, in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of a nominee of the
Administrative Agent, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Accounts
or other Collateral, by mail, telephone, facsimile transmission or otherwise; provided,
however, that so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
prior to conducting any such verifications, the Administrative Agent shall consult with the
Borrowers and after such consultation, the Administrative Agent may use third party government
billing systems (“My Invoice”) or another similar system to make such verifications.

     Section 7.3 Inventory Covenants; Appraisals.

     With respect to the Inventory:

          (a) Each Loan Party shall at all times maintain inventory records reasonably satisfactory to
the Administrative Agent, keeping correct and accurate records itemizing and describing the kind,
type, quality and quantity of Inventory and such Loan Party’s cost therefore and daily withdrawals
therefrom and additions thereto;

          (b) the Loan Parties shall conduct a physical count of the Inventory at least once each year
but at any time or times as the Administrative Agent may request upon the occurrence and during the
continuation of an Event of Default or if Excess Availability falls below the Threshold

77

 

Amount, and promptly following such physical inventory shall supply the Administrative Agent
with a report in the form and with such specificity as may be satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent concerning such physical count;

          (c) the Loan Parties shall not remove any Inventory from the locations set forth or permitted
herein, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, except for sales of
Inventory in the ordinary course of its business and except to move Inventory directly from one
location set forth or permitted herein to another such location and except for Inventory shipped
from the manufacturer thereof to such Loan Party which is in transit to the locations set forth or
permitted herein;

          (d) from time to time as requested by the Administrative Agent, at the cost and expense of the
Borrowers, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to obtain an Inventory appraisal, which
appraisal shall (i) be in form, scope and methodology acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (ii)
be addressed to the Administrative Agent and (iii) expressly permit reliance thereon by
Administrative Agent and the Lenders; provided, however, that the Borrowers shall
not be required to incur the costs and expenses of more than one (1) such appraisal during any
twelve (12) consecutive fiscal month period; provided, further, that if Excess
Availability is less than the Threshold Amount or upon the occurrence and during the continuation
of an Event of Default, there shall be no limit on the number of appraisals which may be requested
by the Administrative Agent, each at the Borrowers’ expense;

          (e) the Loan Parties shall produce, use, store and maintain the Inventory with all reasonable
care and caution and in accordance with applicable standards of any insurance and in conformity
with applicable laws (including the requirements of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938,
as amended and all rules, regulations and orders related thereto);

          (f) none of the Inventory or other Collateral constitutes farm products or the proceeds
thereof;

          (g) each Loan Party assumes all responsibility and liability arising from or relating to the
production, use, sale or other disposition of the Inventory;

          (h) the Loan Parties shall keep the Inventory in good and marketable condition;

          (i) the Loan Parties shall not sell Inventory to any customer on approval, or any basis which
entitles the customer to return or may obligate any Loan Party to repurchase such Inventory (except
in the ordinary course of any Loan Party’s business in accordance with practices and policies and
as disclosed to the Administrative Agent); and

          (j) the Loan Parties shall not, without prior written notice to the Administrative Agent or
the specific identification of such Inventory in a report with respect thereto provided by the
Administrative Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.1(a), acquire or
accept any Inventory on consignment or approval.

     Section 7.4 Equipment and Real Property Covenants. With respect to the Equipment and
Real Property: (a) The Loan Parties shall keep the Equipment in good order, repair, running and
marketable condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted); (b) the Loan Parties shall use the
Equipment and Real Property with all reasonable care and caution and in accordance with applicable
standards of any insurance and in conformity with all applicable laws; (c) the Equipment is and
shall be used in the business of Loan Parties and not for personal, family, household or farming
use; (d) the Loan Parties shall not remove any Equipment from the locations set forth or permitted
herein, except to the extent necessary to have any Equipment repaired or maintained in the ordinary
course of its business or to move

78

 

Equipment directly from one location set forth or permitted herein to another such location
and except for the movement of motor vehicles used by or for the benefit of such Loan Party in the
ordinary course of business; (e) the Equipment is now and shall remain personal property and Loan
Parties shall not permit any of the Equipment to be or become a part of or affixed to real
property; and (f) each Loan Party assumes all responsibility and liability arising from the use of
the Equipment and Real Property.

     Section 7.5 Power of Attorney. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably designates and
appoints the Administrative Agent (and all persons designated by the Administrative Agent) as such
Loan Party’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, and authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such
Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s name, to: (a) at any time an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing (i) demand payment on Accounts or other Collateral, (ii) enforce payment
of Accounts by legal proceedings or otherwise, (iii) exercise all of such Loan Party’s rights and
remedies to collect any Account or other Collateral, (iv) sell or assign any Account upon such
terms as permitted by applicable law, for such amount and at such time or times as the
Administrative Agent deems advisable, (v) settle, adjust, compromise, extend or renew an Account,
(vi) discharge and release any Account, (vii) prepare, file and sign such Loan Party’s name on any
proof of claim in bankruptcy or other similar document against an account debtor or other obligor
in respect of any Accounts or other Collateral, (viii) notify the post office authorities to change
the address for delivery of remittances from account debtors or other obligors in respect of
Accounts or other proceeds of Collateral to an address designated by the Administrative Agent, and
open and dispose of all mail addressed to such Loan Party and handle and store all mail relating to
the Collateral; (ix) endorse such Loan Party’s name upon any chattel paper, document, instrument,
invoice, or similar document or agreement relating to any Account or any goods pertaining thereto
or any other Collateral, including any warehouse or other receipts, or bills of lading and other
negotiable or non-negotiable documents, (x) clear Inventory the purchase of which was financed with
a Letter of Credit through U.S. Customs or foreign export control authorities in such Loan Party’s
name, the Administrative Agent’s name or the name of the Administrative Agent’s designee, and to
sign and deliver to customs officials powers of attorney in such Loan Party’s name for such
purpose, and to complete in such Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s name, any order, sale
or transaction, obtain the necessary documents in connection therewith and collect the proceeds
thereof; (xi) sign such Loan Party’s name on any verification of Accounts and notices thereof to
account debtors or any secondary obligors or other obligors in respect thereof and (xii) do all
acts and things which are necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s determination, to fulfill such
Loan Party’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (b) at any time, to
(i) take control in any manner of any item of payment in respect of Accounts or constituting
Collateral or otherwise received in or for deposit in the Blocked Accounts or otherwise received by
the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (ii) have access to any lockbox or postal box into which
remittances from account debtors or other obligors in respect of Accounts or other proceeds of
Collateral are sent or received, and (iii) endorse such Loan Party’s name upon any items of payment
in respect of Accounts or constituting Collateral or otherwise received by the Administrative Agent
and any Lender and deposit the same in the Administrative Agent Payment Account for application to
the Obligations. Each Loan Party hereby releases the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and
their respective officers, employees and designees from any liabilities arising from any act or
acts under this power of attorney and in furtherance thereof, whether of omission or commission,
except to the extent resulting from the Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s own gross negligence
or willful misconduct as determined pursuant to a final non-appealable order of a court of
competent jurisdiction.

     Section 7.6 Right to Cure. The Administrative Agent may, upon notice to the
Administrative Borrower and upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default,
(a) cure any default by any Loan Party under any material agreement with a third party that affects
the Collateral, its value or the ability of the Administrative Agent to collect, sell or otherwise
dispose of the Collateral or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender
therein or the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations hereunder or under any of the
other Loan Documents, (b) pay or bond on appeal

79

 

any judgment entered against any Loan Party, (c) discharge taxes, liens, security interests or
other encumbrances at any time levied on or existing with respect to the Collateral and (d) pay any
amount, incur any expense or perform any act which, in the Administrative Agent’s judgment, is
necessary or appropriate to preserve, protect, insure or maintain the Collateral and the rights of
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent may add
any amounts so expended to the Obligations and charge any Borrower’s account therefor, such amounts
to be repayable by the Borrowers on demand. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be
under no obligation to effect such cure, payment or bonding and shall not, by doing so, be deemed
to have assumed any obligation or liability of any Loan Party. Any payment made or other action
taken by the Administrative Agent or any Lender under this Section 7.6 shall be without
prejudice to any right to assert an Event of Default hereunder and to proceed accordingly.

     Section 7.7 Access to Premises; Field Audits. From time to time as requested by the
Administrative Agent, at the cost and expense of the Borrowers, (a) the Administrative Agent or its
designee shall have complete access to all of each Loan Party’s premises during normal business
hours and after reasonable prior notice to the Administrative Borrower, or at any time and without
notice to the Administrative Borrower if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, for
the purposes of inspecting, verifying and auditing the Collateral and all of each Loan Party’s
books and records, including the Records, and (b) each Loan Party shall promptly furnish to the
Administrative Agent such copies of such books and records or extracts therefrom as the
Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and the Administrative Agent or any Lender or the
Administrative Agent’s designee may use during normal business hours such of any Loan Party’s
personnel, equipment, supplies and premises as may be reasonably necessary for the foregoing and,
if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, for the collection of Accounts and
realization of other Collateral. In addition to the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall be
permitted to conduct no more than two (2) field examinations (it being understood that for the
purposes hereof a single field examination may consist of examinations conducted at multiple
relevant sites and involving each of the relevant Loan Parties and their assets) during any twelve
(12) consecutive fiscal month period, each at the Borrowers’ expense; provided that if
Excess Availability is less than the Threshold Amount or upon the occurrence and during the
continuation of an Event of Default, there shall be no limit on the number of field examinations
which may be conducted by the Administrative Agent, each at the Borrowers’ expense.

ARTICLE 8

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     Each Loan Party, on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries, hereby represents and
warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender the following (which shall
survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement):

     Section 8.1 Corporate Existence, Power and Authority. Each Loan Party and each
Subsidiary thereof is a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership or other legal
entity duly organized and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and
is duly qualified as a foreign corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, or
other legal entity and in good standing in all states or other jurisdictions where the nature and
extent of the business transacted by it or the ownership of assets makes such qualification
necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which the failure to so qualify would not have a
Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder (a)
are all within each Loan Party’s corporate, limited liability company, limited partnership or other
comparable powers, (b) have been duly authorized, (c) are not in contravention of law or the terms
of any Loan Party’s certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, bylaws, operating
agreement, limited partnership agreement or other organizational documentation, or any indenture,

80

 

agreement, undertaking or Material Contract to which any Loan Party is a party or by which any
Loan Party or its property are bound and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of, or
require or give rise to any obligation to grant, any Lien upon any property of any Loan Party
(other than (i) Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of itself and the Secured
Parties or (ii) Liens permitted under Section 10.2). This Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to which any Loan Party is a party constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of
such Loan Party enforceable in accordance with their respective terms; provided that the
enforceability hereof and thereof is subject in each case to general principles of equity and to
bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

     Section 8.2 Name; State of Organization; Chief Executive Office; Collateral Locations.

          (a) The exact legal name of each Loan Party as of the Closing Date is as set forth on the
signature page of this Agreement and in Schedule 8.2. No Loan Party has, during the five
(5) year period ending on the date of this Agreement, been known by or used any other corporate or
fictitious name or been a party to any merger or consolidation, or acquired all or substantially
all of the assets of any Person, or acquired any of its property or assets out of the ordinary
course of business, except as set forth in Schedule 8.2.

          (b) As of the Closing Date, each Loan Party is an organization of the type and organized in
the jurisdiction set forth in Schedule 8.2. Schedule 8.2 accurately sets forth as
of the Closing Date the organizational identification number of each Loan Party or accurately
states that such Loan Party has none and accurately sets forth the federal employer identification
number of each Loan Party.

          (c) As of the Closing Date, the chief executive office and primary mailing address of each
Loan Party and each Loan Party’s Records concerning Accounts and all other Collateral locations are
set forth in Schedule 8.2.

     Section 8.3 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect. All financial
statements relating to Holdings and its Subsidiaries and all financial statements relating to the
Company and its Subsidiaries which have been or may hereafter be delivered by any Loan Party to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders have been prepared on a consolidated basis (and, as applicable
for historical periods, combined basis) in accordance with GAAP (except as to any monthly financial
statements, to the extent such monthly statements are subject to normal month-end and year-end
adjustments and do not include any notes) and fairly present in all material respects the
consolidated (and, as applicable for historical periods, combined basis) financial condition and
the results of operation of Holdings and its Subsidiaries or the Company and its Subsidiaries, as
applicable, as at the dates and for the periods set forth therein. Since December 31, 2010, there
has been no act, condition or event having, or that could reasonably be expected to have, a
Material Adverse Effect. The projections that have been delivered to the Administrative Agent
pursuant to Section 5.1(n) or any projections hereafter delivered to the Administrative
Agent have been prepared in light of the past operations of the businesses of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries or the Company and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, and are based upon estimates and
assumptions stated therein, all of which the Loan Parties have determined to be reasonable and fair
in light of then current conditions and current facts and reflect the good faith and reasonable
estimates of the Loan Parties of the future financial performance of Holdings and its Subsidiaries
or the Company and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, and of the other information projected therein
for the periods set forth therein (it being understood that actual results may differ from those
set forth in such projections).

     Section 8.4 Priority of Liens; Title to Properties. The Liens granted to the
Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute valid and
perfected first priority Liens and security interests in and upon the ABL Priority Collateral or,
in the case of the Senior Notes

81

 

Priority Collateral, second priority Liens and security interests, in all right, title and
interest of the grantors thereunder in such Collateral, in each case subject only to the Liens
permitted under Section 10.2. Each Loan Party has good and marketable fee simple title to
or valid leasehold interests in all of its Real Property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct
of its business and good, valid and merchantable title to all of its other properties and assets,
subject only to the Liens permitted under Section 10.2.

     Section 8.5 Tax Returns. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof has filed, or
caused to be filed, in a timely manner all Federal and all material State, county, local and
foreign income, excise, property and other material tax returns which are required to be filed by
it. All information in such tax returns, reports and declarations is complete and accurate in all
material respects. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof has paid or caused to be paid all
material taxes due and payable or claimed due and payable in any assessment received by it, except
taxes the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently
pursued and available to such Loan Party or such Subsidiary and with respect to which adequate
reserves have been set aside on its books. Adequate provision has been made for the payment of all
accrued and unpaid Federal, and all material State, county, local, foreign and other material taxes
whether or not yet due and payable and whether or not disputed. Notwithstanding the foregoing to
the contrary, solely with respect to IRS Forms 5500, each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof
represents that it has filed such Forms in a timely manner except to the extent the failure to do
so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 8.6 Litigation. Except for matters existing on the Closing Date and as set
forth in Schedule 8.6, (a) there is no investigation by any Governmental Authority pending,
or to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Loan Party threatened, against or affecting
any Loan Party, its or their assets or business and (b) there is no action, suit, proceeding or
claim by any Person pending, or to the best of any Loan Party’s knowledge threatened, against any
Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or its or their assets or goodwill, or against or affecting
any transactions contemplated by this Agreement before any court or arbitrator or any governmental
body, agency or official, in each case under clause (a) or (b) above, which has or could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 8.7 Compliance with Other Agreements and Applicable Laws.

          (a) The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are not in default in any respect under, or in
violation in any material respect of the terms of, any Material Contract or, in violation in any
respect of the terms of, any Material Government Contract. The Loan Parties are in compliance with
the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental
Authority relating to their respective businesses, including, without limitation, those set forth
in or promulgated pursuant to the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, the Fair
Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, ERISA, the Code, as amended, and the rules and regulations
thereunder, and all Environmental Laws, except, in each case, for noncompliance which could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (b) The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have obtained all permits, licenses, approvals,
consents, certificates, orders or authorizations of any Governmental Authority required for the
lawful conduct of its business (the “Permits”), except for those Permits for which the
failure to obtain could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such
Permits are valid and subsisting and in full force and effect. There are no actions, claims or
proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Loan Party, threatened
that seek the revocation, cancellation, suspension or modification of any such Permits.

     Section 8.8 Environmental Compliance.

82

 

          (a) No Loan Party and no Subsidiary thereof has generated, used, stored, treated, transported,
manufactured, handled, produced or disposed of any Hazardous Materials, on or off its premises
(whether or not owned by it) in any manner which at any time violates in any respect any applicable
Environmental Law or Permit, except for any violation which could not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. The operations of each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof
comply with all Environmental Laws and all Permits, except for noncompliance which could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (b) Except for matters that have been resolved with no further obligation on the part of any
Loan Party or any Subsidiary, there has been no investigation by any Governmental Authority or any
proceeding, complaint, order, directive, claim, citation or notice by any Governmental Authority or
any other person nor is any pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Loan
Party, threatened, with respect to any non-compliance with or violation of the requirements of any
Environmental Law by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or the release, spill or discharge,
threatened or actual, of any Hazardous Material or the generation, use, storage, treatment,
transportation, manufacture, handling, production or disposal of any Hazardous Materials or any
other environmental, health or safety matter, which in any of the foregoing cases could reasonably
be expected to, in any individual case, result in costs or liabilities to the Loan Parties in
excess of $1,000,000.

          (c) Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability (contingent or
otherwise) in connection with a release, spill or discharge, threatened or actual, of any Hazardous
Materials or the generation, use, storage, treatment, transportation, manufacture, handling,
production or disposal of any Hazardous Materials that has had or could reasonably be expected to
result in costs or liabilities to the Loan Parties in excess of $1,000,000.

          (d) The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have all Permits required to be obtained or filed
in connection with the operations of the Loan Parties under all Environmental Laws and all of such
licenses, certificates, approvals or similar authorizations and other Permits are valid and in full
force and effect, except, in each case where the failure to so obtain or maintain such Permits
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 8.9 Employee Benefits.

          (a) As of the Closing Date, each material Plan is set forth in Schedule 8.9. Each
Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or State
law, except where any noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. Each Pension Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has
received a favorable determination letter or is subject to an opinion letter on which it is
entitled to rely from the Internal Revenue Service and to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer
of any Loan Party, nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of such qualification. Each
Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates have made all required contributions to any Plan subject to
Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any
amortization period pursuant to Section 412, 430 or 431 of the Code has been made with respect to
any Plan.

          (b) There are no pending, or to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Loan Party,
threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to
any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any Loan Party.
There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with
respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any Loan
Party.

83

 

          (c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur which could reasonably
be expected to result in a material liability to any Loan Party, to the extent not already
qualified by materiality under the definition of ERISA Event; (ii) each Loan Party, and their ERISA
Affiliates, have not incurred and do not reasonably expect to incur, any material liability under
Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under
Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) each Loan Party, and their ERISA Affiliates, have not incurred and do
not reasonably expect to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of
notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of
ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) each Loan Party, and their ERISA Affiliates,
have not engaged in a transaction that would be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA that
could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any Loan Party.

     Section 8.10 Bank Accounts. As of the Closing Date, all of the deposit accounts,
investment accounts, securities accounts, commodity accounts, futures accounts or any other similar
accounts in the name of or used by any Loan Party maintained at any bank or other financial
institution or securities intermediary are set forth in Schedule 8.10.

     Section 8.11 Intellectual Property. Each Loan Party owns or licenses or otherwise has
the right to use all Intellectual Property necessary and material for the operation of its business
as presently conducted or presently proposed by its management to be conducted. As of the Closing
Date, the Loan Parties do not have any Intellectual Property registered, or subject to pending
applications, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office or
any similar office or agency in the United States, any State thereof, any political subdivision
thereof or in any other country, other than those described in Schedule 8.11. As of the
Closing Date, none of the Intellectual Property of the Loan Parties is the subject of any licensing
or franchising agreement pursuant to which such Loan Party is the licensor or franchisor, except as
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the
Responsible Officers of the Loan Parties, no event has occurred which permits or would permit after
notice or passage of time or both, the revocation, suspension or termination of such ownership, use
and license rights. To the knowledge of the Responsible Officers of the Loan Parties, no slogan or
other advertising device, product, process, method, substance or other Intellectual Property or
goods bearing or using any Intellectual Property presently contemplated to be sold by or employed
by any Loan Party infringes any patent, trademark, servicemark, tradename, copyright, license or
other Intellectual Property owned by any other Person presently and no claim or litigation is
pending or threatened in writing against any Loan Party contesting any Loan Party’s right to sell
or use any of such Loan Party’s Intellectual Property. Schedule 8.11 sets forth all of the
agreements or other arrangements of each Loan Party pursuant to which such Loan Party has a license
or other right to use any trademarks, logos, designs, representations or other Intellectual
Property owned by another person (not including off-the-shelf software, vendor, supply or
distribution agreements that allow incidental use of Intellectual Property in connection with the
sale of such vendor, supplier or distributor’s products or services) as in effect on the Closing
Date (collectively, together with such agreements or other arrangements as may be entered into by
any Loan Party after the Closing Date, collectively, the “License Agreements” and individually, a
“License Agreement”). No trademark, servicemark, copyright or other Intellectual Property at any
time used by any Loan Party which is owned by another person, or owned by such Loan Party subject
to any Lien in favor of any person other than the Administrative Agent, is affixed to any Eligible
Inventory, except (a) to the extent permitted under the term of the License Agreements listed on
Schedule 8.11 (not including vendor, supply, or distribution agreements that allow
incidental use of Intellectual Property in connection with the sale of such vendor, supplier, or
distributor’s products or services) and (b) to the extent the sale of Inventory to which such
Intellectual Property is affixed is permitted to be sold by such Loan Party under applicable law
(including the United States Copyright Act of 1976).

84

 

     Section 8.12 Subsidiaries; Affiliates; Capitalization; Solvency.

          (a) As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any direct or indirect Subsidiaries or
Affiliates and is not engaged in any joint venture or partnership except as set forth in
Schedule 8.12.

          (b) As of the Closing Date, each Loan Party is the record and beneficial owner of all of the
issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of each of its Subsidiaries listed in Schedule
8.12 as being owned by such Loan Party and there are no proxies, irrevocable or otherwise, with
respect to such shares and, except as set forth in Schedule 8.12, no equity securities of
any of the Loan Parties are or may become required to be issued by reason of any options, warrants,
rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any kind or nature and there are no contracts,
commitments, understandings or arrangements by which any Loan Party is or may become bound to issue
additional shares of it Capital Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such
shares.

          (c) As of the Closing Date, all of the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of each
Loan Party are directly and beneficially owned and held by the persons indicated in Schedule
8.12, and in each case all of such shares have been duly authorized, in the case of
corporations, and are fully paid and non-assessable, and are free and clear of all claims, liens,
pledges and encumbrances of any kind, except as disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent
prior to the Closing Date.

          (d) (i) Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are Solvent and (ii) the Company and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are Solvent and, in each case, will continue to be Solvent
immediately after the creation or incurrence from time to time of the Obligations, the security
interests of the Administrative Agent and the other transactions contemplated hereunder.

     Section 8.13 Labor Disputes.

          (a) Set forth in Schedule 8.13 is a list (including dates of termination) of all
collective bargaining or similar agreements between or applicable to each Loan Party and any union,
labor organization or other bargaining agent in respect of the employees of any Loan Party on the
Closing Date.

          (b) There is (i) no unfair labor practice complaint pending against any Loan Party or, to the
knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Loan Party, threatened against it, before the National
Labor Relations Board, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or
would likely result in the termination of a Material Government Contract, and no grievance or
arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is pending on
the Closing Date against any Loan Party or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Loan
Party, threatened against it, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect
or would likely result in the termination of a Material Government Contract, and (ii) no strike,
labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage is pending against any Loan Party or, to the knowledge of any
Responsible Officer of any Loan Party, threatened against any Loan Party, which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or would likely result in the termination of a Material
Government Contract.

     Section 8.14 Burdensome Restrictions. Except as permitted in Section 10.7,
there are no contractual or consensual restrictions on any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries
that (a) prohibit or otherwise restrict the transfer of cash or other assets (i) between any Loan
Party and any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) between any Subsidiaries of any Loan Party or (b)
prohibit or otherwise restrict the ability of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to incur
Indebtedness or grant Liens to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in the Collateral.

85

 

     Section 8.15 Material Contracts and Material Government Contracts. Schedule
8.15 (as such schedule may be updated from time to time after the Closing Date) sets forth all
Material Contracts and Material Government Contracts to which any Loan Party is a party or is
bound. The Loan Parties have delivered true, correct and complete copies of all Material Contracts
and Material Government Contracts (in each case, with redactions as deemed appropriate) in
existence on the Closing Date to the Administrative Agent. No Loan Party is in breach of or in
default under any Material Contract or Material Government Contract.

     Section 8.16 Real Property. Schedule 8.16 contains a list of all Real
Property owned or leased by any Loan Party as of the Closing Date. Each Loan Party has (a) good
and marketable fee simple title to or valid leasehold interests in all of its Real Property and (b)
good and marketable title to all of its other property (including without limitation, all property
in each case as reflected in the financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent
hereunder), and in case of each (a) and (b) subject to no Liens other than permitted Liens pursuant
to Section 10.2. Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries enjoy peaceful and undisturbed
possession of all its Real Property and there is no pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible
Officer of any Loan Party, threatened condemnation proceeding relating to any such Real Property.
No default exists under any leases evidencing any leasehold interests of the Loan Parties (the
“Leases”) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All of the
Real Property owned, leased or used by each Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in the conduct of
their respective businesses is (i) structurally sound with no known defects which could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) in good operating condition and repair, subject
to ordinary wear and tear, (iii) not in need of maintenance or repair except for ordinary, routine
maintenance and repair the cost of which is immaterial, (iv) sufficient for the operation of the
businesses of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted, and (v) in compliance
with all applicable laws, ordinances, orders, regulations and other requirements (including
applicable zoning, motor vehicle safety, occupational safety and health laws and regulations)
relating thereto, except where any noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 8.17 Payable Practices. No Loan Party has made any material change in its
historical accounts payable practices from those in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date.

     Section 8.18 Accuracy and Completeness of Information. All information furnished by
or on behalf of any Loan Party in writing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection
with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated hereby or
thereby is, and all such information thereafter furnished, when taken as a whole, will be, true,
accurate and complete in every material respect on the date as of which such information is dated
or certified and does not omit any material fact necessary in order to make such information not
misleading in light of the circumstances in which such information was provided. No event or
circumstance has occurred which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect, which has not been fully and accurately disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing
prior to the Closing Date.

     Section 8.19 Margin Security and Investment Company Act. No Loan Party owns any
margin stock and no portion of the proceeds of any Loans or Letters of Credit shall be used by any
Borrower for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U
of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or for any other purpose which violates
the provisions or Regulation T, U or X of said Board of Governors or for any other purpose in
violation of any applicable statute or regulation, or of the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. No Loan Party is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended. In addition, none of the Loan Parties is an “investment company” registered or required
to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or is, directly or
indirectly, controlled by such a company.

86

 

     Section 8.20 Insurance. The properties of the Loan Parties are insured with
financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of any Loan Party, in such
amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies
engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Loan Parties
operate.

     Section 8.21 Accounts; Inventory. Each Account (a) is genuine and enforceable in
accordance with its terms except for such limits thereon arising from bankruptcy and similar laws
relating to creditor’s rights; (b) is not subject to any deduction or discount (other than as
stated in the invoice and disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing), defense, set off,
claim or counterclaim of a material nature against any Loan Party except as to which the Loan
Parties would have notified the Administrative Agent in writing; (c) is not subject to any other
circumstances that would impair the validity, enforceability or a material amount of such
Collateral except as to which the Loan Parties have notified the Administrative Agent in writing;
(d) arises from a bona fide sale of goods or delivery of services in the ordinary course of
business and in accordance with the terms and conditions of any applicable purchase order, contract
or agreement; (e) is free of all Liens except Liens permitted by Section 10.2; and (f) is
for a liquidated amount maturing as stated in the invoice therefor. To the knowledge of the
Responsible Officers of each Loan Party, each Account included in any Borrowing Base Certificate,
report or other document as an Eligible Account meets all the requirements of an Eligible Account
set forth in this Agreement and each item of Inventory included in the Borrowing Base as Eligible
Inventory meets all of the requirements of Eligible Inventory set forth in this Agreement.

     Section 8.22 Anti-Terrorism Laws. Neither the making of the Loans hereunder nor the
Borrowers’ use of the proceeds thereof will violate the Patriot Act, OFAC, the Trading with the
Enemy Act, as amended, any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury
Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended), or any enabling legislation in force in the
United States or executive order relating thereto, or is in violation of any Federal statute or
Presidential Executive Order, including without limitation Executive Order 13224 66 Fed. Reg. 49079
(September 25, 2001) (Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons who Commit,
Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism), in each case, to the extent applicable to any Borrower.
None of the Borrowers, any Subsidiary of any Borrower or any Affiliate of any Borrower: (a) is a
Sanctioned Person, (b) has any of its assets in Sanctioned Entities, or (c) derives any of its
operating income from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned
Entities, in each case, in a manner, that would constitute a violation of applicable laws. The
proceeds of any Loan will not be used and have not been used to fund any operations of, finance any
investments or activities in, or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity.

     Section 8.23 Senior Indebtedness. The monetary Obligations hereunder rank at least
pari passu in right of payment (to the fullest extent permitted by law) with all other senior
indebtedness of the Borrowers; provided that the prior secured claims of any other senior
indebtedness solely with respect to particular collateral will not be deemed to result in such
Obligations not being at least pari passu in right of payment to such other senior indebtedness.

     Section 8.24 Survival of Warranties; Cumulative. All representations and warranties
contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall survive the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and shall be deemed to have been made again to the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders on the date of the making of a Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit (and on
the effective date of any Facility Increase) and shall be conclusively presumed to have been relied
on by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders regardless of any investigation made or information
possessed by the Administrative Agent or any Lender. The representations and warranties set forth
herein shall be cumulative and in addition to any other representations or warranties which any
Loan Party shall now or

87

 

hereafter give, or cause to be given, to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any
other Loan Documents.

ARTICLE 9

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     Section 9.1 Maintenance of Existence.

          (a) Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 10.4 or 10.5, each Loan
Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times (i) preserve, renew and keep
in full force and effect its legal existence and, (ii) except those that expire or otherwise
terminate in accordance with their terms, maintain in full force and effect all registrations,
approvals, authorizations, consents and Permits necessary to carry on the business as presently or
from time to time proposed to be conducted.

          (b) No Loan Party shall change its name, its type of organization, its jurisdiction of
organization or legal structure unless each of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) the
Administrative Agent shall have received prior written notice from the Administrative Borrower of
such proposed change, which notice shall accurately set forth the new name, type of organization,
jurisdiction or structure, as applicable and (ii) not more than thirty (30) days following the
effectiveness of such change, the Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the amendment
to the certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation or other organizational document of
such Loan Party providing for such change certified by the Secretary of State or other applicable
government official of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of such Loan Party or
other similar Governmental Authority as soon as it is available.

          (c) No Loan Party shall change its chief executive office or its primary mailing address or
organizational identification number (or if it does not have one, shall not acquire one) unless the
Administrative Agent shall have received prior written notice from the Administrative Borrower of
such proposed change, which notice shall accurately set forth such change and the Administrative
Agent shall have received such agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require in
connection therewith.

     Section 9.2 New Collateral Locations. From time to time, each Loan Party may open new
locations owned or leased by such Loan Party on which Collateral is stored or located only within
the continental United States or Canada (or other locations so long as any Collateral held at such
locations is deemed ineligible to be included in the Borrowing Base) provided such Loan Party gives
the Administrative Agent prior written notice of the intended opening of any such new location.

     Section 9.3 Compliance with Laws, Regulations, Etc.

          (a) Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times, comply
with all laws, rules, regulations, licenses, approvals, orders and other Permits applicable to it
and duly observe all requirements of any Governmental Authority in each case, except where the
failure to so comply or observe could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
provided that the foregoing shall not apply with respect to Intellectual Property (which is
the subject of Section 9.9 below).

          (b) The Loan Parties shall give written notice to the Administrative Agent immediately upon
any Loan Party’s receipt of any notice of, or any Loan Party’s otherwise obtaining knowledge of,
(i) the occurrence of any event involving the release, spill or discharge, threatened or actual, of
any Hazardous Material that is reasonably likely to result in costs or liabilities to the Loan
Parties in excess of $1,000,000 or (ii) any investigation, proceeding, complaint, order, directive,
claims,

88

 

citation or notice with respect to: any non-compliance with or violation of any Environmental
Law by any Loan Party or the release, spill or discharge, threatened or actual, of any Hazardous
Material if the threatened or actual release, spill or discharge, or the alleged or actual
non-compliance or violation of Environmental Law by any Loan Party that is reasonably likely to
result in costs or liabilities to the Loan Party in excess of $1,000,000 (collectively for purposes
of this Section 9.3, a “Material Release or Non-Compliance”). Upon request of the
Administrative Agent, copies of all environmental surveys, audits, assessments, feasibility studies
and results of remedial investigations (if any) shall be promptly furnished, or caused to be
furnished, by such Loan Party to the Administrative Agent. Each Loan Party shall take prompt
action to respond to any Material Release or Non-Compliance as required by applicable Environmental
Law and shall regularly report to the Administrative Agent on such response, if so requested by the
Administrative Agent.

          (c) Except with respect to losses to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, each Loan Party shall indemnify and hold
harmless the Administrative Agent and Lenders and their respective directors, officers, employees,
agents, invitees, representatives, successors and assigns, from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
expenses) directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to the use, generation,
manufacture, reproduction, storage, release, threatened release, spill, discharge, disposal or
presence, at or from any Real Property, of a Hazardous Material, including the costs of any repair,
cleanup or other remedial work required by applicable Environmental Law and the preparation and
implementation of any required closure, remedial or other required plans. All representations,
warranties, covenants and indemnifications in this Section 9.3 shall survive the payment of
the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

     Section 9.4 Payment of Taxes and Claims. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each
of its Subsidiaries to, duly pay and discharge all Federal taxes and all other material taxes,
assessments and other similar governmental charges upon or against it or its properties or assets,
except for taxes, assessments and governmental charges the validity of which is being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, as the case may be, and with respect to
which adequate reserves have been set aside on its books to the extent required by GAAP.

     Section 9.5 Insurance. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, at all times, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance
against loss or damage and all other insurance of the kinds and in the amounts customarily insured
against or carried by Persons of established reputation engaged in the same or similar businesses
and similarly situated (including, without limitation, hazard and business interruption insurance).
Said policies of insurance shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to
form, amount and insurer. Loan Parties shall furnish certificates, policies or endorsements to the
Administrative Agent as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require as proof of such
insurance, and, if any Loan Party fails to do so, the Administrative Agent is authorized, but not
required, to obtain such insurance at the expense of the Borrowers. All policies insuring loss or
damage to Collateral shall provide for at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the
Administrative Agent of any cancellation or reduction of coverage and that the Administrative Agent
may act as attorney for each Loan Party in obtaining, and at any time an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, adjusting, settling, amending and canceling such insurance. The Loan
Parties shall cause the Administrative Agent to be named as a lender’s loss payee on any policies
of property insurance covering the Collateral and an additional insured on any policies of general
liability insurance (but without any liability for any premiums) and the Loan Parties shall obtain
non-contributory lender’s loss payable endorsements to all insurance policies for property
insurance covering the Collateral in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent. Such lender’s loss payable endorsements shall specify that the proceeds of
such insurance shall be payable to the Administrative Agent as its interests may appear and further
specify that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall

89

 

be paid regardless of any act or omission by any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates. Without
limiting any other rights of the Administrative Agent or Lenders, any insurance proceeds received
by the Administrative Agent at any time with respect to Collateral shall be applied to payment of
the Obligations, whether or not then due, in accordance with Section 2.5(c)(ii). Upon
application of such proceeds to the applicable Revolving Loans, such Revolving Loans may be
available subject and pursuant to the terms hereof to be used for the costs of repair or
replacement of the Collateral lost or damages resulting in the payment of such insurance proceeds.

     Section 9.6 Financial Statements and Other Information.

          (a) Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause any Subsidiary to, keep proper books and records in
which true and complete entries shall be made of all dealings or transactions of or in relation to
the Collateral and the business of such Loan Party and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP
(other than the books and records of Foreign Subsidiaries (if any) that are kept in accordance with
local accounting rules and converted to GAAP monthly). The Loan Parties shall furnish or cause to
be furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, the following:

          (i) promptly upon becoming available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the
end of each fiscal year of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, an audited consolidated balance
sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related
audited consolidated statements of income and loss, statements of cash flow and statements
of shareholders’ equity for such fiscal year and a report containing management’s discussion
and analysis of such financial statements for the fiscal year then ended, including the
accompanying notes thereto, all in reasonable detail, fairly presenting in all material
respects the consolidated financial position and the results of the operations of Holdings
and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such fiscal year, in each case, setting forth
in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of the preceding
fiscal year certified by the chief financial officer, treasurer, or corporate controller of
Holdings as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated financial
condition and results of operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, together with the
unqualified opinion of KPMG LLP or other independent certified public accountants of
nationally recognized standing selected by the Administrative Borrower and acceptable to the
Administrative Agent, that such audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared
in accordance with GAAP, and present fairly in all material respects the results of
operations and financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for
the fiscal year then ended. The foregoing shall be accompanied by (x) a Compliance
Certificate, along with a schedule in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent of the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (computed for the twelve (12)
consecutive fiscal month period then ending) and (y) a representation by the chief financial
officer, controller or treasurer of Holdings that no Event of Default has occurred or is
continuing;

          (ii) promptly upon becoming available and in any event thirty (30) days after the end
of each fiscal month of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than a fiscal month ending
on a fiscal quarter end, in which case, within forty-five (45) days after such fiscal
month), (A) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries for
such fiscal month, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and loss and
a summary of cash flow items for such fiscal month in substantially the same form as
delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date (or such other form as may
be mutually agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower), fairly
presenting in all material respects the consolidated financial position and the results of
the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and through such fiscal
month and (B) an unaudited balance sheet of Holdings for such fiscal month and the related
unaudited statements of income and loss and a

90

 

summary of cash flow items for such fiscal month (without consolidation for the
Variable Interest Entities) in substantially the same form as delivered to the
Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date (or such other form as may be mutually agreed
to by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower), fairly presenting in all
material respects the financial position and the results of the operations of Holdings
(without consolidation for the Variable Interest Entities), as of the end of and through
such fiscal month, in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for the
corresponding period or periods of the preceding fiscal year, accompanied by (I) a
Compliance Certificate, along with a schedule in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent of the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (computed for the
twelve (12) consecutive fiscal month period then ending) and (II) a representation by the
chief financial officer, controller or treasurer of the Company that no Event of Default has
occurred or is continuing. For each fiscal month ending on a fiscal quarter end or a fiscal
year end, if requested by the Administrative Agent, the foregoing shall be accompanied by a
reconciliation between the monthly financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries
to the quarterly or annual financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as
applicable;

          (iii) promptly upon becoming available, but in any event at least thirty (30) days
before the end of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries ending December 31, 2011) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, a projected
consolidated financial budget (including forecasted balance sheets, statements of income and
loss and summary cash flow items) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the immediately
following fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, and in a format reasonably acceptable to
the Administrative Agent, together with such supporting information as the Administrative
Agent may reasonably request. Such projected financial budget shall also include projected
borrowings and Letter of Credit usage and pro forma calculations of Excess Availability and
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Such projected consolidated financial budget shall be
prepared on a monthly basis for the immediately following fiscal year and on an annual basis
for each succeeding fiscal year thereafter. Such projected consolidated financial budget
shall represent the reasonable best estimate by the Loan Parties of the future consolidated
financial performance of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the periods set forth therein and
shall have been prepared on the basis of the assumptions set forth therein that the Loan
Parties believe are fair and reasonable as of the date of preparation in light of current
and reasonably foreseeable business conditions (it being understood that actual results may
differ from those set forth in such projected financial budget). The Loan Parties shall
provide to the Administrative Agent a quarterly update to such projected consolidated
financial budget for each upcoming quarter or, at any time a Default or Event of Default
exists or has occurred and is continuing or if Excess Availability falls below the Threshold
Amount, more frequently as the Administrative Agent may request; and

          (iv) promptly upon becoming available, but in no event later than ten (10) days after
the end of the sixth and twelfth month of each fiscal year or, as otherwise requested by the
Administrative Agent, a contract backlog report of all Government Contracts and all other
Material Contracts (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent but including, without limitation, such contract’s end date, the tenor of such
contract, the renewal options of such contract, the type of contract and whether the
applicable Loan Party party thereto is a prime contractor or a sub-contractor with respect
thereto).

     The Company shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent if, at any time, the consolidated
Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Loan Parties either (1) own, individually or in the
aggregate, in excess of ten percent (10%) of the consolidated assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries or (2) earn, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of ten percent (10%) of the
consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and, if requested by the Administrative
Agent, shall provide management-

91

 

prepared consolidating annual and monthly financial statements of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, together with the figures, in comparative form, for the corresponding period or
periods of the most recent applicable consolidated financial statements of the Company and its
Subsidiaries. Such management-prepared consolidating financial statements shall be delivered
concurrently with, and within the same delivery periods applicable to, the financial statements
required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 9.6(a)(i) and (ii) above.

          (b) The Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary thereof to, promptly (and in any
event within two (2) Business Days or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree)
notify the Administrative Agent in writing of the details of (i) any loss, damage, investigation,
action, suit, proceeding or claim relating to Collateral having a value of more than $750,000 or
which if adversely determined would result in any Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any Material
Contract or Material Government Contract being terminated or amended in any manner materially
adverse to the Company and its Subsidiaries, or any notification from a counterparty to a Material
Government Contract of its non-renewal or non-extension of such contract in accordance with the
renewal or extension options contained therein, or any new Material Contract or new Material
Government Contract entered into (in which event the Loan Parties shall provide the Administrative
Agent with (x) a copy of such Contract, if requested by the Administrative Agent, (y) an updated
Schedule 8.15 and (z) with respect to any new Material Government Contract, a Notice of
Assignment and Instrument of Assignment with respect to such Material Government Contract in
accordance with Section 6.2(h)(i)), (iii) any order, judgment or decree in excess of
$750,000 shall have been entered against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or
their respective properties or assets, (iv) any notification of a violation of laws or regulations
received by any Responsible Officer of a Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect, (v) any ERISA Event which could reasonably be expected to result in a
material liability to any Loan Party, to the extent not already qualified by materiality under the
definition of ERISA Event, and (vi) upon any Responsible Officer having knowledge thereof, the
occurrence of any Material Release or Non-Compliance and (vii) upon any Responsible Officer having
knowledge thereof, the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default.

          (c) Promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days or such longer period as the
Administrative Agent may agree) after the sending or filing thereof, the Loan Parties shall send to
the Administrative Agent copies of (i) all reports and registration statements which Holdings, the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries files with the Securities Exchange Commission, any national or
foreign securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and (ii) all
other statements concerning material changes or developments in the business of a Loan Party made
available by any Loan Party to the public.

          (d) Promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days or such longer period as the
Administrative Agent may agree) upon receipt thereof, the Borrowers shall send to the
Administrative Agent copies of any letter, notice, subpoena, court order, pleading or other
document issued, given or delivered by any U.S. Governmental Authority or by any prime contractor
to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof asserting or seeking to investigate any alleged fraud,
malfeasance or other willful misconduct of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof with respect to
any Material Government Contract or any subcontract with remaining payments of at least $1,000,000.

          (e) Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, furnish or cause to be
furnished to the Administrative Agent copies of all notices, reports, certificates and other
information furnished to or received from any of the holders of the Senior Notes or any other debt
holders, or any other trustee, agent or representative of such holders (including any notices or
other documents relating to any default or potential default thereunder, but in any event excluding
routine notices, reports and certificates of an administrative nature).

92

 

          (f) Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, furnish or cause to be
furnished to the Administrative Agent such budgets, forecasts, projections, auditors’ reports and
management letters and other information respecting the Collateral, the financial condition and the
business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as the Administrative Agent may, from time to time,
reasonably request.

          (g) Subject to Section 14.9, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to deliver
a copy of any financial statement or any other information relating to the business of Holdings and
its Subsidiaries or the Company and its Subsidiaries to any court or other Governmental Authority
requesting such information or to any Lender or Participant or bona fide prospective Lender or
Participant or any Affiliate of any Lender or Participant. Any documents, schedules, invoices or
other papers delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be destroyed or otherwise
disposed of by the Administrative Agent or such Lender one (1) year after the same are delivered to
the Administrative Agent or such Lender, except as otherwise designated by the Administrative
Borrower to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in writing.

          (h) Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 9.6 shall be deemed
to have been delivered if such information, or one or more annual or other reports containing such
information, shall have been posted by the Administrative Agent on an IntraLinks, SyndTrak Online
or similar site to which the Lenders have been granted access; provided that Holdings or
the Company, as applicable, shall deliver paper copies of such information to the extent the
Administrative Agent or any Lender requests such delivery.

     Section 9.7 Compliance with ERISA. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its
ERISA Affiliates to: (a) maintain each Plan in compliance in all material respects with the
applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal and State law, except to the extent that
noncompliance would not result in a material liability to such Loan Party or such ERISA Affiliate;
(b) cause each Pension Plan which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code to maintain such
qualification; (c) not terminate any Pension Plan so as to incur any material liability to the
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation; (d) not allow or suffer to exist any prohibited transaction
involving any Plan or any trust created thereunder which would subject such Loan Party or such
ERISA Affiliate to a material tax or other material liability on prohibited transactions imposed
under Section 4975 of the Code or ERISA; (e) make all required contributions to any Plan which it
is obligated to pay under Section 302 of ERISA or Section 436 of the Code; (f) not allow or suffer
to exist any accumulated funding deficiency, whether or not waived, with respect to any such
Pension Plan; (g) not engage in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of
ERISA that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any Loan Party; or (h)
not allow or suffer to exist any occurrence of a reportable event or any other event or condition,
in each case, which presents a material risk of termination by the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation of any Plan that is a single employer plan, which termination could result in any
material liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

     Section 9.8 End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters. Each Loan Party shall, for
financial reporting purposes, cause its, and each of its Subsidiaries’ (a) fiscal years to end on
December 31 of each year and (b) fiscal quarters to end on March 31, June 30, September 30, and
December 31 each year.

     Section 9.9 Intellectual Property.

          (a) Each Loan Party (either itself or through licensees or sublicensee thereof) shall refrain
from taking any act that knowingly infringes, misappropriates, or dilutes the Intellectual Property
rights of any other third party.

93

 

          (b) Each Loan Party (either itself or through licensees or sublicensee thereof) will (i) not
abandon any Trademark used in connection with any goods and services reflected in current catalogs,
brochures and price lists unless the Loan Party discontinues the associated goods or services or
determines to change the Trademark used in connection therewith, (ii) maintain as in the past the
quality of products and services offered under such Trademark, (iii) use best efforts to use such
Trademark with the appropriate notice of registration and all other notices and legends required by
applicable law, (iv) not adopt or use any mark which is confusingly similar or a colorable
imitation of any such Trademark unless the Administrative Agent, shall obtain a perfected Lien upon
such Trademark pursuant to this Agreement subject to the limitation of Section 6.1(e), and
(v) not (and not permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act or knowingly omit to do
any act whereby such Trademark may become abandoned, diluted, unenforceable or dedicated to the
public; other than where the Loan Party has determined, in its reasonable business judgment, to
abandon or cancel such Trademark.

          (c) Each Loan Party (either itself or through licensees or sublicensee thereof) will not do
any act, or knowingly omit to do any act, whereby any material Patent may become forfeited,
abandoned, unenforceable (including due to a lack of standing to sue or lack of patent markings) or
dedicated to the public other than where the Loan Party has determined, in its reasonable business
judgment, to abandon or cancel such Patent.

          (d) Each Loan Party (either itself or through licensees or sublicensee thereof) will not do
any act or knowingly omit to do any act, whereby any material Copyright may become abandoned or
dedicated to the public other than where the Loan Party has determined, in its reasonable business
judgment, to abandon or cancel such Copyright.

          (e) Each Loan Party will notify the Administrative Agent and Lenders immediately if it knows,
or has reason to know, that any of the registered Intellectual Property is the subject of any order
of any Governmental Authority declaring that the Loan Party does not own the registered
Intellectual Property or the registered Intellectual Property is invalid or unenforceable.

          (f) Concurrently with the next delivery of financial statements of such Loan Party pursuant to
Section 9.6, the Loan Parties shall provide an update as to all registered Intellectual
Property then owned by the Loan Parties, including therewith the information described in
Section 8.11. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Loan Party shall execute
and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the
Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s and Lenders’
Lien upon such registered Intellectual Property (subject to the limitations of Section
6.1(e)) and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Loan Party relating thereto or
represented thereby consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

          (g) In the event that a Loan Party becomes aware that any owned Intellectual Property is
infringed upon or misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Loan Party shall (i) take such
actions as such Loan Party shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect
such owned Intellectual Property and (ii) if such owned Intellectual Property is of material
economic value, promptly notify the Administrative Agent after it learns of its infringement,
misappropriation or dilution and, to the extent such Loan Party determines in its reasonable
business judgment it appropriate under the circumstances, sue for infringement, misappropriation or
dilution, to seek injunctive relief where appropriate and to recover any and all damages for such
infringement, misappropriation or dilution.

     Section 9.10 After Acquired Real Property. Subject to the last sentence of this
Section 9.10, if any Loan Party hereafter acquires any Real Property or fixtures in the
U.S. and such Real Property or fixtures has a fair market value in an amount greater than
$2,000,000, without limiting any other rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or duties
or obligations of any Loan Party, upon the

94

 

Administrative Agent’s request, such Loan Party shall execute and deliver (no later than
ninety (90) days after any such acquisition) to the Administrative Agent a mortgage, deed of trust
or deed to secure debt, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably determine, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, as to any provisions relating to specific
state laws, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in form appropriate for
recording in the real estate records of the jurisdiction in which such Real Property or other
property is located granting to the Administrative Agent a valid Lien and mortgage on such Real
Property or fixtures and such other agreements, documents and instruments as the Administrative
Agent may require in connection therewith, including, without limitation, a flood plain
certification and evidence of flood insurance in an amount, with endorsements and by an insurer
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, if the Real Property is within a flood plain;
provided that such Loan Party will not be required to grant Liens or execute mortgages on
such after-acquired Real Property unless Liens and mortgages are granted and executed on such
after-acquired Real Property to secure the Senior Notes. Anything in this Agreement to the
contrary notwithstanding, no Loan Party shall be required to grant a mortgage on any leasehold
interest in Real Property, whether such leasehold interest is now owned or acquired in the future
unless a mortgage is granted and executed on such leasehold interest to secure the Senior Notes.

     Section 9.11 Further Assurances. At the request of the Administrative Agent at any
time and from time to time, each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at
its expense, duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such further
agreements, documents and instruments, and do or cause to be done such further acts as the
Administrative Agent may reasonably determine to be necessary or proper to evidence, perfect,
maintain and enforce the Liens and the priority thereof in the Collateral and to otherwise
effectuate the provisions or purposes of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

     Section 9.12 Additional Borrowers and Guarantors. Within thirty (30) days (or such
later date as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) of any Person
becoming a direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of the Company, the Administrative Borrower will
provide the Administrative Agent with written notice thereof setting forth information in
reasonable detail describing all of the assets of such Person and shall (a) cause such Subsidiary
to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a joinder agreement in substantially the form of
Exhibit E, causing such Subsidiary to become a party to (i) this Agreement, as a joint and
several “Borrower” (provided that only a wholly-owned Subsidiary shall be permitted to be a
Borrower), granting a first priority Lien upon its ABL Priority Collateral and a second priority
Lien upon its Senior Notes Priority Collateral, subject to permitted Liens under Section
10.2 and (ii) as appropriate and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Pledge Agreement,
as a joint and several “Pledgor”, causing all of its issued and outstanding shares of Capital
Stock, together with all of the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of its Domestic
Subsidiaries and sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Capital Stock
of each of its first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries to be delivered to the Administrative Agent
(together with undated stock powers signed in blank and pledged to the Administrative Agent), (b)
cause any such Subsidiary that is added as a Borrower to execute and deliver to the Administrative
Agent Notes in favor of the Lenders, if so requested by the Lenders, and, if it owns any Real
Property in the U.S. that has a fair market value in an amount greater than $2,000,000, no later
than ninety (90) days after any such Subsidiary becomes a Borrower, a mortgage or deed of trust
thereon in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in favor of the
Administrative Agent if and only if a mortgage or deed of trust on such Real Property is required
under the Senior Notes Documents, and (c) deliver such other documentation as the Administrative
Agent may reasonably request in connection with the foregoing, including, without limitation,
appropriate UCC-1 financing statements, Deposit Account Control Agreements, Investment Property
Control Agreements, certified resolutions and other organizational and authorizing documents of
such Subsidiary and upon the request of the Administrative Agent favorable opinions of counsel to
such Subsidiary (which shall cover, among other things, the

95

 

legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to above),
all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
provided, however, that in lieu of the foregoing, at the option of the
Administrative Agent (and so long as the Company has consented to the exercise of such option in
lieu of joining such Person as a Borrower), the Loan Parties shall cause such Subsidiary that is a
Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a joinder agreement in
substantially the form of Exhibit E causing such Subsidiary to become a party to the
Guaranty as a joint and several “Guarantor”, and each of the documents described in clauses
(a)(ii), (b) and (c) above, as applicable, and with the same effect set forth above, all as the
Administrative Agent reasonably shall request. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the
contrary, a Domestic Subsidiary, all or substantially all of the assets of which are stock or stock
equivalents of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries, shall not be required to become a Loan Party
pursuant to this Section 9.12, however, (A) one hundred percent (100%) of the Capital Stock
of such Domestic Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged to secure the Obligations in a manner
consistent with clause (a)(ii) above (provided that only sixty-five percent (65%) of the Capital
Stock of such Domestic Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged if the pledge of a greater
percentage could reasonably be expected to have material adverse tax consequences for the Company)
and (B) sixty-five percent (65%) of the Capital Stock of each of such Domestic Subsidiary’s
first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries shall be required to be pledged to secure the Obligations in a
manner consistent with clause (a)(ii) above.

     Section 9.13 Use of Proceeds. Loans made or Letters of Credit provided to or for the
benefit of any Borrower pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be used by such Borrower only for
general corporate purposes of such Borrower not otherwise prohibited by the terms hereof, including
(a) to finance Permitted Acquisitions, (b) the refinancing of the Existing Loan Agreement (and the
repayment of Indebtedness under the Existing Term Loan Agreement), (c) to make the distributions
permitted pursuant to Section 10.6(c) and (d) the payment of costs, expenses and fees in
connection with the Transactions. None of the proceeds will be used, directly or indirectly, for
the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock or for the purposes of reducing or retiring
any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or for any
other purpose which might cause any of the Loans to be considered a “purpose credit” within the
meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

     Section 9.14 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

          (a) If Excess Availability on any day shall be less than 12.5% of the Aggregate Commitment or
an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (any such event being a “Covenant
Trigger”), the Borrowers shall, as of the end of each fiscal month (commencing with the last
month for which financial statements have been delivered prior to the Covenant Trigger), maintain a
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.10 to 1.00; provided that (i) a breach of
such covenant when so tested shall not be cured by a subsequent increase in Excess Availability
above the applicable limit set forth above and (ii) such requirement to maintain a Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.10 to 1.00 shall no longer apply if Excess Availability on each
day during any period of ninety (90) consecutive days commencing after the date of such Covenant
Trigger shall be at least equal to 12.5% of the Aggregate Commitment and no Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing during such period, after which time the requirement to comply with
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not apply unless a subsequent Covenant Trigger occurs.

          (b) Upon an Event of Default as a result of the failure of the Borrowers to comply with the
financial covenant above, such Event of Default shall, subject to the limitations set forth below,
be deemed cured and cease to exist in the event that any one or more of the Permitted Holders or
any one of their Affiliates, within five (5) Business Days after written notice by the
Administrative Agent to the Borrowers of such Event of Default (or such longer period as the
Administrative Agent may agree),

96

 

makes a cash equity capital contribution to the Company in exchange for Capital Stock of the
Company (provided, however, that any such cash equity capital contribution to the
Company in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company shall not result in a Change of Control), the
proceeds of which capital contribution will be deemed to increase EBITDA for purposes of compliance
with the financial covenant above for applicable periods and shall be applied, on the date of
receipt thereof, to repay any outstanding Loans. Each such equity contribution is referred to as a
“Cure Action”. No more than two Cure Actions may be taken during the term of the Credit
Facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that Holdings makes and declares a dividend
pursuant to Section 10.6(c) during the period in which a Cure Action is included in the
financial covenant compliance calculations as an increase in EBITDA, the amount of such Cure Action
included in such calculations shall be reduced by the amount of any such dividend.

     Section 9.15 Post-Closing Conditions. The Borrowers shall perform the obligations set
forth on Schedule 9.15, in each case within the time limits set forth on Schedule
9.15 or such longer period as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

ARTICLE 10

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     Section 10.1 Limitations on Indebtedness. No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit
any Subsidiary to, incur, create, assume, become or be liable in any manner with respect to, or
permit to exist, any Indebtedness, or guarantee, assume, endorse, or otherwise become responsible
for (directly or indirectly), the Indebtedness, performance, obligations or dividends of any other
Person, except:

          (a) the Obligations;

          (b) Indebtedness entered into in the ordinary course of business pursuant to a Hedge Agreement
in order to manage existing or anticipated interest rate, exchange rate or commodity price risks;
provided that (i) such arrangements are not for speculative purposes, and (ii) such
Indebtedness shall be unsecured, except to the extent such Indebtedness constitutes part of the
Obligations arising under or pursuant to Hedge Agreements with a Bank Product Provider that are
secured under the terms hereof;

          (c) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 10.1 and any
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Indebtedness;

          (d) Indebtedness incurred in connection with Capital Leases and Indebtedness incurred to
finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property,
plant or equipment of such Person (provided that such Indebtedness is incurred not more
than one hundred eighty (180) days after the later of the acquisition, completion of construction,
repair, improvement, addition or commencement of full operation of such property, plant or
equipment), in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

          (e) Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person became a Subsidiary or
Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets, to the extent that (i) such
Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a
Subsidiary or the acquisition of such assets, (ii) no Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (other
than such Person or any other Person that such Person merges with or that acquires the assets of
such Person) shall have any liability or other obligation with respect to such Indebtedness and
(iii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed $5,000,000 at
any time outstanding;

97

 

          (f) guarantees with respect to Indebtedness permitted pursuant to subsections (a) through (e)
of this Section 10.1;

          (g) unsecured intercompany Indebtedness owed by (i) any Loan Party to any other Loan Party,
(ii) any Non-Loan Party to any other Non-Loan Party, (iii) any Loan Party to any Non-Loan Party
(provided that any Indebtedness permitted by this clause (iii) shall be subordinated to the
Obligations in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and (iv) so long as no
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would be caused by the incurrence of such
Indebtedness, any Non-Loan Party to a Loan Party in an amount, when added together with all
Investments made pursuant to Section 10.3(b)(ii), not to exceed $10,000,000 in the
aggregate at any time;

          (h) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of any
check, draft or other similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of
business;

          (i) Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, that in
the case of each incurrence of such Subordinated Indebtedness, (i) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or would be caused by the incurrence of such Subordinated
Indebtedness, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received reasonably satisfactory written
evidence that the Company would be in compliance with all covenants contained in this Agreement on
a pro forma basis after giving effect to the issuance of any such Subordinated
Indebtedness, and (iii) such Subordinated Indebtedness does not require principal payments to be
made at any time prior to the Maturity Date;

          (j) Indebtedness under performance bonds, surety bonds, release, appeal and similar bonds,
statutory obligations or with respect to workers’ compensation claims, in each case incurred in the
ordinary course of business, and reimbursement obligations in respect of any of the foregoing;

          (k) Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Notes, including any guarantees thereof by the Loan
Parties and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness related thereto;

          (l) Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an aggregate principal amount
not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that any Indebtedness incurred
under this clause (l) shall only be used for working capital purposes of any such Foreign
Subsidiary and, if secured by the assets of any such Foreign Subsidiary, shall be without recourse
to the assets of the Loan Parties;

          (m) unsecured Indebtedness so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing as of the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness or after giving effect thereto, (ii)
the stated maturity of such Indebtedness is not earlier than six months after the Maturity Date,
(iii) the amortization of such Indebtedness is not greater than 1% per annum, (iv) Excess
Availability, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness (on the date of such
incurrence and for the thirty (30) consecutive days most recently ended prior to such date) is
greater than the Threshold Amount, (v) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recently ended
twelve (12) consecutive fiscal month period for which financial statements have been delivered to
the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.6 is at least 1.10 to 1.00 after giving
pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and (vi) the Leverage Ratio
for the most recently ended twelve (12) consecutive fiscal month period for which financial
statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.6 is not
greater than 4.50 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such
Indebtedness;

98

 

          (n) customary indemnity obligations incurred by the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection
with a disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement;

          (o) Indebtedness incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions under agreements providing
for customary indemnification, customary adjustments of the purchase price or similar adjustments
and customary earnouts; and

          (p) additional Indebtedness not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 10.1 in
an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;.

     Section 10.2 Limitations on Liens. No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any
Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any nature whatsoever on any of
its assets or properties, including the Collateral, or file or permit the filing of, or permit to
remain in effect, any financing statement or other similar notice of any Lien with respect to any
such assets or properties, except:

          (a) (i) Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents and (ii) subject to the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement, Liens on the Collateral in favor of the Senior Notes Agent securing the
Senior Notes pursuant to the terms of the Senior Notes Documents and any Liens incurred in
connection with any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to Section 10.1(k);

          (b) Liens in existence on the Closing Date and described on Schedule 10.2, including
Liens incurred in connection with any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to Section
10.1(c);

          (c) Liens for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies (excluding any Lien
imposed pursuant to any of the provisions of ERISA or Environmental Laws) (i) not yet due or as to
which the period of grace (not to exceed thirty (30) days), if any, related thereto has not expired
or (ii) which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves
are maintained to the extent required by GAAP;

          (d) the claims of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, processors or landlords for
labor, materials, supplies or rentals incurred in the ordinary course of business, that (i) are not
overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days or are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by GAAP, (ii) do
not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the
business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) do not secure Indebtedness;

          (e) Liens consisting of deposits or pledges made in the ordinary course of business in
connection with, or to secure payment of, obligations under workers’ compensation, unemployment
insurance and other types of social security or similar legislation, or to secure the performance
of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety bonds
(other than bonds related to judgments or litigation), performance bonds and other obligations of a
like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case, so long as no foreclosure
sale or similar proceeding has been commenced with respect to any portion of the Collateral on
account thereof;

          (f) Liens constituting encumbrances in the nature of zoning restrictions, easements and rights
or restrictions of record on the use of real property and other similar defects, which do not, in
any case, materially detract from the value of such property or impair in any material respect the
use thereof in the ordinary conduct of business;

99

 

          (g) any title exceptions referred to in the title insurance policies delivered to the
Administrative Agent in connection with any mortgages or deeds of trust placed on any Real Property
in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement;

          (h) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease permitted by this Agreement
and matters affecting the interest or title of a lessor or sublessor to any Real Property;

          (i) ground leases in respect of Real Property on which facilities owned or leased by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries are or may be located;

          (j) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating
solely to personal property leased pursuant to operating leases entered into in the ordinary course
of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

          (k) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.1(d); provided that
(i) such Liens shall be created substantially simultaneously with the acquisition or lease of the
related asset, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property
financed by such Indebtedness, (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased
and (iv) the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by any such Lien shall at no time exceed one
hundred percent (100%) of the original purchase price or lease payment amount of such property at
the time it was acquired;

          (l) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default
under Section 11.1(e) or securing appeal or other surety bonds relating to such judgments;
provided that (i) such Liens are being contested in good faith and by appropriate
proceedings diligently pursued, (ii) adequate reserves or other appropriate provision, if any, as
are required by GAAP have been made therefor, (iii) a stay of enforcement of any such Liens is in
effect and (iv) the Administrative Agent may establish a Reserve with respect thereto;

          (m) Liens on tangible property or tangible assets (i) of any Subsidiary which are in existence
at the time that such Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition and (ii) of any
Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such tangible property or tangible
assets are purchased or otherwise acquired by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary thereof pursuant
to a transaction permitted pursuant to this Agreement; provided that, with respect to each
of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), (A) such Liens (1) are not incurred in connection with, or
in anticipation of, such Permitted Acquisition, purchase or other acquisition, (2) are applicable
only to specific tangible property or tangible assets (excluding Accounts and Inventory of Loan
Parties), (3) are not “blanket” or all asset Liens on assets of Loan Parties and (4) do not attach
to any other property or assets of a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and (B) the Indebtedness
secured by such Liens is permitted under Section 10.1(e);

          (n) (i) Liens of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section
4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, (ii) Liens of any
depositary bank in connection with statutory, common law and contractual rights of set-off and
recoupment with respect to any deposit account of any Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof and (iii)
Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in
the ordinary course of business;

          (o) (i) contractual or statutory Liens of landlords to the extent relating to the property and
assets relating to any lease agreements with such landlord, and (ii) contractual Liens of suppliers
(including sellers of goods) or customers to the extent limited to the property or assets relating
to such contract;

100

 

          (p) Liens on cash of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness in respect
of letters of credit with financial institutions that are not Bank Product Providers to the extent
that such Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(p);

          (q) Liens on the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing their respective Indebtedness
permitted under Section 10.1(l);

          (r) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in a
Permitted Acquisition or an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 10.3 or to be applied
against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to dispose of
any property in a disposition permitted under Section 10.5, in each case, solely to the
extent such Investment or Asset Sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of
the creation of such Lien: and

          (s) Liens not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 10.2 on assets other than
any Collateral included in the Borrowing Base, which secure Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not
to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding.

     Section 10.3 Limitations on Investments. No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make or agree to make, any Investment in any other Person,
except:

          (a) Investments existing on the Closing Date and described on Schedule 10.3;

          (b) Investments made after the Closing Date to or in (i) any Loan Party or (ii) so long as no
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date of such Investment or after giving
effect thereto, any Non-Loan Party in an amount, when added together with Indebtedness outstanding
under Section 10.1(g)(iii), not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any time;

          (c) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

          (d) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of leases or
other obligations as permitted by Section 10.2;

          (e) Hedge Agreements permitted pursuant to Section 10.1;

          (f) (i) Permitted Acquisitions and (ii) Investments (excluding Acquisitions) in an aggregate
amount for both clauses (i) and (ii) not to exceed $30,000,000 (plus fifty percent (50%) of any
unused amount from the immediately preceding fiscal year but not more than $15,000,000) in any
fiscal year, so long as, in each case, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing as of the date of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment or after giving effect
thereto and either (A)(1) Pro Forma Acquisition Excess Availability (in the case of a Permitted
Acquisition) or Excess Availability (in the case of an other Investment), after giving effect to
any such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment (on the date thereof (both immediately before
and immediately after giving effect thereto) and for the thirty (30) consecutive days most recently
ended prior to such date) is greater than the Threshold Amount and (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio for the most recently ended twelve (12) consecutive fiscal month period for which financial
statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.6 is at
least 1.10 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Acquisition or
other Investment or (B) to the extent such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment is made solely
from the proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, (1) the terms of such
Qualified Capital Stock, if not common stock, of the Company are reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent and (2) EBITDA for the most recently ended twelve (12) consecutive fiscal
month period for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent
pursuant to Section 9.6 after

101

 

giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment
shall not be less than the amount thereof prior to giving pro forma effect to such
Permitted Acquisition or other Investment;

          (g) Investments in the form of loans and advances to employees in the ordinary course of
business, which, in the aggregate, do not exceed at any time $1,000,000;

          (h) Investments in the form of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(g)(i)
and (g)(ii);

          (i) guaranties of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Section
10.1;

          (j) stock or obligations issued to any Loan Party by any Person (or the representative of such
Person) in respect of Indebtedness of such Person owing to such Loan Party in connection with the
insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership or reorganization of such Person or a composition or
readjustment of the debts of such Person;

          (k) any Arsenal Venture Partners Investment; provided that (i) Excess Availability,
both immediately before and after giving effect to such Investment and any Indebtedness incurred in
connection therewith, is greater than the Threshold Amount as of the date of such Investment, (ii)
after giving pro forma effect to the making of such Investment and any Indebtedness incurred in
connection therewith, (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and
(B) the Loan Parties and their respective subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the financial
covenants contained in this Agreement, (iii) other than as expressly provided in the Arsenal
Venture Partnership Agreement, the documentation governing the Arsenal Venture Partnership shall
provide that the Company shall not be liable for any loss, costs, expenses or other amounts of the
Arsenal Venture Partnership to the extent such loss, costs, expenses or other amounts exceed, on an
aggregate basis, the lesser of (x) $10,000,000 and (y) the capital commitment of the Company as set
forth in the Arsenal Venture Partnership Agreement and (iv) the Company shall pledge its rights,
title and interests in the Arsenal Venture Partnership and the Arsenal Venture Partnership
Agreement and take all action in connection therewith necessary to evidence or perfect the pledge
as contemplated by this Agreement; and

          (l) other additional Investments not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 10.3
not exceeding $5,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

     For purposes of determining the amount of any Investment outstanding for purposes of this
Section 10.3, such amount shall be deemed to be the amount of such Investment when made,
purchased or acquired less any amount realized in respect of such Investment upon the sale,
collection or return of capital (not to exceed the original amount invested).

     Section 10.4 Limitations on Fundamental Changes. No Loan Party shall, nor shall it
permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, merge or consolidate with or into any other
Person or dissolve or liquidate (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) except:

          (a) (i) any Loan Party may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any other Loan
Party (provided that if the transaction involves a Borrower, then such Borrower shall be
the continuing or surviving entity) or (ii) any Non-Loan Party may be merged, amalgamated or
consolidated with or into any other Subsidiary or any Borrower (provided that if the
transaction involves a Loan Party, the Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving entity or
simultaneously with such transaction, the continuing or surviving entity shall become a Loan Party,
and if the transaction involves a Borrower, a Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving entity
or simultaneously with such transaction, the

102

 

continuing or surviving entity shall become a Borrower, and the Company, in each case, shall
comply with Section 9.12 in connection therewith);

          (b) (i) any Loan Party may dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary
liquidation, dissolution, winding up or otherwise) to any other Loan Party, (ii) any Non-Loan Party
may dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation, dissolution,
winding up or otherwise) to any Loan Party and (iii) any Non-Loan Party may dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation, dissolution, winding up or otherwise)
to any Non-Loan Party;

          (c) dispositions permitted by Section 10.5; and

          (d) any Subsidiary of the Company may merge with or into the Person such Subsidiary was formed
to acquire in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or, any Person may merge into the Company or
any Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, provided that in each case, the
Company shall comply with Section 9.12 in connection therewith).

     Section 10.5 Limitations on Asset Dispositions. No Loan Party shall, nor shall it
permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, sell, issue, assign, lease, license, transfer,
abandon, or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock, Indebtedness, or any or all of its assets
(whether in one transaction or a series of transactions) to any other Person except

          (a) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

          (b) the sale of obsolete, worn-out or surplus assets no longer used or usable in the business
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

          (c) the transfer of assets to any Loan Party pursuant to Section 10.4(a) and any other
transaction permitted pursuant to Section 10.4;

          (d) the Company or any Subsidiary may write-off, discount, sell or otherwise dispose of
defaulted or past due receivables and similar obligations in the ordinary course of business and
not as part of an accounts receivable financing transaction;

          (e) (i) issuances of Capital Stock in the ordinary course of business and (ii) the issuance of
Capital Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to an employee stock incentive plan or
grant or similar equity plan or 401(k) plans of the Company or any Subsidiary for the benefit of
directors, officers, employees or consultants;

          (f) the disposition of any Hedge Agreement;

          (g) dispositions of Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

          (h) (i) any Loan Party may transfer assets to any Loan Party, (ii) any Non-Loan Party may
transfer assets to any Non-Loan Party or (iii) any Loan Party may transfer assets to any Non-Loan
Party so long as (A) such transfer of assets is permitted by Section 10.3(b), (B) no Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date of such transfer of assets or after giving
effect thereto and (C) to the extent such transfer involves the transfer of Collateral included in
the Borrowing Base, the Borrowers shall have delivered a pro forma Borrowing Base
Certificate to the Administrative Agent at least two (2) Business Days prior to such transfer of
assets, which shall demonstrate that after giving effect to such transfer of assets, the Borrowers
will not be required to make a prepayment of the Loans or, if a

103

 

prepayment would be required to avoid an Overadvance, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment
prior to, or concurrent with, such transfer of assets;

          (i) dispositions in connection with insurance and condemnation events; provided that
the requirements of Section 2.5(c) are complied with in connection therewith;

          (j) the disposition of all or a portion of the Arsenal Venture Partners Investments;

          (k) the disposition of the Law Enforcement Business Unit; provided that (i) no Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date of such disposition or after giving effect
thereto and (ii) the Borrowers shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, at least two (2)
Business Days prior to such disposition (A) a pro forma Borrowing Base Certificate
which shall demonstrate that after giving effect to such disposition, the Borrowers will not be
required to make a prepayment of the Loans or, if a prepayment would be required to avoid an
Overadvance, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment prior to, or concurrent with, such
disposition and (B) a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers setting forth the
value of the assets to be disposed;

          (l) the disposition of Mar-Vel; provided that, (i) no Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing as of the date of such disposition or after giving effect thereto and (ii) if the
Accounts or Inventory of Mar-Vel are then included in the Borrowing Base, then the Borrowers shall
have delivered to the Administrative Agent, at least two (2) Business Days prior to such
disposition (A) a pro forma Borrowing Base Certificate which shall demonstrate that
after giving effect to such disposition, the Borrowers will not be required to make a prepayment of
the Loans or, if a prepayment would be required to avoid an Overadvance, the Borrowers shall make
such prepayment prior to, or concurrent with, such disposition and (B) a certificate from a
Responsible Officer of the Borrowers setting forth the value of the assets to be disposed;
provided, however, that if Mar-Vel’s Accounts or Inventory are not then included in
the Borrowing Base at the time of the disposition, then the proceeds from such disposition shall
not be required to prepay Loans pursuant to Section 2.5(c);

          (m) other dispositions in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in any calendar year;
provided that (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date of such
disposition or after giving effect thereto and (ii) to the extent such disposition involves the
disposition of Collateral included in the Borrowing Base, the Borrowers shall have delivered to the
Administrative Agent, at least two (2) Business Days prior to such disposition (A) a pro
forma Borrowing Base Certificate which shall demonstrate that after giving effect to such
disposition, the Borrowers will not be required to make a prepayment of the Loans or, if a
prepayment would be required to avoid an Overadvance, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment
prior to, or concurrent with, such disposition and (B) a certificate from a Responsible Officer of
the Borrowers setting forth the value of the assets to be disposed; and

          (n) dispositions not otherwise permitted by this Section 10.5 in an aggregate amount
not to exceed $250,000 in any calendar year.

     Section 10.6 Limitations on Restricted Payments. No Loan Party shall, nor shall it
permit any Subsidiary to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any
Restricted Payment, except:

          (a) Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof may declare and pay dividends in shares of its own
Qualified Capital Stock;

104

 

          (b) any Subsidiary of Holdings may pay cash dividends to Holdings or any Subsidiary Loan Party
or ratably to all holders of its outstanding Qualified Capital Stock;

          (c) Holdings may declare and pay (i) the Cash Dividend on the Closing Date and (ii) dividends
after the Closing Date, so long as (A) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing as of the date of such dividend or after giving effect thereto, (B) Excess Availability,
after giving effect to any such dividend (on the date of such dividend and for the 30 consecutive
days most recently ended prior to such dividend) is greater than the Threshold Amount and (C) the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recently ended twelve (12) consecutive fiscal month period
for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 9.6 is at least 1.20 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such
dividend. Solely for purposes of determining compliance with this clause (c), the calculation of
Excess Availability shall be reduced by an amount equal to the accrued but unpaid interest on the
Senior Notes which is due and payable on the interest payment date for the Senior Notes next
following the payment of any such dividends;

          (d) (i) so long as Holdings is a Subchapter S corporation (or a qualified subsidiary thereof
or is otherwise a “disregarded entity” for federal income tax purposes), Holdings may make
quarterly distributions to the owners of its Capital Stock (the “Holdings Owners”), for the
sole purpose of allowing the Holdings Owners to pay federal, state and local income taxes on the
estimated amount of the taxable income of Holdings and its Subsidiaries that is allocated to such
Holdings Owners, as determined in good faith by Holdings in consultation with its tax advisors and
after taking into account all available credits and deductions (provided, that Holdings
shall not make any distribution to any Holdings Owner in any amount greater than such Holdings
Owner’s share of such taxes arising out of Holdings’ consolidated net income and actually due and
payable by such Holdings Owner, and in no event, shall the aggregate amount of all such
distributions for income taxes in any period exceed 42% of Holdings’ consolidated net income that
is allocated to such Holdings Owners for such period (provided, that such percentage may be
increased upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of reasonably satisfactory evidence of the
application of a higher tax bracket); provided, further that the amount of such
quarterly distribution may be adjusted such that the distributions will be proportionate to the
Holdings Owners if required to maintain S Corporation or similar pass-through status) (the
“Permitted Tax Distributions”) and (ii) if Holdings converts to a Subchapter C corporation,
the Loan Parties may make quarterly distributions to other Loan Parties for the sole purpose of
allowing the Loan Parties to pay federal, foreign, state and local income taxes on the actual or
estimated amount of the taxable income of the Loan Parties (or any consolidated, combined or
unitary group of which the Loan Parties are a part) (as determined in good faith by the Company in
consultation with its tax advisors and after taking into account all available credits and
deductions);

          (e) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result
therefrom, Holdings may redeem, retire or otherwise acquire shares of its Capital Stock or other
equity or phantom equity in respect of its Capital Stock from present or former officers,
employees, directors or consultants (or their family members or trusts or other entities for the
benefit of any of the foregoing) or make severance payments to such Persons in connection with the
death, disability or termination of employment or consultancy of any such officer, employee,
director or consultant in an amount not to exceed $2,000,000 during any fiscal year;
provided that such amount in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount not to exceed
the cash proceeds of key-man life insurance policies received by Holdings during such fiscal year.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any portion of the foregoing $2,000,000 limit plus any
increase from the cash proceeds of key-man life insurance policies in such fiscal year
(collectively the “Base Amount”), if not utilized in such fiscal year, may be carried over
for use in the subsequent two fiscal year period; provided that, if any such amount is so
carried over, it will be deemed used after the Base Amount is used in each subsequent fiscal year;

105

 

          (f) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom,
Holdings may make Restricted Payments on the Closing Date to pay the Transaction Costs in
connection with the Transactions and as provided for in the funds flow and payment instructions for
the Transactions described in Section 5.1(s);

          (g) the Company may distribute the shares and/or assets of Mar-Vel and the Law Enforcement
Business Unit in connection with a permitted disposition made pursuant to Section 10.5(l)
and Section 10.5(k), respectively, to Holdings to allow Holdings to distribute such assets
to its shareholders;

          (h) if the Employee Bonus Pool has not been fully distributed to employees of Holdings or its
Subsidiaries by December 31, 2011, Holdings may make a Restricted Payment of such remaining amount
on such date; and

          (i) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom,
Holdings may make any Restricted Payment not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section
10.6 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 during any fiscal year.

     Section 10.7 Transactions with Affiliates. No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit
any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly enter into any transaction, including, without
limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of assets, the rendering of any service or the
payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with (a) any officer, director, holder of any
Capital Stock in, or other Affiliate of, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) any
Affiliate of any such officer, director or holder, other than:

          (i) any transaction between or among any Loan Parties and any transaction between or
among any Non-Loan Parties,

          (ii) transactions permitted by Section 10.6;

          (iii) transactions existing on the Closing Date and described on Schedule 10.7;

          (iv) other transactions in the ordinary course of business on terms as favorable as
would be obtained by it on a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an independent,
unrelated third party;

          (v) if the Holdings converts to a Subchapter C corporation, tax sharing agreements
among the Loan Parties and other member of a consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated
group with which the Loan Parties file their taxes;

          (vi) employment and severance arrangements (including stock option or equity-based
plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements) with their respective officers and
employees in the ordinary course of business;

          (vii) the non-exclusive licensing of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of
business to permit the commercial exploitation of Intellectual Property between or among the
Loan Parties and/or Affiliates and Subsidiaries of any Loan Party;

          (viii) payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities
for the benefit of, directors, officers and employees of Holdings, the Company and its

106

 

Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the
ownership or operation of Holdings, the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

          (ix) the Transactions and the payment of any Transaction Costs.

     Section 10.8 Limitation on Certain Accounting Changes and Amendments to Organizational
Documents. No Loan Party shall (a) change its fiscal year end, or make (without the consent of
the Administrative Agent) any material change in its accounting treatment and reporting practices
except as required by GAAP or (b) amend, modify or change its articles of incorporation (or
corporate charter or other similar organizational documents) or amend, modify or change its bylaws
(or other similar documents) in any manner which would materially and adversely affect the rights
or interests of the Lenders.

     Section 10.9 Limitation on Payments and Modifications of Other Indebtedness. No Loan
Party shall, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,

          (a) amend, modify, waive or supplement (or permit the modification, amendment, waiver or
supplement of) any of the terms or provisions of any Other Indebtedness in any respect which would
materially and adversely affect the rights or interests of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
hereunder;

          (b) cancel, forgive, make any payment or prepayment on, or redeem or acquire for value
(including, without limitation, (i) by way of depositing with any trustee with respect thereto
money or securities before due for the purpose of paying when due and (ii) at the maturity thereof)
any Other Indebtedness, except:

          (A) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would result therefrom, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect
of any Other Indebtedness;

          (B) the payment of interest, expenses and indemnities in respect of any Other
Indebtedness;

          (C) the payment of nominal amortization relating to any Specified Unsecured
Indebtedness;

          (D) mandatory prepayment of the Senior Notes as required pursuant to the Senior
Notes Documents in connection with the disposition of assets that constitute “Notes
Priority Collateral” as such term is defined in the Senior Notes Documents as in
effect on the Closing Date; and

          (E) other payments or prepayments of any Other Indebtedness so long as (1) no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date of such
prepayment or after giving effect thereto and (2)(x) Excess Availability, after
giving effect to any such prepayment, on the date of such prepayment and for the
thirty (30) consecutive days most recently ended prior to such date, is greater than
the Threshold Amount and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recently ended
twelve (12) consecutive fiscal month period for which financial statements have been
delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.6 is at least
1.10 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to any such prepayment or
(y) Excess Availability, after giving effect to any such prepayment, on the date of
such prepayment and for the thirty (30) consecutive days

107

 

most recently ended on such date, is greater than the greater of (I)
$50,000,000 and (II) the lesser of 30% of (a) the Borrowing Base and (b) the
Aggregate Commitment.

     Section 10.10 Limitation on Modifications of Material Contracts and Material Government
Contracts. No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly amend, modify, waive or supplement (or permit the modification, amendment, waiver or
supplement of) any of the terms or provisions of any Material Contract (other than any Senior Notes
Document or any agreement in respect of Permitted Refinancing of the Senior Notes) or any Material
Government Contract, in either case, in any respect which would materially and adversely affect the
rights or interests of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder (without limiting the
foregoing, it is understood and agreed that any amendment, modification, waiver or supplement of
the Arsenal Venture Partnership Agreement that (a) increases the capital commitment or other
monetary obligations of the Company thereunder or (b) expands the liability of the Company
thereunder shall, in each case, be material and adverse to the rights and interests of the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder).

     Section 10.11 No Further Negative Pledges; Restrictive Agreements. No Loan Party
shall, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or
suffer to exist any encumbrance or restriction that prohibits or limits the ability of any Loan
Party or any Subsidiary of such Loan Party to (a) pay dividends or make other distributions or pay
any Indebtedness owed to such Loan Party or any Subsidiary of such Loan Party, (b) make loans or
advances to such Loan Party or any Subsidiary of such Loan Party, (c) transfer any of its
properties or assets to such Loan Party or any Subsidiary of such Loan Party, or (d) create, incur,
assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned
or hereafter acquired, other than encumbrances and restrictions arising under (i) applicable law,
(ii) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) customary provisions restricting subletting
or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of such Loan Party or any Subsidiary of
such Loan Party, (iv) customary restrictions on dispositions of real property interests found in
reciprocal easement agreements of such Loan Party or any Subsidiary of such Loan Party, (v) any
agreement relating to permitted Indebtedness incurred by a Subsidiary of such Loan Party prior to
the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by such Loan Party and outstanding on such
acquisition date, (vi) customary restrictions contained in an agreement related to the sale of
assets (to the extent such sale is permitted pursuant to Section 10.5) that limit the
transfer of such assets pending the consummation of such sale, (vii) customary provisions
restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (viii) any
document or agreement evidencing contractual obligations in existence on the Closing Date or the
extension or continuation of such obligations; provided that any such encumbrances or restrictions
contained in any document or agreement evidencing an extension or continuation are no less
favorable to Administrative Agent and the Lenders, taken as a whole, than those encumbrances and
restrictions under or pursuant to the contractual obligations so extended or continued, (ix)
Indebtedness incurred after the Closing Date and permitted under Section 10.1(d);
provided, further, that any encumbrance or restriction shall be effective only
against the assets financed thereby or the proceeds thereof and (x) the Senior Notes Documents and
any agreement or agreements governing the Permitted Refinancing of the Senior Notes.

     Section 10.12 Nature of Business. No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any
Subsidiary to, engage or own any interest in any business other than a Permitted Line of Business.

     Section 10.13 Disposal of Subsidiary Interests. No Loan Party will permit any
Subsidiary to be a non-wholly-owned Subsidiary except as a result of or in connection with a
dissolution, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or disposition permitted by Section 10.4
or 10.5.

     Section 10.14 Limitation on Holdings. Holdings shall not engage in any business or
other activity other than (a) the ownership of all outstanding Capital Stock of the Company and the
issuance of

108

 

its Capital Stock, (b) maintaining its corporate existence, (c) participating in tax,
accounting and other administrative activities as part of a consolidated group of companies,
including the Loan Parties, (d) the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the Senior
Notes Documents (and any documentation governing any amendment, supplement or waiver, or Permitted
refinancing Indebtedness, in respect thereof) to which it is a party, the performance of its
obligations thereunder and any activities incidental thereto, (e) the Transactions, (f) converting
its federal income tax status to that of a Subchapter C corporation, (g) the consummation of an
IPO, (h) as otherwise permitted hereby and (i) activities incidental to the businesses or
activities described in clauses (a) through (h) of this Section.

ARTICLE 11

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     Section 11.1 Events of Default. The occurrence or existence of any one or more of the
following events are referred to herein individually as an “Event of Default”, and collectively as
“Events of Default”:

          (a) Payment Default. The Borrowers fail to pay when due (i) any principal of Loans or
any reimbursement obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit or (ii) any interest on the Loans,
any fees payable hereunder or under the Fee Letter or any other Obligation and such failure to pay
under clause (ii) continues for three (3) or more Business Days.

          (b) Covenant Default. Any Loan Party fails to perform:

          (i) any of the covenants contained in Sections 6.2(d), 6.3(a),
(b) or (d), 7.7(other than clause (b)), 9.1(a)(i),
9.6(b)(vii), 9.12, 9.13, 9.14 or 9.15 or Article
10;

          (ii) any of the covenants contained in Section 9.6(a) and such failure shall
continue for five (5) days after the earlier of receipt by such Loan Party of notice thereof
from the Administrative Agent or any Lender or after any Responsible Officer of the
Administrative Borrower or of such Loan Party obtains knowledge thereof;

          (iii) any of the covenants contained in Sections 7.1(a), 7.1(c),
7.7(b) or 9.6(b)(v) (except to the extent required due to clauses (a), (e),
(g) and (i) of the definition of ERISA Event) and such failure shall continue for three (3)
Business Days after the earlier of receipt by such Loan Party of notice thereof from the
Administrative Agent or any Lender or after any Responsible Officer of the Administrative
Borrower or of such Loan Party obtains knowledge thereof; or

          (iv) any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions contained in this Agreement
(other than as specified in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 11.1(b)) or
any of the other Loan Documents and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after
the earlier of receipt by such Loan Party of notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or
any Lender or after any Responsible Officer of the Administrative Borrower or of such Loan
Party obtains knowledge thereof.

          (c) Misrepresentation. Any representation, warranty or statement of fact made by or
on behalf of any Loan Party in this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other written
agreement, certificate, schedule or confirmatory assignment delivered in connection with this
Agreement that (i) is subject to a materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualification shall be
false or misleading when made or deemed made or (ii) is not subject to a materiality or Material
Adverse Effect qualification shall be false or misleading in any material respect when made or
deemed made.

109

 

          (d) Guarantor Default. Any Guarantor revokes or terminates or purports to revoke or
terminate or fails to perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of the
Guaranty.

          (e) Judgment. Any judgment for the payment of money is rendered against any Loan
Party in an amount that exceeds, individually or in the aggregate with all unsatisfied judgments
against all Loan Parties, $7,500,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance where the insurer has
assumed responsibility in writing for such judgment) and shall remain undischarged or unvacated for
a period in excess of thirty (30) days or execution shall at any time not be effectively stayed or
bonded pending appeal or otherwise, or any judgment other than for the payment of money, or
injunction, attachment, garnishment or execution having a value in excess of $7,500,000 is rendered
against any Loan Party or any of the Collateral.

          (f) Involuntary Bankruptcy Proceeding. A case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code
now or hereafter in effect or under any insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of
debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any other jurisdiction now or hereafter in
effect (whether at law or in equity) is filed against any Loan Party or all or any part of its
respective properties and such petition or application is not dismissed within thirty (30) days
after the date of its filing or any Loan Party shall file any answer admitting or not contesting
such petition or application or indicates its consent to, acquiescence in or approval of, any such
action or proceeding or the relief requested is granted sooner.

          (g) Voluntary Bankruptcy Proceeding. A case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code
or hereafter in effect or under any insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of debt,
dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect (whether
at a law or equity) is filed by any Loan Party or for all or any part of its respective property or
any Loan Party makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, makes or sends notice of a bulk
transfer or calls a meeting of its creditors or principal creditors in connection with a moratorium
or adjustment of the Indebtedness due to them.

          (h) Indebtedness Cross-Default. Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof shall (i)
default in respect of the Senior Notes and such default results in an “Event of Default” (or the
equivalent term) under, and as defined in, the Senior Notes Documents, (ii) default in the payment
of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
hereunder) the aggregate outstanding amount of which Indebtedness is in excess of $7,500,000 beyond
the period of grace if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness
was created, or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition
relating to any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders hereunder) the aggregate outstanding amount of which Indebtedness is in excess of
$7,500,000 or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto or
any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or
condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or
agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of
time, if required, any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity (any applicable
grace period having expired), including, without limitation, any “put” of such Indebtedness to any
such Loan Party or Subsidiary.

          (i) Failure of Agreements. Any material provision hereof or of any of the other Loan
Documents shall for any reason cease to be valid, binding and enforceable with respect to any party
hereto or thereto (other than the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the
Swingline Lender) in accordance with its terms, or any such party shall challenge the
enforceability hereof or thereof, or shall assert in writing, or take any action or fail to take
any action based on the assertion that any provision hereof or of any of the other Loan Documents
has ceased to be or shall, as asserted by any Loan Party, have ceased to be, or is otherwise not
valid, binding or enforceable in accordance with its

110

 

terms, or any Lien provided for herein or in any of the other Loan Documents shall cease to be
a valid and perfected first priority Lien in any of the ABL Priority Collateral or a valid
perfected second priority Lien in any of the Senior Notes Priority Collateral purported to be
subject thereto (except as otherwise permitted in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents).

          (j) ERISA Event. An ERISA Event shall occur that results in or could reasonably be
expected to result in liability of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof in an aggregate amount
in excess of $7,500,000.

          (k) Change of Control. Any Change of Control shall occur.

          (l) Material Contract; Material Government Contract. (i) A termination of any
Material Contract or Material Government Contract, which termination could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) a default under any (A) Material Contract (other than any
Material Contract for Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.1) or (B) Material Government
Contract, shall exist beyond (1) the expiration of any cure period, after notice of such default
(if required under such contract), available to any Loan Party or Subsidiary party thereto pursuant
to the terms of such contract or (2) the date on which the other contracting party is entitled to
exercise its rights and remedies under such contract as a consequence of such default, in either
clause (A) or (B) above, the result of which default could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect; provided that, with respect to clause (ii)(A) only, no default
shall occur under this Agreement if, and for so long as, the existence of such contract default is
being contested by the Company or any such Loan Party in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
adequate reserves in respect thereof have been established on the books of the Company or such Loan
Party to the extent required by GAAP.

          (m) Governmental Authority. (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is debarred
or suspended from contracting with the United States or any of its departments, agencies or
instrumentalities; (ii) a notice of debarment or suspension has been issued to or received by any
Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof under any Government Contract which individually or in the
aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) an investigation
or inquiry by any Governmental Authority relating to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof and
involving fraud, deception or willful misconduct shall have been commenced in connection with any
Material Government Contract or Material Contract or any Loan Party’s or any Subsidiary’s
activities which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iv) the actual
termination of any Government Contract due to alleged fraud, deception or willful misconduct which,
individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
provided, that with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) above, no Event of Default shall
occur under clause (m)(ii) or (m)(iii), as applicable, if, and for so long as, the existence of
Governmental Authority actions in such clauses (m)(ii) or (m)(iii) is not final and conclusive and
is being contested by the Company or any other Loan Party in good faith by appropriate proceedings
and adequate reserves in respect thereof have been established on the books of the Company to the
extent required by GAAP.

     Section 11.2 Remedies.

          (a) At any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have all rights and remedies provided in this Agreement,
the other Loan Documents, the UCC and other applicable law, all of which rights and remedies may be
exercised without notice to or consent by any Loan Party, except as such notice or consent is
expressly provided for hereunder or required by applicable law. All rights, remedies and powers
granted to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder, under any of the other Loan
Documents, the UCC and other applicable law, are cumulative, not exclusive and enforceable, in the
Administrative Agent’s

111

 

discretion, alternatively, successively, or concurrently on any one or more occasions, and
shall include, without limitation, the right to apply to a court of equity for an injunction to
restrain a breach or threatened breach by any Loan Party of this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents. Subject to Section 13, the Administrative Agent may, and at the direction of
the Required Lenders shall, at any time or times, proceed directly against any Loan Party to
collect the Obligations without prior recourse to the Collateral.

          (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at any time an Event of Default exists
or has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, at its option and shall upon the
direction of the Required Lenders, (i) upon notice to the Administrative Borrower, accelerate the
payment of all Obligations (other than Bank Product Obligations) and demand immediate payment
thereof to the Administrative Agent for itself and the benefit of the Lenders (provided
that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 11.1(f) and
11.1(g), all Obligations (other than Bank Product Obligations) shall automatically become
immediately due and payable) and/or (ii) terminate the Commitments whereupon the obligation of each
Lender to make any Loan and the Issuing Lender to issue any Letter of Credit shall immediately
terminate (provided that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in
Sections 11.1(f) and 11.1(g), the Commitments and any other obligation of the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or a Lender hereunder shall automatically terminate).

          (c) Without limiting the foregoing, at any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and
is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (i) with or without judicial process
or the aid or assistance of others, enter upon any premises on or in which any of the Collateral
may be located and take possession of the Collateral or complete processing, manufacturing and
repair of all or any portion of the Collateral, (ii) require any Loan Party, at the Borrowers’
expense, to assemble and make available to the Administrative Agent any part or all of the
Collateral at any place and time designated by the Administrative Agent, (iii) collect, foreclose,
receive, appropriate, setoff and realize upon any and all Collateral, (iv) remove any or all of the
Collateral from any premises on or in which the same may be located for the purpose of effecting
the sale, foreclosure or other disposition thereof or for any other purpose, (v) sell, lease,
transfer, assign, deliver or otherwise dispose of any and all of the Collateral (including entering
into contracts with respect thereto, public or private sales at any exchange, broker’s board, at
any office of the Administrative Agent or elsewhere) at such prices or terms as the Administrative
Agent may deem reasonable, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery, with the Administrative
Agent having the right to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral at any such public sale,
all of the foregoing being free from any right or equity of redemption of any Loan Party, which
right or equity of redemption is hereby expressly waived and released by Loan Parties and/or (vi)
terminate this Agreement. If any of the Collateral is sold or leased by the Administrative Agent
upon credit terms or for future delivery, the Obligations shall not be reduced as a result thereof
until payment therefor is finally collected by the Administrative Agent. If notice of disposition
of Collateral is required by law, ten (10) days prior notice by the Administrative Agent to the
Administrative Borrower designating the time and place of any public sale or the time after which
any private sale or other intended disposition of Collateral is to be made, shall be deemed to be
reasonable notice thereof and Loan Parties waive any other notice. In the event the Administrative
Agent institutes an action to recover any Collateral or seeks recovery of any Collateral by way of
prejudgment remedy, each Loan Party waives the posting of any bond which might otherwise be
required.

          (d) At any time an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, upon the Administrative
Agent’s or the Issuing Lender’s request, the Borrowers will either, as the Administrative Agent
shall specify, furnish cash collateral to the Issuing Lender to be used to secure and fund the
reimbursement obligations to the Issuing Lender in connection with any Letter of Credit Obligations
or furnish cash collateral to the Administrative Agent for the Letter of Credit Obligations. Such
cash collateral shall be in the amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the amount of
the Letter of

112

 

Credit Obligations plus the amount of any fees and expenses payable in connection
therewith through the end of the latest expiration date of the Letters of Credit giving rise to
such Letter of Credit Obligations.

          (e) At any time or times that an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing,
the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, enforce the rights of any Loan Party against any
account debtor, secondary obligor or other obligor in respect of any of the Accounts. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, at such
time or times (i) notify any or all account debtors, secondary obligors or other obligors in
respect thereof that the Accounts have been assigned to the Administrative Agent and that the
Administrative Agent has a Lien therein and the Administrative Agent may direct any or all account
debtors, secondary obligors and other obligors to make payment of Accounts directly to the
Administrative Agent, (ii) extend the time of payment of, compromise, settle or adjust for cash,
credit, return of merchandise or otherwise, and upon any terms or conditions, any and all Accounts
or other obligations included in the Collateral and thereby discharge or release the account debtor
or any secondary obligors or other obligors in respect thereof without affecting any of the
Obligations, (iii) demand, collect or enforce payment of any Accounts or such other obligations,
but without any duty to do so, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable for
any failure to collect or enforce the payment thereof nor for the negligence of its agents or
attorneys with respect thereto and (iv) take whatever other action the Administrative Agent may
deem necessary or desirable for the protection of its interests and the interests of the Lenders.
At any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at the Administrative Agent’s
request, all invoices and statements sent to any account debtor shall state that the Accounts and
such other obligations have been assigned to the Administrative Agent and are payable directly and
only to the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent
such originals of documents evidencing the sale and delivery of goods or the performance of
services giving rise to any Accounts as the Administrative Agent may require. In the event any
account debtor returns Inventory when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Borrowers shall, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, hold the returned Inventory in trust for
the Administrative Agent, segregate all returned Inventory from all of its other property, dispose
of the returned Inventory solely according to the Administrative Agent’s instructions, and not
issue any credits, discounts or allowances with respect thereto without the Administrative Agent’s
prior written consent.

          (f) To the extent that applicable law imposes duties on the Administrative Agent or any Lender
to exercise remedies in a commercially reasonable manner (which duties cannot be waived under such
law), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that it is not commercially unreasonable for the
Administrative Agent or any Lender (i) to fail to incur expenses reasonably deemed significant by
the Administrative Agent or any Lender to prepare Collateral for disposition or otherwise to
complete raw material or work in process into finished goods or other finished products for
disposition, (ii) to fail to obtain third party consents for access to Collateral to be disposed
of, or to obtain or, if not required by other law, to fail to obtain consents of any Governmental
Authority or other third party for the collection or disposition of Collateral to be collected or
disposed of, (iii) to fail to exercise collection remedies against account debtors, secondary
obligors or other persons obligated on Collateral or to remove liens or encumbrances on, or any
adverse claims against, Collateral, (iv) to exercise collection remedies against account debtors
and other persons obligated on Collateral directly or through the use of collection agencies and
other collection specialists, (v) to advertise dispositions of Collateral through publications or
media of general circulation, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (vi) to
contact other persons, whether or not in the same business as any Loan Party, for expressions of
interest in acquiring all or any portion of the Collateral, (vii) to hire one or more professional
auctioneers to assist in the disposition of Collateral, whether or not the collateral is of a
specialized nature, (viii) to dispose of Collateral by utilizing Internet sites that provide for
the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable
capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets, (ix) to dispose of assets in
wholesale rather than retail markets, (x) to disclaim disposition warranties,

113

 

(xi) to purchase insurance or credit enhancements to insure the Administrative Agent or the Lenders
against risks of loss, collection or disposition of Collateral or to provide to the Administrative
Agent or the Lenders a guaranteed return from the collection or disposition of Collateral, or (xii)
to the extent deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent, to obtain the services of other
brokers, investment bankers, consultants and other professionals to assist the Administrative Agent
in the collection or disposition of any of the Collateral. Each Loan Party acknowledges that the
purpose of this Section 11.2(f) is to provide non-exhaustive indications of what actions or
omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender would not be commercially unreasonable in the
exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of remedies against the Collateral and that
other actions or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall not be deemed
commercially unreasonable solely on account of not being indicated in this Section 11.2(f).
Without limitation of the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 11.2(f) shall be
construed to grant any rights to any Loan Party or to impose any duties on the Administrative Agent
or the Lenders that would not have been granted or imposed by this Agreement or by applicable law
in the absence of this Section 11.2(f).

          (g) For the purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise the rights and remedies
hereunder, each Loan Party hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, to the extent assignable, an
irrevocable, non-exclusive license (exercisable only at any time an Event of Default shall exist or
have occurred and be continuing) without payment of royalty or other compensation to any Loan
Party, to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the trademarks, service-marks, trade names,
business names, trade styles, designs, logos and other source of business identifiers and other
Intellectual Property and general intangibles now owned or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party,
wherever the same may be located, including in such license reasonable access to all media in which
any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the
compilation or printout thereof; provided, however, that nothing in this
Section 11.2(g) shall require a Loan Party to grant any license that is prohibited by a
rule of law, statute or regulation, or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under
or results in the termination of any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document
evidencing, giving rise to or theretofore granted, with respect to such property or otherwise
unreasonably prejudices the value thereof to the relevant Loan Party; provided
further that such license granted hereunder with respect to the right to use Trademarks
shall be subject to the Trademark owner’s trademark usage policy and quality standards, in
existence when the Event of Default first occurred, and shall be sufficient to preserve the
validity of such Trademarks.

          (h) At any time an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative
Agent may apply the cash proceeds of Collateral actually received by the Administrative Agent from
any sale, lease, foreclosure or other disposition of such Collateral to payment of the Obligations,
in whole or in part and in accordance with the terms hereof, whether or not then due or may hold
such proceeds as cash collateral for the Obligations. The Loan Parties shall remain liable to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders for the payment of any deficiency with interest at the highest
rate provided for herein and all costs and expenses of collection or enforcement, including
attorneys’ fees and expenses.

          (i) Without limiting the foregoing, (i) at any time a Default or an Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may, at the
Administrative Agent’s option, and upon the occurrence of an Event of Default at the direction of
the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall, without notice, cease making
Loans or arranging for Letters of Credit or reduce the lending formulas or amounts of Loans and
Letters of Credit available to the Borrowers and (ii) the Administrative Agent may, at its option,
establish such Reserves as the Administrative Agent determines, without limitation or restriction,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein.

114

 

     Section 11.3 Crediting Payments and Proceeds.

          (a) In the event that the Obligations have been accelerated or the Commitments have been
terminated pursuant to Section 11.2 or the Administrative Agent or any Lender has exercised
any remedy set forth herein or in any other Loan Document, all payments received by the
Administrative Agent or the Lenders upon the Obligations and all net proceeds from the enforcement
of all the Obligations (including proceeds of any Collateral) shall be applied as follows (except
as otherwise provided herein with respect to Defaulting Lenders):

     first, to pay any fees, indemnities or expense reimbursements then due
to the Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender, each in their
capacity as such, from any Loan Party (ratably among the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender in proportion to the respective amounts
described in this clause first payable to them);

     second, to pay interest due in respect of Special Agent Advances
(ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this
clause second payable to them);

     third, to pay principal due in respect of Special Agent Advances
(ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this
clause third payable to them);

     fourth, to pay any fees, indemnities, or expense reimbursements then
due to the Lenders from any Loan Party (ratably among the Lenders in proportion to
the respective amounts described in this clause fourth payable to them);

     fifth, to pay interest due in respect of Swingline Loans and
Settlement Advances (ratably to the Swingline Lender and the
Administrative Agent in proportion to the respective amounts
described in this clause fifth payable to them);

     sixth, to pay principal in respect of any Swingline Loans and
Settlement Advances (ratably to the Swingline Lender and the
Administrative Agent in proportion to the respective amounts
described in this clause sixth payable to them);

     seventh, to pay interest due in respect of any Revolving Loans (ratably
among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause
seventh payable to them);

     eighth, to (a) pay principal in respect of all Revolving Loans, (b) to
pay any Obligations arising under or pursuant to any Noticed Bank Products
consisting of Hedge Agreements up to the amount of Hedge Agreement Reserves (on a
pro rata basis among such Noticed Bank Products and, in each case,
based on amounts then certified (in the manner described in Section 3.8) by
the applicable Bank Product Provider to the Administrative Agent to be due and
payable to such Bank Product Provider), (c) to pay the aggregate amount of all
drawings under Letters of Credit for which the Issuing Lender has not at such time
been reimbursed and (d) to cash collateralize any other Letter of Credit Obligations
pursuant to Section 11.2(d) (ratably among the Lenders, the Bank Product
Providers and the Issuing Lender in proportion to the respective amounts described
in this clause eighth payable to them);

     ninth, to pay or repay any Obligations arising under or pursuant to any
Noticed Bank Products (other than Noticed Bank Products consisting of Hedge
Agreements that have been provided for under clause “eighth” above), on a
pro rata basis among such

115

 

Noticed Bank Products and, in each case, based on amounts then certified (in
the manner described in Section 3.8) by the applicable Bank Product Provider
to the Administrative Agent to be due and payable to such Bank Product Provider;

     tenth, to pay or prepay any and all other Obligations then due and
owing (other than Obligations owed to Defaulting Lenders) including Bank Product
Obligations (based on amounts then certified (in the manner described in Section
3.8) by the applicable Bank Product Provider to the Administrative Agent to be
due and payable to such Bank Product Provider), on a pro rata basis;

     eleventh, to pay or prepay any and all Obligations owed to Defaulting
Lenders; and

     last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been
indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrowers.

          (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any of the Loan Documents, to the
extent any Borrower uses any proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit to acquire rights in or the
use of any Collateral or to repay any Indebtedness used to acquire rights in or the use of any
Collateral, payments in respect of the Obligations shall be deemed applied first, to the
Obligations arising from Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations that were not used for such
purposes, and second, to the Obligations arising from Loans and Letter of Credit
Obligations the proceeds of which were used to acquire rights in or the use of any Collateral in
the chronological order in which such Borrower acquired such rights in or the use of such
Collateral.

     Section 11.4 Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership,
insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other
judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether
the principal of any Loan or Letter of Credit Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein
expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall
have made any demand on the Borrowers) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such
proceeding or otherwise:

          (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and
unpaid in respect of the Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations and all other Obligations that are
owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have
the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and
their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative
Agent under Sections 3.2 and 14.4) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

          (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such
claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official
in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the
Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of
such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its
agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 3.2
and 14.3. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent
to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or

116

 

composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the
Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

ARTICLE 12

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     Section 12.1 Appointment, Powers and Immunities. Each Lender and the Issuing Lender
irrevocably designates, appoints and authorizes (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement,
each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to designate, appoint and authorize) Wells Fargo to act
as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents with such powers as are
specifically delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and of the other
Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The
Administrative Agent (a) shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth
in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents, and shall not by reason of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document be a trustee or fiduciary for any Lender; (b) shall not be responsible to the
Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or
in any of the other Loan Documents, or in any certificate or other document referred to or provided
for in, or received by any of them under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the
value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or for any
failure by any Loan Party or any other Person to perform any of its obligations hereunder or
thereunder; and (c) shall not be responsible to the Lenders for any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document or under any other document or instrument
referred to or provided for herein or therein or in connection herewith or therewith, except for
its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of
a court of competent jurisdiction. The Administrative Agent may employ agents, bailees, custodians
and attorneys in fact and shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any such
persons selected by it in good faith. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any
note as the holder thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until the assignment thereof pursuant
to an agreement (if and to the extent permitted herein) in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent shall have been delivered to and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent.

     Section 12.2 Reliance by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be
entitled to rely upon any certification, notice or other communication (including any thereof by
telephone, telecopy, telex, telegram or cable) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have
been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements
of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent.
As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the
Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting,
hereunder or thereunder in accordance with instructions given by the Required Lenders or all of the
Lenders as is required in such circumstance, and such instructions of the Administrative Agent and
any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all the Lenders.

     Section 12.3 Events of Default.

          (a) The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence
of a Default or an Event of Default or other failure of a condition precedent to the Loans and
Letters of Credit hereunder, unless and until the Administrative Agent has received written notice
from a Lender, or Borrower specifying such Event of Default or any unfulfilled condition precedent,
and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default or Failure of Condition”. In the event that
the Administrative Agent receives such a Notice of Default or Failure of Condition, the
Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent
shall (subject to Section 13.9)

117

 

take such action with respect to any such Event of Default or failure of condition precedent
as shall be directed by the Required Lenders (and shall direct the Issuing Lender and the Swingline
Lender in a manner consistent with any such direction); provided that unless and until the
Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall
not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to or by
reason of such Event of Default or failure of condition precedent, as it shall deem advisable in
the best interest of the Lenders (and shall direct the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender in a
manner consistent with this standard).

          (b) Except with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, no Lender or Issuing
Lender may assert or exercise any enforcement right or remedy in respect of the Loans, Letter of
Credit Obligations or other Obligations, as against any Loan Party or any of the Collateral or
other property of any Loan Party.

     Section 12.4 Wells Fargo in its Individual Capacity. With respect to its Commitment
and the Loans made and Letters of Credit issued or caused to be issued by it (and any successor
acting as the Administrative Agent), so long as Wells Fargo shall be a Lender hereunder, it shall
have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though
it were not acting as the Administrative Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless
the context otherwise indicates, include Wells Fargo in its individual capacity as Lender
hereunder. Wells Fargo (and any successor acting as the Administrative Agent) and its Affiliates
may (without having to account therefor to any Lender) lend money to, make investments in and
generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrowers (and any of its Subsidiaries or
Affiliates) as if it were not acting as the Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo and its
Affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from any Loan Party and any of its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to
account for the same to the Lenders.

     Section 12.5 Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative
Agent, the Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, each acting in its capacity as such (to the extent
not reimbursed by the Borrowers hereunder and without limiting any obligations of the Borrowers
hereunder) ratably, in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares, for any and all claims of any kind
and nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Persons
(including by any Lender) arising out of or by reason of any investigation in or in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other documents
contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby
(including the costs and expenses that such Person is obligated to pay hereunder) or the
enforcement of any of the terms hereof or thereof or of any such other documents, provided that no
Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent it arises from the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified as determined by a final non-appealable
judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the payment
of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

     Section 12.6 Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender
agrees that it has, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or other Lender,
and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit
analysis of Loan Parties and has made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and that it
will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and
based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make
its own analysis and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement or any of the
other Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall not be required to keep itself informed as to
the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any term or provision of this Agreement or any
of the other Loan Documents or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or
to inspect the properties or books of any Loan Party. The Administrative Agent will use reasonable
efforts to provide the Lenders with any

118

 

information received by the Administrative Agent from any Loan Party which is required to be
provided to the Lenders or deemed to be requested by the Lenders hereunder and with a copy of any
Notice of Default or Failure of Condition received by the Administrative Agent from any Borrower or
any Lender; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be liable to any Lender for any
failure to do so, except to the extent that such failure is attributable to the Administrative
Agent’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment
of a court of competent jurisdiction. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly
required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent or deemed requested by the
Lenders hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide
any Lender with any other credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition
or business of any Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent.

     Section 12.7 Failure to Act. Except for action expressly required of the
Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall
in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder and thereunder unless it
shall receive further assurances to its satisfaction from the Lenders of their indemnification
obligations under Section 12.6 against any and all liability and expense that may be
incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

     Section 12.8 Concerning the Collateral and the Related Loan Documents. Each Lender
authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents. Each Lender agrees that any action taken by the Administrative Agent or Required
Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and the exercise
by the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders of their respective powers set forth therein or
herein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding
upon all of the Lenders.

     Section 12.9 Field Audit, Examination Reports and other Information; Disclaimer by
Lenders. By signing this Agreement, each Lender:

          (a) is deemed to have requested that the Administrative Agent furnish such Lender, promptly
after it becomes available, a copy of each field audit or examination report and report with
respect to the Borrowing Base prepared or received by the Administrative Agent (each field audit or
examination report and report with respect to the Borrowing Base being referred to herein as a
“Report”), appraisals with respect to the Collateral, financial statements with respect to
Holdings and its Subsidiaries and financial statements with respect to the Company and its
Subsidiaries received by the Administrative Agent;

          (b) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Administrative Agent (i) does not make any
representation or warranty as to the accuracy of any Report, appraisal or financial statement or
(ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report, appraisal or financial
statement;

          (c) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or
examinations, that the Administrative Agent or any other party performing any audit or examination
will inspect only specific information regarding Loan Parties and will rely significantly upon Loan
Parties’ books and records, as well as on representations of Loan Parties’ personnel; and

          (d) agrees to keep all Reports confidential and strictly for its internal use in accordance
with the terms of Section 14.9, and not to distribute or use any Report in any other
manner.

119

 

     Section 12.10 Collateral Matters.

          (a) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement,
each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to designate, appoint and authorize) the Administrative
Agent, at its option and in its discretion to release any security interest in, mortgage or Lien
upon, any of the Collateral (i) upon termination of the Commitments and payment and satisfaction of
all of the Obligations and delivery of cash collateral to the extent required under Section
14.12 below, or (ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of if the Administrative
Borrower or any Loan Party certifies to the Administrative Agent that the sale or disposition is
made in compliance with Section 10.5 (and the Administrative Agent may rely conclusively on
any such certificate, without further inquiry), or (iii) constituting property in which any Loan
Party did not own an interest at the time the security interest, mortgage or Lien was granted or at
any time thereafter, or (iv) if required or permitted under the terms of any of the other Loan
Documents, or (v) subject to Section 14.2, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing
by the Required Lenders, or (vi) having a value in the aggregate in any twelve (12) consecutive
fiscal month period of less than $5,000,000, and to the extent the Administrative Agent may release
its security interest in, and Lien upon, any such Collateral pursuant to the sale or other
disposition thereof, such sale or other disposition shall be deemed consented to by the Lenders.
Except as provided above, the Administrative Agent will not release any of the Administrative
Agent’s Liens without the prior written authorization of the Lenders; provided that the
Administrative Agent may release the Administrative Agent’s Liens on Collateral which constitutes
“Notes Priority Collateral”, as such term is defined in the Senior Notes Documents as in effect on
the Closing Date, if required pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement. Upon request by the
Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will promptly confirm in writing the Administrative
Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section
12.10. In no event shall the consent or approval of Issuing Lender or any Bank Product
Provider (in its capacity as such) to any release of Collateral be required.

          (b) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement,
each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to designate, appoint and authorize) the Administrative
Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release a Borrower as a “Borrower” or a Guarantor
from the Guaranty so long as: (i) such Borrower or Guarantor has ceased to be, or simultaneously
with such release will cease to be, a Subsidiary pursuant to a transaction permitted by Section
10.4 or 10.5, (ii) in the case of a Guarantor, such Guarantor has ceased to be, or
simultaneously with its release from the Guaranty will cease to be, a Subsidiary, (iii) no Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a result of such
release, and (iv) the Administrative Agent shall have received, at least ten (10) Business Days (or
such shorter period as may be acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to the proposed date of
release of a Borrower, such information as shall be required for the Administrative Agent to adjust
the Borrowing Base to reflect such release. In no event shall the consent or approval of Issuing
Lender or any Bank Product Provider (in its capacity as such) to any release of any Borrower or
Guarantor be required.

          (c) Without in any manner limiting the Administrative Agent’s authority to act without any
specific or further authorization or consent by the Required Lenders, each Lender agrees to confirm
in writing, upon request by the Administrative Agent, the authority to release Collateral or Loan
Parties conferred upon the Administrative Agent under this Section 12.10. The
Administrative Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Lenders to) execute such
documents as may be necessary to evidence the release of the Loan Party or security interest,
mortgage or Liens granted to the Administrative Agent upon any Collateral to the extent set forth
above; provided that (i) the Administrative Agent shall not be required to execute any such
document on terms which, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable opinion, would expose the
Administrative Agent to liability or create any obligations or entail any consequence other than
the release of such Loan Party, security interest, mortgage or Liens without recourse or warranty
and (ii) such release shall not in any manner discharge,

120

 

affect or impair the Obligations or any security interest, mortgage or Lien upon (or
obligations of any Loan Party in respect of) the Collateral retained by such Loan Party.

          (d) The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any Lender, Issuing Lender
or any other Person to investigate, confirm or assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any
Loan Party or is cared for, protected or insured or has been encumbered, or that any particular
items of Collateral meet the eligibility criteria applicable in respect of the Loans or Letters of
Credit hereunder, or whether any particular reserves are appropriate, or that the Liens and
security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto or any of the Loan Documents
or otherwise have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or
enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise at all or in any particular
manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the
rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Administrative Agent in this Agreement
or in any of the other Loan Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the
Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, subject to the other terms and
conditions contained herein, the Administrative Agent may act in any manner it may deem
appropriate, in its discretion, given the Administrative Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as
a Lender and that the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to any other
Lender or Issuing Lender.

          (d) Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent and each other Lender that it in good
faith is not, directly or indirectly (by negative pledge or otherwise), relying upon any Margin
Stock as collateral in the extension or maintenance of the credit provided for in this Agreement.

     Section 12.11 Agency for Perfection. Each Lender and Issuing Lender hereby appoints
(and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to
designate, appoint and authorize) the Administrative Agent and each other Lender and Issuing Lender
as agent and bailee for the purpose of perfecting the security interests in and Liens upon the
Collateral which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC can be perfected only by possession (or
where the security interest of a secured party with possession has priority over the security
interest of another secured party) and each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the
Issuing Lender hereby acknowledges that it holds possession of any such Collateral for the benefit
of the Secured Parties. Should any Lender or Issuing Lender obtain possession of any such
Collateral, such Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, shall notify the Administrative
Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Administrative Agent’s request therefor, shall deliver such
Collateral on behalf of the Secured Parties to the Administrative Agent or in accordance with the
Administrative Agent’s instructions.

     Section 12.12 Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may at any
time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Company. If the Administrative Agent
resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor
agent for the Lenders. If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the
resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting
with the Lenders and the Company, a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance by
the Lender so selected of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, such successor agent shall
succeed to all of the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the term
“Administrative Agent” as used herein and in the other Loan Documents shall mean such successor
agent and the retiring Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Administrative
Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the
Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article 12 and Section 14.4 shall
inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted by it while it was the Administrative Agent
under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent
by the date which is thirty (30) days after the date of a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of
resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nonetheless thereupon

121

 

become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent
hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided
for above (except that in the case of any Collateral held by the existing Administrative Agent on
behalf of the Secured Parties under the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall
continue to hold such Collateral on behalf of the Secured Parties until such time as a successor
Administrative Agent is appointed).

     Section 12.13 Other Agent Designations. The Administrative Agent may at any time and
from time to time determine that a Lender may, in addition, be a “Syndication Agent”,
“Documentation Agent” or similar designation hereunder and enter into an agreement with such Lender
to have it so identified for purposes of this Agreement. Any such designation shall be effective
upon written notice by the Administrative Agent to the Administrative Borrower of any such
designation. Any Lender that is so designated as a Syndication Agent, Documentation Agent or such
similar designation by the Administrative Agent shall have no right, power, obligation, liability,
responsibility or duty under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents other than those
applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, the Lenders so identified shall
not have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender and no Lender shall be
deemed to have relied, nor shall any Lender rely, on a Lender so identified as a Syndication Agent,
Documentation Agent or such similar designation in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in
taking or not taking action hereunder.

ARTICLE 13

GUARANTY

     Section 13.1 The Guaranty. In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this
Agreement and to extend credit hereunder or any Lender (or its Affiliates) to provide any Bank
Products and in recognition of the direct benefits to be received by the Guarantors from the
extensions of credit hereunder and the provision of Bank Products, each Guarantor hereby
unconditionally and irrevocably, jointly and severally, guarantees as primary obligor and not
merely as surety, the full and prompt payment when due, whether upon maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise, of any and all of the Obligations. Each Guarantor agrees that this Guaranty is a
continuing, unconditional guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, and that its
obligations under this Guaranty shall be primary, absolute and unconditional. If any or all of the
Obligations becomes due and payable hereunder or in connection with any Bank Product, each
Guarantor unconditionally promises to pay such Obligations to the Administrative Agent, the
Lenders, the Issuing Lender or their respective order, on demand, together with any and all
reasonable expenses that may be incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in collecting
any of the Obligations.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other of the Loan
Documents, (i) no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to guarantee any Obligation and (ii) to the
extent the obligations of a Guarantor shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable for any
reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable state or federal law relating to
fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the obligations of each such Guarantor hereunder shall be
limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under applicable law (whether federal or state).

     Section 13.2 Bankruptcy. Additionally, each of the Guarantors unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantees, jointly and severally, the payment of any and all Obligations whether or
not due or payable by any Borrower upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in
Sections 11.1(f) and 11.1(g), and unconditionally promises to pay such Obligations
to the Administrative Agent for the account of itself and the Lenders, or order, on demand, in
lawful money of the United States. Each of the Guarantors further agrees that to the extent that
any Loan Party shall make a payment or a transfer of an interest in any property to the
Administrative Agent or any Lender, which payment or transfer or any part thereof is subsequently
invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, or otherwise is avoided,

122

 

and/or required to be repaid to a Loan Party, the estate of a Loan Party, a trustee, receiver,
interim receiver, monitor or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state, federal, provincial
or foreign law, common law or equitable cause, then to the extent of such avoidance or repayment,
the obligation or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full
force and effect as if said payment had not been made.

     Section 13.3 Nature of Liability. The liability of each Guarantor hereunder is
exclusive and independent of any security for or other guaranty of the Obligations whether executed
by any such Guarantor, any other guarantor or by any other party, and no Guarantor’s liability
hereunder shall be affected or impaired by (a) any direction as to application of payment by a
Borrower or by any other party, (b) any other continuing or other guaranty, undertaking or maximum
liability of a guarantor or of any other party as to the Obligations, (c) any payment on or in
reduction of any such other guaranty or undertaking, (d) any dissolution or termination of, or
increase, decrease or change in personnel by, a Loan Party, or (e) any payment made to the
Administrative Agent or the Lenders on the Obligations that the Administrative Agent or such
Lenders repay a Loan Party pursuant to court order in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
moratorium or other debtor relief proceeding, and each of the Guarantors waives any right to the
deferral or modification of its obligations hereunder by reason of any such proceeding.

     Section 13.4 Independent Obligation. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are
independent of the obligations of any other Loan Party in respect of the Obligations, and a
separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor whether or not
action is brought against any other Loan Party and whether or not any other Loan Party is joined in
any such action or actions.

     Section 13.5 Authorization. Each of the Guarantors authorizes the Administrative
Agent and each Lender without notice or demand (except as shall be required by applicable statute
and cannot be waived), and without affecting or impairing its liability hereunder, from time to
time to (a) renew, compromise, extend, increase, accelerate or otherwise change the time for
payment of, or otherwise change the terms of the Obligations or any part thereof in accordance with
this Agreement or the agreements governing Bank Products, including any increase or decrease of the
rate of interest thereon, (b) take and hold security from any Guarantor or any other party for the
payment of this Guaranty or the Obligations and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such
security, (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders in their discretion may determine and (d) release or
substitute any one or more endorsers or obligors.

     Section 13.6 Reliance. It is not necessary for the Administrative Agent or the
Lenders to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Borrower or other obligor of the Obligations
or the officers, directors, members, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on its behalf,
and any Obligations made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be
guaranteed hereunder.

     Section 13.7 Waiver.

          (a) Each of the Guarantors waives any right (except as shall be required by applicable law and
cannot be waived) to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to (i) proceed against any
Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held
from any Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, or (iii) pursue any other remedy in the
Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s power whatsoever. Each of the Guarantors waives any defense
based on or arising out of any defense of any Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party
other than payment in full of the Obligations, including without limitation any defense based on or
arising out of the disability of any Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, or the
unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any
cause of the liability of any

123

 

Borrower other than payment in full of the Obligations. The Administrative Agent may, at its
election, foreclose on or otherwise enforce its rights under any security held by the
Administrative Agent by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales (to the extent such sale is
permitted by applicable law), or exercise any other right or remedy the Administrative Agent or any
Lender may have against any Borrower or any other party, or any security, without affecting or
impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations
have been paid in full and the Commitments have been terminated. Each of the Guarantors waives any
defense arising out of any such election by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders, even
though such election operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or
other right or remedy of the Guarantors against any Borrower or any other party or any security.

          (b) Each of the Guarantors waives all presentments, demands for performance, protests and
notices, including without limitation notices of nonperformance, notice of protest, notices of
dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guaranty, and notices of the existence, creation or
incurring of new or additional Obligations. Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being
and keeping itself informed of each Borrower’s or other obligor’s financial condition and assets,
and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the
nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees
that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any duty to advise such Guarantor
of information known to it regarding such circumstances or risks.

          (c) Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees it will not exercise any rights of subrogation that
it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty (whether contractual, under Section
509 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise) to the claims of the Lenders against any Borrower or any
other guarantor or other obligor of the Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders (collectively, the “Other Parties”) and all contractual, statutory or common law
rights of reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from any Other Party that it may at any time
otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty until such time as the Obligations shall have been paid
in full and the Commitments have been terminated. Each of the Guarantors hereby further agrees not
to exercise any right to enforce any other remedy which the Administrative Agent or the Lenders now
have or may hereafter have against any Other Party, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or
any part of the Obligations of any Borrower and any benefit of, and any right to participate in,
any security or collateral given to or for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
to secure payment of the Obligations until such time as the Obligations shall have been paid in
full and the Commitments have been terminated.

     Section 13.8 Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that
another Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder,
such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other
Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Guarantor’s
right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section
13.7. The provisions of this Section 13.8 shall in no respect limit the obligations
and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, and
each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties for
the full amount of the Obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

     Section 13.9 Limitation on Enforcement. The Lenders agree that this Guaranty may be
enforced only by the action of the Administrative Agent acting upon the instructions of the
Required Lenders and that no Lender or Bank Product Provider shall have any right individually to
seek to enforce or to enforce this Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that such rights and
remedies may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of itself and the
Lenders under the terms of

124

 

this Agreement. The Administrative Agent and the other Lenders further agree that this
Guaranty may not be enforced against any director, officer, employee or stockholder of the
Guarantors.

     Section 13.10 Confirmation of Payment. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders will,
upon request after payment of the Obligations that are the subject of this Guaranty and termination
of the Commitments relating thereto, confirm to the Borrowers, Guarantors or any other Person that
such Obligations have been paid and the Commitments relating thereto terminated, subject to the
provisions of Section 14.2.

ARTICLE 14

MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 14.1 Notices.

          (a) All notices, requests and demands hereunder shall be in writing and deemed to have been
given or made: if delivered in person, immediately upon delivery; if by telex, telegram or
facsimile transmission, immediately upon sending and upon confirmation of receipt; if by nationally
recognized overnight courier service with instructions to deliver the next Business Day, one (1)
Business Day after sending; and if by certified mail, return receipt requested, five (5) days after
mailing. Notices delivered through electronic communications shall be effective to the extent set
forth in Section 14.1 below. All notices, requests and demands upon the parties are to be
given to the following addresses (or to such other address as any party may designate by notice in
accordance with this Section 14.1):

	 	 	 

	If to any Loan Party:

	 	Atlantic Diving Supply, Inc.
	 

	 	621 Lynnhaven Parkway, Suite 400
	 

	 	Virginia Beach, Virginia 23452
	 

	 	Attn: Patricia Bohlen, Chief Financial Officer
	 

	 	Telephone No.: (757) 965-8356
	 

	 	Telecopy No.: (757) 440-3011
	 
	 	 
	with a copy to:

	 	Latham & Watkins LLP
	 

	 	885 Third Avenue
	 

	 	New York, New York 10022-4834
	 

	 	Attn: J. Christopher Dorian, Esq.
	 

	 	Telephone No.: (212) 906-1769
	 

	 	Telecopy No.: (212) 751-4864
	 
	 	 
	If to the Administrative Agent,
	 	 
	Swingline Lender or Issuing Lender:

	 	Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
	 

	 	12 East 49th Street
	 

	 	New York, NY 10017
	 

	 	Attn: Tom Martin, Portfolio Management
	 

	 	Telephone No.: (212) 545-4367
	 

	 	Telecopy No.: (212) 545-4283
	 
	 	 
	with a copy to:

	 	Winston & Strawn LLP
	 

	 	214 North Tryon Street, Suite 2200
	 

	 	Charlotte, NC 28202
	 

	 	Attn: Molly McGill, Esq.
	 

	 	Telephone No.: (704) 350-7767
	 

	 	Telecopy No.: (704) 350-7800

125

 

          (b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Lender hereunder may be
delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet
websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent or as otherwise determined by
the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any
Lender or Issuing Lender pursuant to Article 2 if such Lender or Issuing Lender, as
applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under
such Section by electronic communication. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise requires, (i)
notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the
sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt
requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement);
provided that if such notice or other communication is not given during the normal business
hours of the recipient, such notice shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on
the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet
or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at
its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or
communications is available and identifying the website address therefor.

     Section 14.2 Amendments and Waivers.

          (a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any terms hereof or thereof may be
amended, waived, discharged or terminated unless such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination
is in writing signed by the Required Lenders or at the Required Lenders’ option, by the
Administrative Agent with the authorization or consent of the Required Lenders, and as to
amendments to any of the Loan Documents, by each Loan Party (except for amendments to Article
12 that relate solely to the rights, duties and obligations of the Administrative Agent or the
Issuing Lender and are not adverse to the interests of the Loan Parties) and such amendment,
waiver, discharge or termination shall be effective and binding as to the Administrative Agent, all
of the Lenders and the Issuing Lender only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose
for which given; except, that, no such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall:

          (i) reduce the interest rate or any fees or extend the time of payment of principal,
interest or any fees or reduce the principal amount of any Loan or Letter of Credit
Obligations, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (it
being understood and agreed that any change to the definition of Average Excess Availability
or Excess Availability or in each case in the component definitions thereof shall not
constitute a reduction in the rate of interest); provided that only the consent of
the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay
interest at the Default Rate during the continuance of an Event of Default,

          (ii) increase the Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect or
provided hereunder, in each case without the consent of such Lender,

          (iii) subordinate the priority of any Liens granted to the Administrative Agent under
the Loan Documents to Liens granted to any other Person (other than Liens permitted pursuant
to Sections 10.2(e), (k), (m), (n), (p), (r)
and (s) and as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement) without the consent of all
of the Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lender);

          (iv) release all or substantially all of the value of the Collateral or release all or
substantially all of the value of the Guaranties of the Guarantors under the Loan Documents
(except as expressly required hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents or
applicable

126

 

law and except as permitted under Section 12.10), without the consent of all of
the Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lender),

          (v) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders without the
consent of all of the Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lender),

          (vi) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of their rights and
obligations under this Agreement (except as permitted pursuant to Section 10.4),
without the consent of all of the Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lender),

          (vii) amend, modify or waive any terms of this Section 14.2, the definition of
Pro Rata Shares or the application of payments in Section 3.4 or 11.3, or
Section 4.1 of the Intercreditor Agreement, without the consent of all of the
Lenders, and

          (viii) increase the advance rates constituting part of the Borrowing Base (or amend or
modify any of the defined terms used therein that would have the direct effect of increasing
the Borrowing Base or Excess Availability) or increase the Letter of Credit Limit, without
the consent of all of the Lenders.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (a):

          (A) this Agreement may be amended to increase the interest rate or any fees
hereunder solely with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers;

          (B) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended to reflect
definitional, technical and conforming modifications to the extent necessary to
effectuate any Facility Increase pursuant to Section 2.7 with the prior
written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties and each Lender or
Eligible Assignee participating in such Facility Increase pursuant to documentation
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties without the consent of
any other Lender or Issuing Lender;

          (C) modifications to the Loan Documents may be made to the extent necessary to
(1) add additional Loan Parties or release Loan Parties in accordance with the terms
hereof, (2) grant a security interest in additional collateral to the Administrative
Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with the prior written consent of the
Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties pursuant to documentation satisfactory to
the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties without the consent of any Lender or
Issuing Lender or release Liens in any Collateral in accordance with the terms
hereof or (3) to join the representatives of holders of Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

          (D) if the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower shall have
jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical or
immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the
Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower shall be permitted to amend
such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action
or consent of any other party to any Loan Document.

127

 

          (b) The Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Lender shall
not, by any act, delay, omission or otherwise be deemed to have expressly or impliedly waived any
of its or their rights, powers and/or remedies unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed as
provided herein. Any such waiver shall be enforceable only to the extent specifically set forth
therein. A waiver by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or Issuing Lender of any right, power
and/or remedy on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to, or waiver of, any such right,
power and/or remedy which the Administrative Agent, any Lender or Issuing Lender would otherwise
have on any future occasion, whether similar in kind or otherwise.

          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 14.2(a) above, in
connection with any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination, in the event that any Lender whose
consent thereto is required shall fail to consent or fail to consent in a timely manner (such
Lender being referred to herein as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), but the consent of the
Required Lenders to such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is obtained, then the
Administrative Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, replace such Non-Consenting Lender
within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to sell,
assign and transfer to an Eligible Assignee, without recourse, the Commitment of such
Non-Consenting Lender and all rights and interests of such Non-Consenting Lender pursuant thereto;
provided that such Eligible Assignee consents to such amendment, waiver, discharge or
termination. The Administrative Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent and the
Non-Consenting Lender with prior written notice of its intent to exercise its right under this
Section 14.2(c), which notice shall specify the date on which such purchase and sale shall
occur. Such purchase and sale shall be made in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions of
Section 14.11 (including, without limitation, payment to the Administrative Agent by the
Administrative Borrower of the assignment fee specified in Section 14.11) and pursuant to
the terms of an Assignment and Assumption (whether or not executed by the Non-Consenting Lender),
except that on the date of such purchase and sale, such Eligible Assignee specified by the
Administrative Borrower, shall pay to the Non-Consenting Lender (except as the Eligible Assignee
and such Non-Consenting Lender may otherwise agree) the amount equal to: (i) the principal balance
of the Loans held by the Non-Consenting Lender outstanding as of the close of business on the
Business Day immediately preceding the effective date of such purchase and sale, plus (ii)
amounts accrued and unpaid in respect of interest and fees payable to the Non-Consenting Lender to
the effective date of the purchase (but in no event shall the Non-Consenting Lender be deemed
entitled to any early termination fee). The Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably appointed
as attorney-in-fact to execute any such Assignment and Assumption if the Non-Consenting Lender
fails to execute the same.

          (d) The consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for any amendment, waiver or
consent affecting the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any of the
other Loan Documents, in addition to the consent of the Lenders otherwise required by this
Section 14.2, and the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any of its rights hereunder
with respect to Reserves or Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory shall not be deemed an
amendment to the advance rates provided for in this Section 14.2. The consent of the
Issuing Lender shall be required for any amendment, waiver or consent affecting the rights or
duties of the Issuing Lender hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, in addition to the
consent of the Lenders otherwise required by this Section 14.2, provided that the
consent of Issuing Lender shall not be required for any other amendments, waivers or consents. The
consent of the Swingline Lender shall be required for any amendment, waiver or consent affecting
the rights or duties of the Swingline Lender hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, in
addition to the consent of the Lenders otherwise required by this Section 14.2.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 14.2(a) above, (i) in the
event that the Administrative Agent shall agree that any items otherwise required to be delivered
to the Administrative Agent as a condition of the initial Loans and Letters of Credit hereunder may
be delivered after the Closing Date (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section
9.15), the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, agree to extend the

128

 

date for delivery of such items to a date not later than 180 days after the Closing Date or
take such other action as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate as a result of the failure
to receive such items as the Administrative Agent may determine or may waive any Event of Default
as a result of the failure to receive such items, in each case without the consent of any Lender
and (ii) the Administrative Agent may consent to any change in the type of organization,
jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries
not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement and amend the terms hereof or of any of the other
Loan Documents as may be necessary or desirable to reflect any such change, in each case without
the approval of any Lender.

          (e) The consent of the Administrative Agent and a Bank Product Provider that is providing Bank
Products and has outstanding any such Bank Products at such time that are secured hereunder shall
be required for any amendment to the priority of payment of Obligations arising under or pursuant
to any such Hedge Agreements of a Loan Party or other Bank Products as set forth in Section
11.3.

     Section 14.3 Costs and Expenses. Subject to any and all limitations and restrictions
on the obligation of the Loan Parties to pay fees, costs and expenses contained elsewhere in this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Loan Parties, jointly and severally, shall pay (a) to the
Administrative Agent and its Affiliates on demand all reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses
(including all reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent),
filing fees and taxes paid or payable in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution,
delivery, recording, syndication, and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents
and all other documents related hereto or thereto, including any amendments, supplements or
consents which may hereafter be contemplated (whether or not executed) or entered into in respect
hereof and thereof, (b) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Lender in
connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand
for payment thereunder, (c) to the Administrative Agent all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the
Administrative Agent), filing fees and taxes paid or payable in connection with the collection,
liquidation, enforcement and defense of the Obligations and the Administrative Agent’s rights in
the Collateral, including, without limitation: (i) all costs and expenses of filing or recording
(including UCC financing statement filing taxes and fees, documentary taxes, intangibles taxes and
mortgage recording taxes and fees, if applicable); (ii) costs and expenses and fees for insurance
premiums, inspections, appraisal fees and search fees, costs and expenses of Patriot Act
compliance, costs and expenses of remitting loan proceeds, collecting checks and other items of
payment, and establishing and maintaining the Blocked Accounts, together with the Administrative
Agent’s customary charges and fees with respect thereto; (iii) costs and expenses of preserving and
protecting the Collateral; (iv) costs and expenses paid or actually incurred in connection with
obtaining payment of the Obligations, enforcing the Liens of the Administrative Agent, selling or
otherwise realizing upon the Collateral, and otherwise enforcing the provisions of this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents or defending any claims made or threatened against the Administrative
Agent or any Lender arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including
preparations for and consultations concerning any such matters) and (v) all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses and costs heretofore and from time to time hereafter incurred by the
Administrative Agent during the course of periodic field examinations of the Collateral and such
Loan Party’s operations, plus a per diem charge at the Administrative Agent’s then standard rate
for the Administrative Agent’s examiners in the field and office (which rate as of the Closing Date
is $1,000 per person per day) and (d) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the
Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Lender (including the fees, charges and
disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Lender)
actually incurred in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (i) in connection
with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section
14.3 or (ii) in connection with the Loans made or the Letters of Credit issued hereunder,
including all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred

129

 

during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of any Loans or Letters of
Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 14.3 shall not apply to Taxes or Other
Taxes covered by Sections 4.3 or 4.5 or Excluded Taxes.

     Section 14.4 Indemnification. Each Loan Party shall, jointly and severally, indemnify
and hold the Administrative Agent (and each sub-agent thereof), each Lender and Issuing Lender and
the Arranger, and their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, partners, advisors and
counsel and their respective affiliates (each such person being an “Indemnitee”), harmless
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (including
reasonable fees, disbursements, settlement costs and other reasonable charges of counsel) imposed
on, incurred by or asserted against any of them in connection with any litigation, investigation,
claim or proceeding commenced or threatened related to (i) the negotiation, preparation, execution,
delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of this Agreement, any other Loan Documents,
or any syndication, underwriting, undertaking or proceeding related to any of the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any act, omission, event or transaction related or attendant
thereto, including amounts paid in settlement, court costs, and the fees and expenses of counsel or
(iii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or any documents, drafts or acceptances relating thereto, or the
use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom or any action taken by the Issuing Lender with
respect to any Letter of Credit (including any refusal by the Issuing Lender to honor a demand for
payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not
strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit); provided, that Loan Parties shall not
have any obligation under this Section 14.4 to indemnify an Indemnitee to the extent such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (A) are determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (B) result from a claim brought by any Loan Party against
an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other
Loan Document and such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on
such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that the undertaking
to indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section 14.4 may be unenforceable
because it violates any law or public policy, each Loan Party shall pay the maximum portion which
it is permitted to pay under applicable law to the Indemnitees in satisfaction of indemnified
matters under this Section 14.4. To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party
shall assert, and each Loan Party hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of
liability for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual
damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any of the other
Loan Documents or any undertaking or transaction contemplated hereby. No Indemnitee referred to
above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any
information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other
information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents or the transaction contemplated hereby or thereby. All amounts due under this
Section 14.4 shall be payable upon demand. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the
payment of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
this Section 14.4 shall not apply to Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Sections 4.3
or 4.5 or Excluded Taxes.

     Section 14.5 Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver.

          (a) The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents (except as otherwise provided therein) and any dispute arising out of the relationship
between the parties hereto, whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, shall be governed by
the internal laws of the State of New York but excluding any principles of conflicts of law or
other rule of law that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the
laws of the State of New York.

130

 

          (b) The Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender irrevocably
consent and submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the
United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, whichever the Administrative
Agent may elect, and waive any objection based on venue or forum non conveniens with respect to any
action instituted therein arising under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in any
way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the parties hereto in respect of
this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions related hereto or thereto, in
each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether in contract, tort, equity or
otherwise, and agree that any dispute with respect to any such matters shall be heard only in the
courts described above (except that the Administrative Agent and Lenders shall have the right to
bring any action or proceeding against any Loan Party or its or their property in the courts of any
other jurisdiction which the Administrative Agent deems necessary or appropriate in order to
realize on the Collateral or to otherwise enforce its rights against any Loan Party or its or their
property).

          (c) Each Loan Party hereby waives personal service of any and all process upon it and consents
that all such service of process may be made by certified mail (return receipt requested) directed
to its address set forth in Section 14.1 herein and service so made shall be deemed to be
completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the U.S. mail, or, at the
Administrative Agent’s option, by service upon any Loan Party (or the Administrative Borrower on
behalf of such Loan Party) in any other manner provided under the rules of any such courts. Within
thirty (30) days after such service, such Loan Party shall appear in answer to such process,
failing which such Loan Party shall be deemed in default and judgment may be entered by the
Administrative Agent against such Loan Party for the amount of the claim and other relief
requested.

          (d) THE LOAN PARTIES, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THE ISSUING LENDER EACH HEREBY
WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER
THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR
INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR
HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE. THE LOAN PARTIES, THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THE ISSUING LENDER EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY
SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND
THAT ANY LOAN PARTY, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE ISSUING LENDER MAY FILE AN
ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT
OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

          (e) The Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender shall not have any liability
to any Loan Party (whether in tort, contract, equity or otherwise) for losses suffered by such Loan
Party in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to the transactions or
relationships contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection
herewith, unless it is determined by a final and non-appealable judgment or court order binding on
the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Issuing Lender, that the losses were the result of
acts or omissions constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct. In any such litigation, the
Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender shall be entitled to the benefit of the
rebuttable presumption that it acted in good faith and with the exercise of ordinary care in the
performance by it of the terms of this Agreement. Each Loan Party: (i) certifies that neither the
Administrative Agent, the Lender, the Issuing Lender nor any representative, the Administrative
Agent or attorney acting for or on behalf of the Administrative Agent,

131

 

the Lender or the Issuing Lender has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the
Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender would not, in the event of litigation,
seek to enforce any of the waivers provided for in this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents and (ii) acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender are relying upon, among other things,
the waivers and certifications set forth in this Section 14.5 and elsewhere herein and
therein.

     Section 14.6 Waiver of Notices. To the extent permitted under applicable law, each
Loan Party hereby expressly waives demand, presentment, protest and notice of protest and notice of
dishonor with respect to any and all instruments and chattel paper, included in or evidencing any
of the Obligations or the Collateral, and any and all other demands and notices of any kind or
nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations, the Collateral and this Agreement, except such
as are expressly provided for herein. No notice to or demand on any Loan Party which the
Administrative Agent or any Lender may elect to give shall entitle such Loan Party to any other or
further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

     Section 14.7 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

     Section 14.8 Partial Invalidity. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be
invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate this Agreement
as a whole, but this Agreement shall be construed as though it did not contain the particular
provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and obligations of the parties shall
be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.

     Section 14.9 Confidentiality.

          (a) Each Lending Party agrees to keep confidential any Information (as hereinafter defined);
provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Lending Party from disclosing such
Information (i) to any other Lending Party or any Affiliate of any Lending Party, or any officer,
director, employee, agent, auditor, attorney or advisor of any Lending Party or Affiliate of any
Lending Party (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be
informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information
confidential), (ii) to any other Person if it is reasonably necessary for the administration of the
Credit Facility provided hereunder (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is
made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such
Information confidential), (iii) as required by any law, rule, or regulation, (iv) upon the order
of any court or administrative agency, (v) upon the request or demand of any regulatory agency or
authority, (vi) that is or becomes available to the public or that is or becomes available to any
Lending Party (or any Affiliate of any Lender Party) on a non-confidential basis other than as a
result of a disclosure by any Lending Party prohibited by this Agreement, (vii) if required in
connection with any litigation to which such Lending Party or any of its Affiliates may be a party,
(viii) to the extent necessary in connection with the exercise of any remedy under this Agreement
or any other Loan Document, (ix) subject to provisions substantially similar to those contained in
this Section 14.9, to any actual Participant or Eligible Assignee or any Person proposed in
good faith to become a Participant or Eligible Assignee and (x) to Gold Sheets and other similar
bank trade publications (such information to consist of deal terms and other information
customarily found in such publications). Each Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent
to use the name, logos and other insignia of such Borrower provided hereunder in any “tombstone” or
comparable advertising, on its website or in other marketing materials of the Administrative Agent.
As used herein, the term “Information” means all written and electronic information
concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is furnished (whether before or after the
date hereof) in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby, by, or on behalf of the Company or any such Subsidiary by

132

 

any of its respective affiliates, directors, officers, employees, advisors or authorized
agents (collectively, “Representatives”) to any Lender Party, including, but not limited
to, all information, data or documents about any Loan Party’s finances, organization, operations,
research and development, manufacturing, technology, sales, pricing, costs, cost structure,
strategies, contracts, marketing, management, processes and procedures, products or other business
information, as well as any other information related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and all analyses, notes, compilations, or other
documents prepared by any Lender Party which contain, reflect or are derived from any such
information.

          (b) In no event shall this Section 14.9 or any other provision of this Agreement, any
of the other Loan Documents or applicable law be deemed to (i) apply to or restrict disclosure of
information that has been or is made public by any Loan Party or any third party or otherwise
becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure in violation
hereof, (ii) apply to or restrict disclosure of information that was or becomes available to the
Administrative Agent, any Lender (or any Affiliate of any Lender) or Issuing Lender on a
non-confidential basis from a person other than a Loan Party or (iii) require the Administrative
Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Lender to return any materials furnished by a Loan Party to the
Administrative Agent, a Lender or the Issuing Lender or prevent the Administrative Agent, a Lender
or the Issuing Lender from responding to routine informational requests in accordance with the Code
of Ethics for the Exchange of Credit Information promulgated by The Robert Morris Associates or
other applicable industry standards relating to the exchange of credit information. The
obligations of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender under this Section
14.9 shall supersede and replace the obligations of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and
the Issuing Lender under any confidentiality letter signed prior to the Closing Date or any other
arrangements concerning the confidentiality of information provided by any Loan Party to the
Administrative Agent or any Lender.

          (c) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Lender acknowledges that (i) Information may include
material non-public information concerning a Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof; (ii) it has
developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information; and (iii) it
will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable law, including
federal and state securities laws.

     Section 14.10 Successors. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other
document referred to herein or therein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Lender, Loan Parties and their
respective successors and assigns, except that a Borrower may not assign its rights under this
Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other document referred to herein or therein without
the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Any such purported
assignment without such express prior written consent shall be void. No Lender may assign its
rights and obligations under this Agreement, except as provided in Section 14.11 below.
The terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are for the purpose of
defining the relative rights and obligations of Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and except as otherwise provided
herein, there shall be no third party beneficiaries of any of the terms and provisions of this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

     Section 14.11 Successors and Assigns; Participations.

     (a) Successors and Assigns Generally. No Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any
of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security
interest subject to the restrictions

133

 

of paragraph (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party
hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be
construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and
assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this Section and,
to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this
Agreement.

     (b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible
Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a
portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that any such
assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts.

     (A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the
assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case
of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no
minimum amount need be assigned; and

     (B) in any case not described in paragraph (b)(i)(A) of this Section
14.11, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes
Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in
effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender
subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and
Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent
or, if a “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade
Date) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and,
so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative
Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed); provided that the Administrative Borrower shall be deemed to have
given its consent five (5) Business Days after the date written notice thereof has
been delivered by the assigning Lender (through the Administrative Agent) to the
Administrative Borrower unless such consent is expressly refused by the
Administrative Borrower prior to such fifth (5th) Business Day;

     (ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an
assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations
under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned;

     (iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment
except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section 14.11 and, in
addition:

     (A) the consent of the Administrative Borrower (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such assignment
is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided, that
the Administrative Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment
unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within
five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof;

134

 

     (B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a
Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and

     (C) the consents of the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender (such consents
not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment.

     (iv) Assignment and Assumption. The assignor and assignee to each assignment
shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together
with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 for each assignment (provided, that
only one such fee will be payable in connection with simultaneous assignments to two or more
Approved Funds by a Lender), and the assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

     (v) No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made to
Holdings, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

     (vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a
natural person.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c)
of this Section 14.11, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and
Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the
interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender
under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest
assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement
(and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and
obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue
to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5,
4.6 and 14.3 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the
effective date of such assignment. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations
under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this
Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance
with paragraph (d) of this Section.

     (c) Register. The Administrative Agent shall, acting as agent for the Borrowers
solely for this purpose, maintain at one of its offices in New York, New York, a copy of each
Assignment and Assumption and accession agreement delivered to it and a register for the
recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amounts
of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the
“Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error), and
the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is
recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of
this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for
inspection by the Borrowers and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
reasonable prior notice.

     (d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to,
the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural
person or Holdings, the Company or any of the their respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a
“Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this
Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it);
provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged,
(ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties

135

 

hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative
Agent and Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely
and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this
Agreement.

     Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall
provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any
amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement
or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree
to any amendment, modification or waiver or modification described in Section 14.2 that
directly affects such Participant and could not be affected by a vote of the Required Lenders.
Subject to paragraph (e) of this Section, the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be
entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6
to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant
to paragraph (b) of this Section 14.11, but shall not be entitled to recover greater
amounts under such Sections than the selling Lender would be entitled to recover subject to
paragraph (e) of this Section 14.11. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also
shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 14.4 as though it were a Lender, provided such
Participant agrees to be subject to Section 3.4 as though it were a Lender.

          (e) Limitations upon Participant Rights.

          (i) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under
Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6 than the
applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold
to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with
the Administrative Borrower’s prior written consent. No Participant shall be entitled to
the benefits of Section 4.5 unless the Administrative Borrower is notified of the
participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the
Borrower, to comply with Section 4.5 as though it were a Lender.

          (ii) Each Lender who sells a participation shall, acting as agent for the Borrowers
solely for this purpose, maintain a register on which it will record the names and addresses
of the Participant, and the Commitment of, and principal amounts of and interest on the Loan
owing to, each Participant pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the
“Participant Register”). No Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of
Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6 until such
participation is recorded on the Participant Register. The entries in the Participant
Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error).

          (f) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest
in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender,
including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve
Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its
obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

          (g) Assignment by Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender. Any Lender that is an Issuing
Lender or the Swingline Lender may at any time assign all of its Commitments as Issuing Lender or
Swingline Lender pursuant to this Section 14.11. If such Issuing Lender or Swingline
Lender ceases to be a Lender, it may, at its option, resign as Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender.
Upon such resignation, the Issuing Lender’s or Swingline Lender’s obligations to issue Letters of
Credit or make Swingline Loans shall terminate but it shall retain all of the rights and
obligations of the Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender hereunder with respect to Letters of Credit
or Swingline Loans outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation and all Letter of Credit
Obligations or Swingline Loans with respect thereto (including

136

 

the right to require the Lenders to
make Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations or Swingline
Loans), shall continue.

     Section 14.12 Term.

          (a) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall become effective as of the date set
forth on the first page hereof and shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on the
Maturity Date, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. In addition, the Borrowers
may terminate this Agreement at any time upon five (5) Business Days prior written notice to the
Administrative Agent (which notice shall be irrevocable), such termination to become effective upon
the repayment in full of the Obligations. Upon the Maturity Date or any other effective date of
termination of the Loan Documents, the Obligations shall be repaid in full and the Commitments
shall be terminated.

          (b) Any reference herein or in any other Loan Document to the satisfaction, repayment or
payment in full of the Obligations shall mean that the Borrowers shall:

          (i) pay to the Administrative Agent all outstanding and unpaid Obligations (including,
without limitation, loan fees, service fees, professional fees, interest (including interest
accrued after the commencement of any case under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar domestic
or foreign similar statute), default interest, interest on interest, and expense
reimbursements, whether or not the same would be or is allowed or disallowed in whole or in
part in any case under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar statute in any jurisdiction, but
excluding (A) contingent obligations in respect of indemnification, (B) Bank Product
Obligations, (C) interest to the extent paid in excess of amounts based on the pre-default
rates (but not any other interest) and (D) fees paid in respect of the waiver of an Event of
Default, in each case as to amounts under clauses (C) and (D) above only to the extent that
such amounts are disallowed in any case under the Bankruptcy Code); and

          (ii) furnish cash collateral to the Administrative Agent (or at the Administrative
Agent’s option, a letter of credit issued for the account of the Borrowers and at the
Borrowers’ expense, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent, by an issuer reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and payable to the
Administrative Agent as beneficiary) in such amounts as the Administrative Agent determines
in good faith are reasonably necessary to secure the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the
Issuing Lender and the Bank Product Providers from loss, cost, damage or expense, (including
attorneys’ fees and expenses) in connection with:

          (A) any contingent Obligations (including issued and outstanding Letter of
Credit Obligations and checks or other payments provisionally credited to the
Obligations and/or as to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender has not yet
received full and final payment);

          (B) any continuing obligations of the Administrative Agent or any Lender
pursuant to any Deposit Account Control Agreement; and

          (C) any of the Obligations arising under or in connection with any Bank
Products in such amounts as the Bank Product Provider providing such Bank Products
may require (as certified to the Administrative Agent pursuant to and in accordance
with Section 3.8 (unless such Obligations arising under or in connection
with any Bank Products are paid in full in cash and terminated in a manner
reasonably satisfactory to such Bank Product Provider)).

137

 

     The amount of such cash collateral (or letter of credit, as the Administrative Agent may
determine) as to any Letter of Credit Obligations shall be in the amount equal to one hundred five
percent
(105%) of the amount of the Letter of Credit Obligations plus the amount of any fees
and expenses payable in connection therewith through the end of the latest expiration date of the
Letters of Credit giving rise to such Letter of Credit Obligations. Such payments in respect of
the Obligations and cash collateral shall be remitted by wire transfer in immediately available
federal funds to the Administrative Agent Payment Account or such other bank account of the
Administrative Agent, as the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, designate in writing to
the Administrative Borrower for such purpose. Interest and fees shall be due until and including
the next Business Day, if the amounts so paid by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent Payment
Account or other bank account designated by the Administrative Agent are received in such bank
account later than 2:00 p.m.

          (c) No termination of the Commitments, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall
relieve or discharge any Loan Party of its respective duties, obligations and covenants under this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents until all Obligations have been fully and finally
discharged and paid, and the Administrative Agent’s continuing Lien upon the Collateral and the
rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder, under the other Loan
Documents and applicable law, shall remain in effect until all such Obligations have been fully and
finally discharged and paid. Accordingly, each Loan Party waives any rights it may have under the
UCC to demand the filing of termination statements with respect to the Collateral and the
Administrative Agent shall not be required to send such termination statements to Loan Parties, or
to file them with any filing office, unless and until this Agreement shall have been terminated in
accordance with its terms and all Obligations paid and satisfied in full; provided that the
Administrative Agent shall be entitled to (and shall) release such security interests and take such
further actions as authorized pursuant to Section 12.10.

     Section 14.13 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any
supplements hereto or thereto, and any instruments or documents delivered or to be delivered in
connection herewith or therewith represents the entire agreement and understanding concerning the
subject matter hereof and thereof between the parties hereto, and supersede all other prior
agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, representations, warranties, commitments,
proposals, offers and contracts concerning the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written. In
the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any schedule or exhibit
hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

     Section 14.14 USA Patriot Act. Each Lender subject to the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III
of Pub.L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001) (the “Patriot Act”)) hereby notifies
the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain,
verify and record information that identifies each person or corporation who opens an account
and/or enters into a business relationship with it, which information includes the name and address
of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such person in
accordance with the Patriot Act and any other applicable “Know-Your-Customer” law. Loan Parties
are hereby advised that any Loans or Letters of Credit hereunder are subject to satisfactory
results of such verification.

     Section 14.15 Counterparts, Etc. This Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents
may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which
taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of
this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by telefacsimile or other electronic method of
transmission shall have the same force and effect as the delivery of an original executed
counterpart of this Agreement or any of such other Loan Documents. Any party delivering an
executed counterpart of any such agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of
transmission shall also deliver an original executed counterpart, but the failure to do so shall
not affect the validity, enforceability or binding effect of such agreement.

138

 

     Section 14.16 Amendment and Restatement; No Novation. This Agreement constitutes an
amendment and restatement of the Existing Loan Agreement, as amended, effective from and after the
Closing Date. The execution and delivery of this Agreement shall not constitute a novation of any
indebtedness or other obligations owing to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under the
Existing Loan Agreement based on facts or events occurring or existing prior to the execution and
delivery of this Agreement. On the Closing Date, the credit facilities described in the Existing
Loan Agreement, as amended, shall be amended, supplemented, modified and restated in their entirety
by the credit facilities described herein, and all loans and other obligations of the Borrower
outstanding as of such date under the Existing Loan Agreement, as amended, shall be deemed to be
loans and obligations outstanding under the corresponding facilities described herein, without any
further action by any Person, except that the Administrative Agent shall make such transfers of
funds as are necessary in order that the outstanding balance of such Loans, together with any Loans
funded on the Closing Date, reflect the respective Commitment of the Lenders hereunder.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

139

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and the Loan Parties have caused
these presents to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	BORROWERS:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	ATLANTIC DIVING SUPPLY, INC.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ Luke Hillier	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	Luke Hillier 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	President	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	ADS TACTICAL, INC.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ Luke Hillier 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	Luke Hillier 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	CEO 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	MAR-VEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ Luke Hillier 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	Luke Hillier	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	President 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

Atlantic Diving Supply, Inc.

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement

Signature Page

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as the Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline
Lender	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ Thomas A. Martin	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	Thomas A. Martin	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	Vice President	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

Atlantic Diving Supply, Inc.

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement

Signature Page

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	LENDERS:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ Thomas A. Martin	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	Thomas A. Martin	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	Vice President	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

Atlantic Diving Supply, Inc.

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement

Signature Page

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	SUNTRUST BANK, as a Syndication Agent and a Lender	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ William
L. Otott, Jr. 	 	
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	William
L. Otott, Jr. 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	Director 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

Atlantic Diving Supply, Inc.

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement

Signature Page

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	RBS BUSINESS CAPITAL, A DIVISION OF RBS ASSET 
FINANCE, INC.,
A SUBSIDIARY OF RBS CITIZENS, NA,

as a Syndication Agent and a Lender	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ John D. Bobbin	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	John D. Bobbin 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	Vice President	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

Atlantic Diving Supply, Inc.

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement

Signature Page

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Syndication Agent and a Lender	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ Kenneth B. Butler	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	Kenneth B. Butler	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

Atlantic Diving Supply, Inc.

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement

Signature Page

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ Therese Rotondo	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	Therese Rotondo	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	AVP	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

Atlantic Diving Supply, Inc.

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement

Signature Page

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Lender	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ Matt H. Massie	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	Matthew Massie	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	Managing Director	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

Atlantic Diving Supply, Inc.

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement

Signature Page

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00187-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00187-of-00352.parquet"}]]